Gildenmyth

The Sleeping Almanac

Norse Mythology Sleep Stories · Fenrir, Loki and the World Serpent

11 hours · The Sleeping Almanac · October 5, 2026

Norse Mythology Sleep Stories · Fenrir, Loki and the World Serpent
Watch the whole season on YouTube Listen in any podcast app More from The Sleeping Almanac

Plays this episode, then the rest of Norse Mythology · Bedtime Episodes in order.

The voice you hear is the creator's own. He cloned it from recordings of his own voice, so every story is told in his voice. If you enjoy falling asleep to it, follow the show so each new story arrives on its own, and leave a rating on Apple Podcasts so other people can find it.

The Sleeping Almanac is also a shelf of books, bedtime stories to read and mythology coloring books: gildenmyth.com/books

In this episode:

Every story here is also in the feed as its own full episode.

More stories and first looks at new seasons: gildenmyth.com

Chapters

  1. 0:00:00Welcome
  2. 0:00:33The Binding of Fenrir
  3. 1:48:13The Binding of Loki
  4. 3:36:37Thor and the World Serpent
  5. 5:04:36The Giant's Bride, and the Theft of Mjolnir
  6. 6:55:04The Mead of Poetry
  7. 8:33:11Skadi, the Cold Mountain Bride
  8. 9:50:32Ambience, the long night

Read the story

The full narration of this episode, chapter by chapter. Open a chapter to read it.

The Binding of Fenrir

Good evening.

The Binding of Fenrir

Or perhaps good night, if you've made your

Part 3

way here in the long hours after midnight

Part 4

the difference may already have stopped mattering.

Part 5

You've come back, perhaps, because the last three episodes

Part 6

helped you sleep.

Part 7

Or you've come for the first time.

Part 8

And the fourth episode happened to be the one

Part 9

the algorithm offered.

Part 10

Either is fine.

Part 11

The almanac is patient.

Part 12

Tonight stands on its own.

Part 13

If you are listening in bed, I'd ask you

Part 14

to do very little.

Part 15

Close your eyes.

Part 16

Let your jaw loosen.

Part 17

Let your shoulders drop, even a little

Part 18

even if you didn't know they were tight.

Part 19

The story does not need your attention.

Part 20

It will keep moving whether you follow it or

Part 21

not.

Part 22

If you drift, that is the point.

Part 23

If you wake briefly to catch a single sentence

Part 24

and then sink again, that is good.

Part 25

In the first episode, we walked the shape of

Part 26

the world, nine realms joined by one great

Part 27

tree.

Part 28

In the second, we met the wanderer, the Allfather

Part 29

the hanged god.

Part 30

In the third, we went down into the dwarven

Part 31

forges and watched, in a single strange wager

Part 32

the making of the hammer that would defend the

Part 33

gods.

Part 34

Tonight, we follow a quieter and a sadder story.

Part 35

A story about a wolf.

Part 36

A wolf who was a child.

Part 37

A wolf who was raised in the high halls

Part 38

of Asgard among the very beings who would one

Part 39

day decide they had to bind him.

Part 40

This is the story of how that binding was

Part 41

done.

Part 42

And of the small ribbon, woven of impossible things

Part 43

that finally held the wolf.

Part 44

And of the god, the brave god

Part 45

the just god, who put his hand into

Part 46

the wolf's mouth so that the binding could be

Part 47

made.

Part 48

Now, let us begin.

Part 49

Chapter One.

Part 50

The Three Children of Loki.

Part 51

Before we go to the wolf.

Part 52

And before we go to the chain.

Part 53

We should sit, for a while, with the figure

Part 54

who gave the wolf his life.

Part 55

We met him, briefly, in the last episode.

Part 56

The trickster.

Part 57

The one who cut Sif's hair while she slept

Part 58

and who then was made to descend

Part 59

by Thor's anger, into the underground halls of the

Part 60

dwarves to bring back gifts of recompense.

Part 61

We saw him there at the bellows.

Part 62

We saw him take the shape of a fly.

Part 63

We saw him try, in his way

Part 64

to ruin the work of the smiths.

Part 65

And we saw the work be made anyway

Part 66

despite him.

Part 67

Loki.

Part 68

The Old Norse sources do not give us a

Part 69

tidy biography of him.

Part 70

They give us scattered passages, in the Eddic poems

Part 71

and in Snorri's Prose Edda, and from those passages

Part 72

we are meant to assemble a figure.

Part 73

The figure that emerges, when you look at the

Part 74

texts together, is more complicated than the figure who

Part 75

appears in modern films and comic books.

Part 76

The modern Loki is, often, a quick and witty

Part 77

schemer with the suggestion of a redemption arc.

Part 78

The Norse Loki is something stranger.

Part 79

He is something older.

Part 80

And tonight's story is one of the places where

Part 81

his strangeness shows.

Part 82

The texts call him, sometimes, a son of giants.

Part 83

His father, in the surviving accounts, was a giant

Part 84

named Fárbauti.

Part 85

Whose name means, roughly, Cruel Striker.

Part 86

His mother was Laufey, whose name means Leafy.

Part 87

Or Leaf Island.

Part 88

There has been long argument among scholars about whether

Part 89

Laufey was a giantess or a goddess.

Part 90

The surviving texts are not certain.

Part 91

What is certain is that Loki, by birth

Part 92

was not of the Æsir.

Part 93

He was a being who came into Asgard from

Part 94

outside, and who was made a member of the

Part 95

Æsir by oath of blood brotherhood with Odin.

Part 96

The texts preserve this oath.

Part 97

The Eddic poem Lokasenna refers to it.

Part 98

Loki and Odin had, at some point in the

Part 99

deep past, sworn together that they would drink no

Part 100

ale that was not poured for them both.

Part 101

They had become brothers in the older Germanic sense

Part 102

bound by ceremony, bound by ritual

Part 103

bound to share a single fate.

Part 104

This is worth holding in mind, as we walk

Part 105

through tonight's story.

Part 106

Loki is, by oath, Odin's brother.

Part 107

Even when he is doing things the gods do

Part 108

not approve of, he is doing them inside the

Part 109

bonds of that brotherhood.

Part 110

The gods cannot simply expel him.

Part 111

He has the rights of one of their own.

Part 112

Loki had a wife in Asgard.

Part 113

Her name was Sigyn.

Part 114

She does not appear often in the surviving sources.

Part 115

But when she appears, she is faithful to him

Part 116

beyond any reasonable measure.

Part 117

There is a story we will tell

Part 118

in a later episode, in which she stands beside

Part 119

him for ages with a bowl held above his

Part 120

face.

Part 121

We will not tell that story tonight.

Part 122

Tonight is not that story.

Part 123

What Loki had, that we do need tonight

Part 124

were three other children.

Part 125

By another woman.

Part 126

A giantess.

Part 127

Her name, in the surviving accounts, was Angrboða.

Part 128

Angrboða.

Part 129

The name means, in Old Norse, Sorrow Bringer.

Part 130

Or Grief Bringer.

Part 131

The texts do not describe her closely.

Part 132

They tell us only where she lived

Part 133

which was in Jötunheim, the world of the giants

Part 134

in a forest the sources call Járnviðr

Part 135

the Iron Wood.

Part 136

They tell us she had relations with Loki, somehow

Part 137

at some point.

Part 138

And they tell us that she bore him three

Part 139

children.

Part 140

The Iron Wood.

Part 141

The Sorrow Bringer.

Part 142

The three children.

Part 143

This is the kind of detail that

Part 144

in the older Norse imagination, would have settled

Part 145

in the listener's mind, the kind of children we

Part 146

are about to meet.

Part 147

They were not going to be ordinary.

Part 148

They were not going to be welcome.

Part 149

They were going to be of the wild forests

Part 150

of the giants' world, of the deep places that

Part 151

the high halls of Asgard did not reach.

Part 152

And they were not.

Part 153

The first of Loki's children by Angrboða was a

Part 154

daughter.

Part 155

Her name was Hel.

Part 156

She came into the world, the texts tell us

Part 157

half one color and half another.

Part 158

One half of her body, the surviving accounts say

Part 159

was the color of living flesh.

Part 160

The other half was the color of corpse.

Part 161

She was, from her birth, marked.

Part 162

The second of Loki's children was a serpent.

Part 163

He had no proper name at first.

Part 164

He grew.

Part 165

He kept growing.

Part 166

He grew until he was longer than the world

Part 167

could contain.

Part 168

The third of Loki's children was a wolf.

Part 169

We will get to him in a moment.

Part 170

The gods, the sources tell us, did not know

Part 171

about these children at first.

Part 172

The trickster had kept them in the Iron Wood

Part 173

away from Asgard, away from the eyes of the

Part 174

Æsir.

Part 175

He was raising them, perhaps.

Part 176

Or he was hiding them.

Part 177

The text does not specify which.

Part 178

But Odin, the Allfather, who saw far

Part 179

whose ravens flew across the nine worlds at dawn

Part 180

and brought him back what they had seen

Part 181

Odin learned of them.

Part 182

Whether through his ravens or through one of the

Part 183

seers he sometimes consulted, the texts do not say.

Part 184

He learned.

Part 185

And what he learned alarmed him.

Part 186

He learned that these three children of Loki had

Part 187

been seen, by those who could see such things

Part 188

in the visions of the future.

Part 189

He learned that all three would be present at

Part 190

Ragnarǫk.

Part 191

The great unmaking at the end of the world.

Part 192

He learned that the daughter, Hel, would gather the

Part 193

dead under her cold rule.

Part 194

He learned that the serpent would rise from the

Part 195

sea and poison the air with his breath.

Part 196

And he learned that the wolf

Part 197

the wolf would do something terrible.

Part 198

Something the surviving sources hint at but

Part 199

in the early passages, do not yet describe.

Part 200

So Odin acted.

Part 201

He sent for the three children to be brought

Part 202

to Asgard.

Part 203

And when they came, the gods sat in their

Part 204

hall, and they looked at them, and they decided

Part 205

what was to be done.

Part 206

Hel, the daughter, the gods sent down.

Part 207

They sent her into Niflheim, the lowest of the

Part 208

cold worlds beneath the world, and they gave her

Part 209

dominion there.

Part 210

They gave her a hall called Eljúðnir.

Part 211

They gave her a table called Hunger and a

Part 212

knife called Famine.

Part 213

They gave her authority over the dead who had

Part 214

not died well, those who had died of

Part 215

sickness or of age, the dead who would not

Part 216

feast in Valhǫll or in the halls of Freyja

Part 217

the great gentle mass of the unspectacular dead.

Part 218

The gods made her queen of those.

Part 219

She would gather them under her hand and rule

Part 220

them in the cold dark below.

Part 221

This is, in its way, one of the strangest

Part 222

acts of administration in any mythology.

Part 223

The gods looked at a half dead child and said:

Part 224

you.

Part 225

You will look after the half dead.

Part 226

You will look after the ones who go quietly.

Part 227

There is something honest about it.

Part 228

There is something, too, that is cruel.

Part 229

The texts do not say which the gods intended.

Part 230

Jǫrmungandr, the serpent, the second child

Part 231

Odin took him and threw him into the sea.

Part 232

The great sea that surrounds Midgard.

Part 233

The serpent kept growing in the sea.

Part 234

He grew until he could encircle Midgard entirely.

Part 235

Until he could put his own tail in his

Part 236

own mouth.

Part 237

He lies there still, in the world's ocean

Part 238

biting his tail, his body coiled around all of

Part 239

the lands of men.

Part 240

The sailors of the old Scandinavian world knew his

Part 241

name.

Part 242

They knew that what they were sailing on was

Part 243

in some long old reckoning, the back of him.

Part 244

He waits in the sea.

Part 245

He will rise at Ragnarǫk.

Part 246

And then there was the wolf.

Part 247

The wolf was different.

Part 248

The wolf, the gods decided, they could not yet

Part 249

send away.

Part 250

They brought him into Asgard.

Part 251

They thought, perhaps, that if he was raised among

Part 252

them, if he was raised in the high halls

Part 253

he might grow up to be something other than

Part 254

what the seers had foretold.

Part 255

They thought, perhaps, that the future was not yet

Part 256

certain.

Part 257

That the wolf could be loved into something gentler.

Part 258

They were wrong.

Part 259

But they were not, in the beginning

Part 260

foolish to try.

Part 261

We will come to what happened.

Part 262

His name was Fenrir.

Part 263

In the Old Norse, Fenris úlfr, the wolf of

Part 264

the fen, or the wolf of the wetland.

Part 265

The lowland wolf.

Part 266

The wolf of the dark wet places at the

Part 267

edges of the settled world.

Part 268

The name carries, in its sound, the kind of

Part 269

cold the old Scandinavians would have known well.

Part 270

The marsh in winter.

Part 271

The mist over the bog.

Part 272

The wolf that you heard at the edge of

Part 273

your light at night, and that you knew

Part 274

even in the safety of your hall

Part 275

was there.

Part 276

He came to Asgard as a child.

Part 277

As a pup, the texts tell us

Part 278

though the texts do not use that word.

Part 279

He was small.

Part 280

He was the kind of small that grows.

Part 281

The gods looked at him in their hall

Part 282

and they took him in.

Part 283

And the texts pause here, before they tell us

Part 284

what came next.

Part 285

We pause too.

Part 286

Sleep, if you are ready to.

Part 287

The next chapter will tell you what it was

Part 288

like to feed him.

Part 289

Chapter Two.

Part 290

The Wolf Brought to Asgard.

Part 291

Imagine, if you can, the high hall of the

Part 292

gods.

Part 293

The hall is built of timber and gold.

Part 294

The roof is shielded with shields

Part 295

the texts use that phrase, that the roof of

Part 296

Valhǫll was thatched with the war shields of the slain.

Part 297

The fires are kept burning in long stone hearths

Part 298

down the center of the hall.

Part 299

The benches along the walls are long and broad

Part 300

and meant to hold many.

Part 301

The Æsir gather here at evening to drink

Part 302

to talk, to argue, to settle the business of

Part 303

the worlds.

Part 304

Into that hall, the gods brought a wolf pup.

Part 305

He was small, at the beginning.

Part 306

The texts make this point.

Part 307

He was small enough that the gods could carry

Part 308

him.

Part 309

He was small enough to be set down on

Part 310

the bench beside them.

Part 311

Small enough to be looked at, in the firelight

Part 312

as a curious and unusual ward.

Part 313

But he grew.

Part 314

Wolves, in the natural world the old Scandinavians knew

Part 315

grew quickly.

Part 316

A wolf pup at six weeks was a small bundle.

Part 317

A wolf pup at six months was a creature you

Part 318

would not lightly approach.

Part 319

A wolf at one year was, in the eyes

Part 320

of any farmer in the long north

Part 321

fully a wolf, already capable of taking a

Part 322

sheep, already capable of running with a pack across

Part 323

a frozen field, already wearing the full silvered coat

Part 324

of the adult.

Part 325

The growth of a wolf, the people of the

Part 326

old north knew, was fast and frightening and could

Part 327

not be slowed.

Part 328

Fenrir's growth was faster.

Part 329

The texts do not give us numbers.

Part 330

They do not say in what week he doubled

Part 331

in size, in what month he tripled.

Part 332

They give us, instead, the impression of growth that

Part 333

exceeded its own kind.

Part 334

They give us a wolf who, in the great

Part 335

hall of the gods

Part 336

grew.

Part 337

And kept growing.

Part 338

Until he was the size of a horse.

Part 339

Until he was the size of two horses.

Part 340

Until he was the size of one of the

Part 341

high benches in the hall.

Part 342

This is a detail worth letting settle.

Part 343

The benches in a Norse longhouse were long enough

Part 344

to seat many warriors and broad enough to sleep

Part 345

on.

Part 346

To say a wolf was the size of one

Part 347

of those benches is, in the imagination of the

Part 348

old Scandinavian world, to say a wolf that would

Part 349

not fit in any normal hall.

Part 350

A wolf that bowed the timbers when he moved.

Part 351

A wolf whose breath, when he panted

Part 352

fogged the fires.

Part 353

The gods watched him grow.

Part 354

They had taken him in for a reason.

Part 355

They had thought, and the texts hint at

Part 356

this even where they do not say it

Part 357

that if the wolf was raised among them

Part 358

if he was given the kindness of the high

Part 359

hall, he might be made gentle.

Part 360

They had thought, perhaps, that the prophecies of what

Part 361

he would do at Ragnarǫk could be unmade by

Part 362

love.

Part 363

It is one of the most poignant choices in

Part 364

all of Norse mythology.

Part 365

The gods, knowing what the seers had said.

Part 366

The gods, having looked at the future.

Part 367

Choosing, nonetheless, to try.

Part 368

And the wolf, in the early years

Part 369

did not refuse the kindness.

Part 370

He came into the hall.

Part 371

He ate what was given to him.

Part 372

He grew.

Part 373

But he was not, the texts tell us

Part 374

a tame wolf.

Part 375

He was not a pet.

Part 376

He was not, in the way of a dog

Part 377

of the household, a being that lay at the

Part 378

feet of the gods and looked up at them

Part 379

in trust.

Part 380

He was something else.

Part 381

He was something the gods had brought into their

Part 382

own hall, and that was changing, week by week

Part 383

into something they had not foreseen.

Part 384

The wolf grew not just in body.

Part 385

He grew in the strangeness of his eye.

Part 386

He grew in the depth of his voice.

Part 387

He grew in the way the other gods

Part 388

when they came past him in the hall

Part 389

found themselves walking a little wider.

Part 390

Found themselves not making eye contact.

Part 391

Found themselves, without knowing why, holding their breath.

Part 392

There came a point, the texts tell us

Part 393

at which only one of the gods was still

Part 394

willing to feed him.

Part 395

Before we go to that god, who is the

Part 396

heart of tonight's story, we should sit a little

Part 397

longer with the wolf himself.

Part 398

The Old Norse word for wolf, úlfr

Part 399

is one of the oldest words in the Germanic

Part 400

family of languages.

Part 401

It is related to the German Wolf

Part 402

the English wolf, the Gothic wulfs.

Part 403

It is, in the long deep past

Part 404

one of the words that the Germanic peoples carried

Part 405

with them from their earliest reckoning of the world.

Part 406

And the wolf, in the imagination of those peoples

Part 407

was not one thing.

Part 408

It was many.

Part 409

The wolf was, in some readings, the enemy.

Part 410

The animal at the edge of the firelight that

Part 411

took the sheep from the fold and that

Part 412

in the long cold winters, came into settlements when

Part 413

the snow lay deep.

Part 414

The wolf was the thing the hall was built

Part 415

against.

Part 416

The thing the door was barred against.

Part 417

The thing the children, in their straw stuffed beds

Part 418

learned to listen for in the night quiet.

Part 419

But the wolf was also, in other readings

Part 420

the kindred figure.

Part 421

The animal that, of all the animals in the

Part 422

Norse imagination, was closest to the warrior.

Part 423

The wolf warriors of the old Germanic peoples, the úlfheðnar

Part 424

were a specific class of fighters who

Part 425

in the surviving sources, took on the strength and

Part 426

the savagery of the wolf in battle.

Part 427

They wore wolf pelts.

Part 428

They were said, in the older heroic poems

Part 429

to fight as wolves fight.

Part 430

They were the kindred of the wolf.

Part 431

And there were the wolves of the gods themselves.

Part 432

Odin, the Allfather, kept two wolves at his throne.

Part 433

Their names, we learned in the second episode

Part 434

were Geri and Freki.

Part 435

Greedy and Ravenous.

Part 436

Odin fed them, from his own table

Part 437

the meat that came to him in Valhǫll.

Part 438

The wolves of Odin were not, in the surviving

Part 439

sources, a problem.

Part 440

They were, in their way, members of the household

Part 441

of the gods.

Part 442

They were honored.

Part 443

They were kept.

Part 444

So when Fenrir came to Asgard as a small

Part 445

thing, the gods were not afraid of him because

Part 446

he was a wolf.

Part 447

They were not, in the early days

Part 448

afraid of him at all.

Part 449

They had wolves at the Allfather's own throne.

Part 450

Wolves were known.

Part 451

Wolves were, in their way, kindred.

Part 452

What changed was not the kind of being Fenrir

Part 453

was.

Part 454

What changed was the scale of him.

Part 455

The simple terrible fact that, week by week

Part 456

the small thing they had taken in was becoming

Part 457

larger than any wolf had ever been.

Part 458

He was passing out of the country of the

Part 459

familiar wolf.

Part 460

He was passing into the country of the unfamiliar.

Part 461

The country of the monstrous.

Part 462

The country in which the gods, who had known

Part 463

wolves all their long lives, no longer knew what

Part 464

was sitting in their hall.

Part 465

There came a point, the texts tell us

Part 466

at which only one of the gods was still

Part 467

willing to feed him.

Part 468

We will come to that god in the next

Part 469

chapter.

Part 470

He is the heart of tonight's story.

Part 471

What you should hold, from this short telling

Part 472

is the shape of the situation that had come

Part 473

slowly, to be true in the hall of Asgard.

Part 474

The gods had taken in a child.

Part 475

The child had grown into something the gods could

Part 476

no longer pretend was a child.

Part 477

The gods had not yet, in their council

Part 478

decided what to do about it.

Part 479

They were watching.

Part 480

They were waiting.

Part 481

They were hoping, perhaps, that the growth would slow.

Part 482

Or that the wolf would, by some unforeseen change

Part 483

become something other than what the seers had said.

Part 484

But the wolf did not slow.

Part 485

And the day was coming when the gods would

Part 486

have to act.

Part 487

Before we walk into that day, we should meet

Part 488

the god who fed him.

Part 489

Chapter Three.

Part 490

Týr, the One Who Fed Him.

Part 491

There was a god whose name was Týr.

Part 492

The name, in Old Norse, was spelled in three

Part 493

letters, T Ý R.

Part 494

In runic carving, it was a single rune

Part 495

the Týr rune, which stood for both the god

Part 496

and for the sound at the start of his

Part 497

name.

Part 498

The rune itself is shaped like a small upward pointing

Part 499

arrow.

Part 500

↑.

Part 501

A figure with arms raised.

Part 502

A figure standing, looking up, with arms open.

Part 503

In the old Scandinavian world, warriors would sometimes scratch

Part 504

this rune onto the hilt of a sword before

Part 505

battle, as a quiet asking of the god's protection.

Part 506

The rune is one of the most often found

Part 507

in the surviving inscriptions of the runic age.

Part 508

The god, even in the late telling of the

Part 509

Norse stories, had not been forgotten.

Part 510

But by the time of the surviving texts

Part 511

by the time, that is, of Snorri Sturluson in

Part 512

the thirteenth century, sitting at his desk in Iceland

Part 513

writing down what was left of the old religion

Part 514

the god of Týr had become a thinner

Part 515

figure than he once had been.

Part 516

There are passages in the Prose Edda where Snorri

Part 517

pauses before describing him, as if reaching

Part 518

in his own thirteenth century way, for a memory that

Part 519

was already fading from the world.

Part 520

Týr.

Part 521

What the surviving texts do tell us is that

Part 522

he was, in the older Germanic religious system

Part 523

one of the highest gods.

Part 524

There is good reason to believe

Part 525

and many scholars have argued this

Part 526

that Týr was, in the deep past

Part 527

before Odin became the chief of the gods

Part 528

the chief of the gods himself.

Part 529

The name Týr is etymologically related to the Greek

Part 530

Zeus and the Latin Iupiter (which we say as

Part 531

Jupiter), all of them descended from a single Proto Indo European

Part 532

root meaning sky, or shining

Part 533

or sky god.

Part 534

Týr was, once, the sky father of the Germanic peoples.

Part 535

By the time the Norse texts were written down

Part 536

that role had passed to Odin.

Part 537

But the older, simpler god of justice and of

Part 538

law and of the right outcome

Part 539

that god was still Týr.

Part 540

He is described, in what survives of him

Part 541

as the bravest of the gods.

Part 542

Snorri uses this exact word.

Part 543

He says, in Gylfaginning, that Týr was the bravest.

Part 544

He says that Týr was the wisest.

Part 545

He says that anyone who wishes to surpass the

Part 546

rest of men in courage and good sense should

Part 547

call upon Týr.

Part 548

Týr was the god, that is, that you went

Part 549

to when you needed a hard thing done.

Part 550

A right thing.

Part 551

A thing that other gods, more cunning or more

Part 552

clever or more politic, would not do.

Part 553

The texts do not give us a long biography

Part 554

of him.

Part 555

They give us, in passing, that he had only

Part 556

one hand.

Part 557

That his right hand had been lost.

Part 558

We will come to how he lost it.

Part 559

And the texts give us, almost as an aside

Part 560

what he did for the wolf.

Part 561

When Fenrir was first brought into Asgard

Part 562

when he was small, the gods all took turns

Part 563

with him.

Part 564

They all, in the texts' careful phrasing, fed him.

Part 565

They all, in the early days, were willing to

Part 566

walk to the wolf and lay food before him

Part 567

and stand beside him while he ate.

Part 568

But the wolf grew.

Part 569

And as he grew, the other gods

Part 570

one by one, stopped going to him.

Part 571

By the time the wolf was at the size

Part 572

that bent the timbers of the hall

Part 573

only Týr was still willing.

Part 574

Only Týr would walk, each day, to where the

Part 575

wolf was lying.

Part 576

Only Týr would carry the meat.

Part 577

Only Týr would set it down.

Part 578

And only Týr would stand there, his hands empty

Part 579

and his eye open, while the wolf ate.

Part 580

We should pause on this.

Part 581

The other gods of Asgard had, by then

Part 582

the high cunning.

Part 583

The far seeing.

Part 584

The names that had been earned across worlds.

Part 585

Thor had his hammer.

Part 586

Odin had his ravens.

Part 587

Heimdallr could hear the grass grow.

Part 588

Freyr had his shining sword.

Part 589

Freyja could fly, in her cloak of falcon feathers

Part 590

across any sky.

Part 591

The Æsir were, in every account, beings of enormous

Part 592

power.

Part 593

And none of them, the texts tell us

Part 594

would walk up to Fenrir.

Part 595

Only Týr.

Part 596

There is, in this, something the texts do not

Part 597

need to say in so many words.

Part 598

Týr was the bravest.

Part 599

Not because he was the strongest.

Part 600

Thor was stronger.

Part 601

Not because he was the wisest.

Part 602

Odin had drunk from Mímir's well and Týr had

Part 603

not.

Part 604

Not because he was the highest.

Part 605

By the time the texts were written

Part 606

Týr had been, for centuries, no longer the chief

Part 607

god.

Part 608

Týr was the bravest because Týr did the thing

Part 609

that needed doing.

Part 610

The wolf needed to be fed.

Part 611

So Týr fed him.

Part 612

The other gods, who had taken the wolf in

Part 613

who had brought him into their hall

Part 614

who had decided that they would try to raise

Part 615

him, the other gods had, by then

Part 616

stepped back.

Part 617

They were watching from a distance.

Part 618

They were leaving the daily task to one of

Part 619

their own.

Part 620

Týr did not refuse.

Part 621

The texts give us very little of what passed

Part 622

between Týr and the wolf in those long quiet

Part 623

feedings.

Part 624

They do not give us conversation.

Part 625

They do not give us a slow growth of

Part 626

understanding.

Part 627

They give us, only, the steady fact:

Part 628

Týr fed him.

Part 629

Daily.

Part 630

Without fail.

Part 631

While the gods watched from the high benches.

Part 632

There is a question worth asking, here.

Part 633

Did the wolf, in those years, know what Týr

Part 634

was doing?

Part 635

The Norse sources do not believe in unintelligent monsters.

Part 636

Fenrir, in the surviving texts, is not portrayed as

Part 637

a brute or as a beast.

Part 638

He is portrayed, when he speaks, as articulate.

Part 639

He is portrayed as suspicious, as careful

Part 640

as alert to the meanings of what is done

Part 641

to him.

Part 642

He is, in his own way, a person

Part 643

a person in a wolf's shape and at a

Part 644

wolf's terrible scale, but a person.

Part 645

So when Týr came to him with meat

Part 646

day after day.

Part 647

When Týr stood quietly beside him while he ate.

Part 648

When Týr did not pull back, did not show

Part 649

fear, did not look away.

Part 650

What did the wolf understand of that?

Part 651

The texts do not tell us.

Part 652

In my reading, and the texts do not

Part 653

tell us this, the wolf came

Part 654

in those long quiet feedings, to understand Týr in

Part 655

a way he did not understand any of the

Part 656

other gods.

Part 657

Not as a friend, exactly.

Part 658

The wolf was not, by any reading of the

Part 659

texts, a being who had friends.

Part 660

But as the one god whose presence did not

Part 661

carry the small flicker of fear that the wolf

Part 662

was, by then, accustomed to seeing in every other

Part 663

face.

Part 664

Týr came to him steadily.

Part 665

Týr fed him steadily.

Part 666

Týr stood beside him steadily.

Part 667

And the wolf, in his huge intelligent watching

Part 668

came to know that this god was not afraid

Part 669

of him.

Part 670

The moment that comes later, the moment when

Part 671

the wolf, having seen through the gods' deception

Part 672

asks for one of them to put a hand

Part 673

in his mouth as surety, has

Part 674

when you sit with it, a particular shape.

Part 675

The wolf does not ask for any hand.

Part 676

He asks, by his refusal to be tested otherwise

Part 677

for the hand of the god who has been

Part 678

willing to come close to him.

Part 679

The text does not give us the wolf's reasoning.

Part 680

But the wolf's reasoning, in my reading

Part 681

is there beneath the surface of what the text

Part 682

gives us.

Part 683

But the texts do tell us this.

Part 684

When the moment came, much later, when the gods

Part 685

needed someone to put a hand into the wolf's

Part 686

mouth as surety.

Part 687

When they needed a god to step forward and

Part 688

offer that hand.

Part 689

The wolf knew which god to ask for.

Part 690

He did not ask for Odin.

Part 691

He did not ask for Thor.

Part 692

He asked for Týr.

Part 693

The bravest.

Part 694

The just.

Part 695

The one who had fed him.

Part 696

We will get to that moment.

Part 697

What you should hold, from this chapter

Part 698

is the shape of Týr in the hall of

Part 699

the gods.

Part 700

He is not loud.

Part 701

He is not in the front of the stories.

Part 702

He is the god who, when the other gods

Part 703

stepped back, walked forward.

Part 704

He is the god who, when the cost would

Part 705

be paid, was the one to pay it.

Part 706

He is the figure who, in tonight's story

Part 707

will lose more than any other.

Part 708

In the next chapter, we go to the first

Part 709

of the gods' attempts to bind the wolf.

Part 710

Chapter Four.

Part 711

The First Two Chains.

Part 712

The gods, the texts tell us, came at last

Part 713

to their council.

Part 714

The wolf could no longer be hosted in the

Part 715

high hall.

Part 716

The wolf had become too large, too suspicious

Part 717

too aware.

Part 718

The Æsir gathered, the texts say, and they spoke

Part 719

of what was to be done.

Part 720

And what they decided was this.

Part 721

The wolf, the gods said, must be bound.

Part 722

Not killed.

Part 723

The texts are clear on this.

Part 724

Not killed.

Part 725

Even in the height of their alarm

Part 726

the gods did not move to kill Fenrir.

Part 727

There has been long argument among scholars about why.

Part 728

One reading is that, because the gods had taken

Part 729

him in as a foster child, killing him would have

Part 730

been the breaking of the most ancient and most

Part 731

binding of social obligations, the obligation of the

Part 732

foster parent to the foster child.

Part 733

Another reading is that, because Fenrir was Loki's son

Part 734

and Loki was Odin's blood brother, killing the wolf would

Part 735

have been the killing of a kinsman.

Part 736

A third reading is that the gods, foreseeing Ragnarǫk

Part 737

knew the wolf could not be killed by ordinary

Part 738

means.

Part 739

He was to be the killer of Odin himself

Part 740

at the end of the world.

Part 741

Such a being could not be put down with

Part 742

a sword.

Part 743

Whatever the reading, the texts agree.

Part 744

The decision was not to kill but to bind.

Part 745

And to bind, the gods first thought

Part 746

would be simple.

Part 747

They were gods.

Part 748

The wolf, after all, was only a wolf

Part 749

even a wolf of unusual size and strangeness was

Part 750

in the imagination of the Æsir at this council

Part 751

a creature that could be wrapped in iron and

Part 752

held.

Part 753

So they made a chain.

Part 754

The first chain was called Lœðingr.

Part 755

The etymology of the name is not entirely certain

Part 756

the Old Norse scholars have argued about it

Part 757

for a long time.

Part 758

One reading connects it to a root meaning to

Part 759

lay down.

Part 760

Another connects it to the kind of binding word used

Part 761

in legal proceedings.

Part 762

Whichever reading is right, the name carries the sense

Part 763

that this was a chain meant to settle the

Part 764

wolf.

Part 765

To hold him in place.

Part 766

The Æsir made this chain themselves, in their own

Part 767

forges.

Part 768

They did not yet go to the dwarves.

Part 769

They thought, at this stage, that the work of

Part 770

binding could be done with their own hands.

Part 771

They forged the iron.

Part 772

They linked the links.

Part 773

They tested the strength of the chain against the

Part 774

strength of their own arms, and they were satisfied.

Part 775

Then they brought the chain to the wolf.

Part 776

The texts give us, here, one of the most

Part 777

quietly cunning passages in all of Norse literature.

Part 778

The gods did not come to Fenrir and say

Part 779

this is a chain.

Part 780

We have made it to bind you.

Part 781

Lie still while we place it around you.

Part 782

They did not say that.

Part 783

They said, instead, and the surviving accounts preserve

Part 784

this almost as a joke, they said: Fenrir

Part 785

we have made this chain.

Part 786

We do not know how strong it is.

Part 787

Would you let us try it on you?

Part 788

It will be a test of your strength against

Part 789

the chain's.

Part 790

We will see which is the greater.

Part 791

It is one of the small dark comedies of

Part 792

the surviving Edda.

Part 793

The gods, in their first attempt to bind the

Part 794

wolf, came to him in the language of sport.

Part 795

As if it were a game.

Part 796

As if there were no consequence.

Part 797

As if they were saying, come, friend

Part 798

let us see how strong you are today.

Part 799

The wolf agreed.

Part 800

He agreed, the texts say, because he was confident

Part 801

in his own strength.

Part 802

He had grown to the size he had grown

Part 803

to.

Part 804

He had felt the bones of horses give way

Part 805

under his jaw.

Part 806

He had felt the timbers of the hall flex

Part 807

beneath his weight.

Part 808

The wolf looked at the chain.

Part 809

He looked at the gods.

Part 810

And he said, in effect: very well.

Part 811

Place it on me.

Part 812

We will see.

Part 813

The gods placed the chain Lœðingr around him.

Part 814

They drew the chain tight.

Part 815

They stepped back.

Part 816

Fenrir kicked once.

Part 817

The chain Lœðingr fell to the ground in pieces.

Part 818

The gods looked at it.

Part 819

The wolf looked at it.

Part 820

And the wolf, the texts tell us

Part 821

was not displeased.

Part 822

He had won the game.

Part 823

He had proven his strength.

Part 824

He was, perhaps, even a little pleased to be

Part 825

in a game with the gods, who had until

Part 826

now never tested him in this way.

Part 827

The gods were silent.

Part 828

They went away to their council and they spoke

Part 829

again of what to do.

Part 830

It was decided that they would make a second

Part 831

chain.

Part 832

A stronger one.

Part 833

Twice as strong, the texts tell us

Part 834

as the first.

Part 835

Or, in some readings, of a stronger metal

Part 836

of an iron worked with secret runes by the

Part 837

gods' best smiths.

Part 838

The chain was called Drómi.

Part 839

The name, in Old Norse, comes from a root

Part 840

meaning fetter or bond.

Part 841

It was a fetter in the most literal sense.

Part 842

A binding thing.

Part 843

The gods brought Drómi to the wolf.

Part 844

They came, again, in the language of sport.

Part 845

They came, again, as if it were a game.

Part 846

They said, and this is where the surviving

Part 847

texts begin to give us, very gently

Part 848

the suggestion that the wolf was no longer entirely

Part 849

fooled, they said: Fenrir, your fame for breaking

Part 850

Lœðingr has spread among us.

Part 851

We have made a stronger chain.

Part 852

Will you not test your strength again?

Part 853

Will you not be praised by all of the

Part 854

Æsir for the breaking of this one too?

Part 855

The wolf looked at Drómi.

Part 856

It was visibly heavier than Lœðingr.

Part 857

It was visibly thicker.

Part 858

The eye of the wolf, the texts tell us

Part 859

was beginning to grow wary.

Part 860

But the wolf said: very well.

Part 861

Place it on me.

Part 862

I am willing.

Part 863

The gods placed Drómi around him.

Part 864

They drew it tight.

Part 865

The chain was so heavy that even the gods

Part 866

the texts say, strained to lift it.

Part 867

They stepped back.

Part 868

The wolf gathered himself.

Part 869

He had to work this time.

Part 870

He kicked once.

Part 871

The chain held.

Part 872

He kicked again.

Part 873

The chain bent but did not break.

Part 874

He bucked.

Part 875

The chain creaked.

Part 876

The wolf, the texts tell us, had to put

Part 877

forth, for the first time, his real strength.

Part 878

And then the chain broke.

Part 879

The links of Drómi flew apart across the field.

Part 880

The pieces, the surviving sources say, lay scattered.

Part 881

The wolf rose, panting.

Part 882

He looked at the gods.

Part 883

And the wolf was even more pleased now than

Part 884

before.

Part 885

He had proven his strength a second time.

Part 886

He had broken even the strongest chain the gods

Part 887

themselves could make.

Part 888

The gods, the texts tell us, were beginning to

Part 889

be afraid.

Part 890

They went away again to their council.

Part 891

And they spoke of what was to be done.

Part 892

And there was, by now, the slow heavy understanding

Part 893

in the council that they could not bind the

Part 894

wolf with the strength of their own forges.

Part 895

The gods of Asgard could not, by themselves

Part 896

make a chain that would hold him.

Part 897

They would have to send for help.

Part 898

They would have to send for the dwarves.

Part 899

In the next chapter, we go down again

Part 900

as we did, last week, for the hammer

Part 901

into the underground halls of Svartalfheim.

Part 902

Chapter Five.

Part 903

Down to Svartalfheim Again.

Part 904

We were last in Svartalfheim only the week before

Part 905

in the long telling of how Mjǫllnir was made.

Part 906

We walked there with Loki, then, on the long

Part 907

road down.

Part 908

We watched him stand at the bellows.

Part 909

We watched the dwarves Sindri and Brokkr work at

Part 910

the anvil.

Part 911

We watched the gold form into the boar Gullinbursti.

Part 912

The ring Draupnir.

Part 913

The hammer that would, from that night forward

Part 914

hang at Thor's belt.

Part 915

Tonight we go back.

Part 916

The gods, having failed twice to bind the wolf

Part 917

with chains of their own making, send a messenger

Part 918

down to the same dark country.

Part 919

This time, it is not Loki who goes.

Part 920

The texts give us the name of the messenger.

Part 921

He was called Skírnir.

Part 922

The bright one.

Part 923

The shining one.

Part 924

He was the servant, or, in some readings

Part 925

the friend and follower, of the god Freyr.

Part 926

Freyr, who we will meet at length in a

Part 927

later episode of this season, was one of the

Part 928

Vanir, the second tribe of gods, who had come

Part 929

into Asgard after the long Æsir Vanir war.

Part 930

Freyr was the god of fertility, of the sun

Part 931

in summer, of growing things.

Part 932

Skírnir was his messenger, his runner, the one he

Part 933

sent on tasks the surviving texts portray as urgent

Part 934

delicate, and almost diplomatic.

Part 935

It is interesting that the gods chose Skírnir for

Part 936

this errand and not, for example

Part 937

Loki.

Part 938

Loki had been to Svartalfheim before.

Part 939

Loki, in the previous episode, had stood at the

Part 940

bellows and watched the dwarves work.

Part 941

Loki knew the road.

Part 942

Loki, in the trickster's way, would have been the

Part 943

obvious messenger.

Part 944

But the gods, by this point in the story

Part 945

no longer entirely trusted Loki.

Part 946

They knew that Fenrir was Loki's son.

Part 947

They knew that Loki, while sworn to the Æsir

Part 948

had his own loyalties and his own ambivalences.

Part 949

They did not want, on this errand

Part 950

the trickster's hand on the message.

Part 951

They wanted someone simpler.

Part 952

Someone bright.

Part 953

Someone whose loyalty to the high gods was uncomplicated.

Part 954

So they sent Skírnir.

Part 955

Skírnir went down.

Part 956

The texts do not describe his journey in detail.

Part 957

They give us only that he went.

Part 958

He passed through whatever roads the messengers of the

Part 959

gods knew, perhaps along Bifrǫst, the rainbow bridge

Part 960

perhaps along older paths that the surviving texts do

Part 961

not name.

Part 962

He came to Svartalfheim.

Part 963

He came to the door of the smiths.

Part 964

This time, the smiths are not Sindri and Brokkr.

Part 965

The surviving texts do not name them.

Part 966

Snorri tells us, in the Prose Edda

Part 967

only that Skírnir came down to "certain dwarves." He

Part 968

does not give them faces.

Part 969

He does not give them lineages.

Part 970

They are, in the only account that has come

Part 971

down to us, simply dwarves of the deep country

Part 972

the unnamed smiths of Svartalfheim, who already

Part 973

the texts hint, knew why Skírnir had come before

Part 974

he had spoken.

Part 975

You will remember, perhaps, that in the previous episode

Part 976

the dwarves we met were named.

Part 977

The sons of Ívaldi, who made Sif's new gold

Part 978

hair and the spear Gungnir and the ship Skíðblaðnir.

Part 979

The brothers Sindri and Brokkr, who made the boar

Part 980

Gullinbursti, the ring Draupnir, and Mjǫllnir itself.

Part 981

Those dwarves the surviving sources named because the story

Part 982

of the wager required them to be named

Part 983

the wager was between two specific sets of smiths

Part 984

and the gods needed to know who had made

Part 985

which treasure.

Part 986

Tonight's story is different.

Part 987

Tonight's story has no wager.

Part 988

Tonight's story has only a binding.

Part 989

The makers of the binding the texts have not

Part 990

preserved by name.

Part 991

We can, in our own imagination, hold them as

Part 992

unnamed.

Part 993

As deeper, perhaps, even than the named dwarves.

Part 994

As the dwarves of dwarves.

Part 995

The smiths the other smiths went to when the

Part 996

work was beyond what they themselves could do.

Part 997

Skírnir came to them in their hall.

Part 998

He brought a message from the gods.

Part 999

The message, in the surviving telling, was this.

Part 1000

The gods, said Skírnir, need a binding.

Part 1001

They need a thing that will hold a wolf.

Part 1002

The wolf is large, very large, larger than the

Part 1003

gods' own forges can make a chain to hold.

Part 1004

The gods have failed twice.

Part 1005

They need a third binding.

Part 1006

They need it to be different.

Part 1007

They need it to be of such a kind

Part 1008

that the wolf, when he sees it

Part 1009

will not believe it can hold him.

Part 1010

And they need it to hold him anyway.

Part 1011

The dwarves listened.

Part 1012

The texts do not give us their faces.

Part 1013

They give us, only, that they listened.

Part 1014

And that after they had listened, they were quiet

Part 1015

for a while.

Part 1016

And that after they had been quiet

Part 1017

they said, and this is the part the

Part 1018

surviving sources preserve almost as a riddle

Part 1019

they said: we will make it.

Part 1020

We will make it of six things.

Part 1021

The things we will use, we will use up.

Part 1022

There will not be any of them left in

Part 1023

the world after we are done.

Part 1024

Skírnir, the texts tell us, did not understand.

Part 1025

He asked, what six things?

Part 1026

And the dwarves said: you will see.

Part 1027

And they began.

Part 1028

The dwarves of Svartalfheim, in the long old Norse

Part 1029

imagination, were the keepers of the deepest crafts.

Part 1030

They were the ones who knew the runes that

Part 1031

the gods themselves did not yet know.

Part 1032

They were the ones who could draw

Part 1033

from the materials of the deep world

Part 1034

the qualities that lived in those materials.

Part 1035

The hardness of stone.

Part 1036

The brightness of gold.

Part 1037

The silence of shadow.

Part 1038

For Gleipnir, the texts give us the name

Part 1039

of the binding here, Gleipnir, which means

Part 1040

in rough Old Norse, the open one

Part 1041

or the deceiver, the one that catches

Part 1042

the dwarves used six things.

Part 1043

Six things that, in the world before the binding

Part 1044

of Fenrir, the texts tell us, were present and

Part 1045

known.

Part 1046

And that, after the binding of Fenrir

Part 1047

were no longer present in the world.

Part 1048

The dwarves used them up.

Part 1049

The world has been thinner ever since.

Part 1050

We come, in the next chapter, to what those

Part 1051

six things were.

Part 1052

Sleep, if you are ready to.

Part 1053

The list is one of the most beloved passages

Part 1054

in all of Norse mythology.

Part 1055

And the listing of it is, in its own

Part 1056

quiet way, a lullaby.

Part 1057

Chapter Six.

Part 1058

The Six Impossible Things.

Part 1059

The first of the things the dwarves used in

Part 1060

the making of Gleipnir was the sound of a

Part 1061

cat's footfall.

Part 1062

This is what the texts say.

Part 1063

The Prose Edda preserves the line.

Part 1064

The first of the six was the sound that

Part 1065

a cat makes when it walks.

Part 1066

The slight, almost not there pressure of a cat's foot on

Part 1067

a wooden floor.

Part 1068

The almost silence of it.

Part 1069

The way a cat can cross a room while

Part 1070

a person who is sitting in it does not

Part 1071

look up.

Part 1072

The dwarves took this.

Part 1073

They took the sound.

Part 1074

They wove it into the cord.

Part 1075

This, the surviving Edda tells us, is the reason

Part 1076

that cats now walk silently.

Part 1077

The sound, before, had been in the world.

Part 1078

The dwarves used it.

Part 1079

The sound that remained, the sound that a

Part 1080

cat now makes when it crosses a floor

Part 1081

is what was left after the dwarves had taken

Part 1082

what they needed.

Part 1083

Cats walk silently because the dwarves needed the sound

Part 1084

of their footfalls for the binding of the wolf.

Part 1085

This is a beautiful piece of mythic reasoning.

Part 1086

It is also, in the way the old Norse

Part 1087

sources sometimes do, a small piece of folk explanation.

Part 1088

Why do cats walk silently?

Part 1089

Because the dwarves used up the rest of the

Part 1090

sound long ago.

Part 1091

The second of the things the dwarves used was

Part 1092

a woman's beard.

Part 1093

This may sound strange to a modern ear.

Part 1094

But the texts are specific.

Part 1095

The second ingredient was the beard of a woman.

Part 1096

And the explanation, and this is one of

Part 1097

the small dry jokes of the surviving sources

Part 1098

is that, before the binding of Fenrir

Part 1099

women had beards.

Part 1100

After the binding of Fenrir, they did not.

Part 1101

The dwarves used them up.

Part 1102

The Old Norse word for beard, skegg

Part 1103

would have been familiar to every household.

Part 1104

The beard of a man was, in the old

Part 1105

Scandinavian world, one of the markers of his standing.

Part 1106

The beard of Thor, of Odin, of every warrior

Part 1107

in the longhouse, was groomed and tended.

Part 1108

The texts of the Edda do not tell us

Part 1109

what a woman's beard, in the time before the

Part 1110

binding, had looked like.

Part 1111

The texts tell us, only, that there had been

Part 1112

one.

Part 1113

And that, after the binding, there was no longer.

Part 1114

The third of the things the dwarves used was

Part 1115

the roots of a mountain.

Part 1116

This one, perhaps, lands more easily in the modern

Part 1117

ear.

Part 1118

The roots of a mountain.

Part 1119

The deep parts of stone that go down into

Part 1120

the earth, that anchor the mountain to whatever is

Part 1121

below, that hold it in place against the slow

Part 1122

turning of the world.

Part 1123

The dwarves, the texts say, took those roots.

Part 1124

Used them.

Part 1125

The mountains have, since the binding of Fenrir

Part 1126

been rootless.

Part 1127

They are held in place now only by their

Part 1128

own weight.

Part 1129

By their own resting.

Part 1130

The roots are gone.

Part 1131

This is the kind of detail that

Part 1132

when you sit with it for a long quiet

Part 1133

moment, does something to your sense of the world.

Part 1134

It says, the mountain is heavier than it looks.

Part 1135

It says, the mountain is balanced now where once

Part 1136

it was anchored.

Part 1137

It says, the world has been, since this story

Part 1138

a little less steady than it once was.

Part 1139

The fourth of the things the dwarves used was

Part 1140

the sinews of a bear.

Part 1141

Sinew, the tough silvery cord that runs along

Part 1142

the muscle of an animal and connects it to

Part 1143

the bone.

Part 1144

In the old Scandinavian world, the sinews of large

Part 1145

animals were used for the strings of bows

Part 1146

for binding the iron head onto a spear shaft

Part 1147

for the silent strength inside every craft.

Part 1148

The sinew of a bear was particularly valued.

Part 1149

A bear was the largest land animal of the

Part 1150

Norse imagination.

Part 1151

Its sinew was the strongest of the bindings the

Part 1152

human craft could make.

Part 1153

The dwarves took the sinews of a bear.

Part 1154

Used them.

Part 1155

Wove them into Gleipnir.

Part 1156

The fifth of the things the dwarves used was

Part 1157

the breath of a fish.

Part 1158

You may, listening now, find your eye opening a

Part 1159

little at this.

Part 1160

The breath of a fish.

Part 1161

What does a fish breathe?

Part 1162

A fish, in the old Norse imagination

Part 1163

did not breathe the air that humans breathe.

Part 1164

A fish moved through the water, opening its mouth

Part 1165

and from its gills came a slight pulse

Part 1166

a small almost silent rhythm that the old Norse people

Part 1167

who knew their cold rivers and their cold seas

Part 1168

would have noticed as they pulled fish from the

Part 1169

water and watched them lie in the bottom of

Part 1170

the boat.

Part 1171

The breath of a fish was that pulse.

Part 1172

That small last quiet exhalation.

Part 1173

The dwarves took it.

Part 1174

Used it.

Part 1175

And the sixth, the last, of the things the

Part 1176

dwarves used was the spittle of a bird.

Part 1177

The Old Norse texts pause on this one too

Part 1178

in the way they do.

Part 1179

The spittle of a bird.

Part 1180

The almost nothing, the just barely there, the moisture inside a bird's

Part 1181

beak that you would not see unless you looked

Part 1182

very closely.

Part 1183

The dwarves used it.

Part 1184

These were the six things.

Part 1185

The sound of a cat's footfall.

Part 1186

A woman's beard.

Part 1187

The roots of a mountain.

Part 1188

The sinews of a bear.

Part 1189

The breath of a fish.

Part 1190

The spittle of a bird.

Part 1191

You may notice, if you let the list settle

Part 1192

that each of the six is a thing that

Part 1193

the old Norse imagination would have called almost not there.

Part 1194

They are not, like iron, or like gold

Part 1195

or like stone, the things you can pick up

Part 1196

and hold.

Part 1197

They are not, like the strength of a god

Part 1198

or the speed of a wind, the things you

Part 1199

can name and measure.

Part 1200

They are the things at the very edge of

Part 1201

presence.

Part 1202

The sound a cat makes that is just barely

Part 1203

a sound.

Part 1204

The beard of a woman that, even when it

Part 1205

was in the world, was not the central marker

Part 1206

of her.

Part 1207

The roots of a mountain that no one had

Part 1208

ever seen, only inferred.

Part 1209

The sinew of a bear, which is the strength

Part 1210

inside the strength.

Part 1211

The breath of a fish, which is the breath

Part 1212

inside an animal that does not seem to breathe

Part 1213

at all.

Part 1214

The spittle of a bird, which is the smallest

Part 1215

moisture inside the lightest of all flying things.

Part 1216

The surviving texts do not tell us why the

Part 1217

dwarves chose these six things.

Part 1218

The Prose Edda lists the ingredients without explaining the

Part 1219

reasoning behind them.

Part 1220

What I would offer here, as one way of

Part 1221

understanding the choice, is this.

Part 1222

The gods had tried to bind the wolf with

Part 1223

the things he could feel.

Part 1224

The iron of Lœðingr.

Part 1225

The iron of Drómi.

Part 1226

The chains of the high forges.

Part 1227

The wolf had felt them and had broken them.

Part 1228

So the dwarves, when the gods came to them

Part 1229

in their need, may have reasoned in the deep

Part 1230

way of the dwarves, that the wolf could

Part 1231

not be bound by anything he could feel.

Part 1232

He could only be bound by what he could

Part 1233

not feel.

Part 1234

By the absences.

Part 1235

By the things at the edge of presence.

Part 1236

By what was barely there.

Part 1237

This is, perhaps, the kind of reasoning the old

Part 1238

Norse imagination loved.

Part 1239

The kind of reasoning that says, the thing you

Part 1240

cannot see is stronger than the thing you can.

Part 1241

The thing that is barely there is the thing

Part 1242

that holds.

Part 1243

The lightest binding is, in the end

Part 1244

the only binding that lasts.

Part 1245

The Eddic poets did not write this down for

Part 1246

us in so many words.

Part 1247

But the listener, even the listener at the

Part 1248

edge of sleep, can sit with the possibility.

Part 1249

And the possibility is, in its way

Part 1250

the most Norse of all the things in the

Part 1251

story.

Part 1252

The dwarves took the six things and they wove

Part 1253

them into a single cord.

Part 1254

And the cord, when it was done, was

Part 1255

the texts tell us, smooth as a silken

Part 1256

ribbon, light as a thread of spider's silk

Part 1257

soft enough to be coiled into the palm of

Part 1258

a single hand.

Part 1259

It was so light that it seemed almost not

Part 1260

to be there.

Part 1261

It was so smooth that it seemed it could

Part 1262

not possibly hold anything.

Part 1263

This was Gleipnir.

Part 1264

The deceiver.

Part 1265

The open one.

Part 1266

The one that catches.

Part 1267

The dwarves gave it to Skírnir.

Part 1268

Skírnir, the messenger, took the small soft ribbon in

Part 1269

his hand.

Part 1270

He looked at it.

Part 1271

He must, the texts hint, have wondered how this

Part 1272

small thing was meant to hold the wolf.

Part 1273

He must have wondered whether the dwarves had played

Part 1274

some joke on him.

Part 1275

But the dwarves, in the surviving sources

Part 1276

gave him no further explanation.

Part 1277

They said only: take it.

Part 1278

Bring it to the gods.

Part 1279

They will know what to do.

Part 1280

And Skírnir, holding the small ribbon of impossible things

Part 1281

in his closed fist, climbed back up the road

Part 1282

from Svartalfheim.

Part 1283

And he came home to Asgard.

Part 1284

And he gave the ribbon to the gods.

Part 1285

In the next chapter, we walk to the island

Part 1286

where the binding will be made.

Part 1287

Chapter Seven.

Part 1288

The Ribbon in the Hand.

Part 1289

When Skírnir came back to Asgard, the gods were

Part 1290

waiting in their council hall.

Part 1291

He set the small bright thing on the table

Part 1292

before them.

Part 1293

The texts give us the scene.

Part 1294

The gods looked at it.

Part 1295

They did not, at first, believe it.

Part 1296

This, they said.

Part 1297

This is what the dwarves made.

Part 1298

Skírnir said: yes.

Part 1299

This, they said again.

Part 1300

This silken ribbon.

Part 1301

This little soft cord that we could break between

Part 1302

our fingers.

Part 1303

Skírnir said: yes.

Part 1304

They said it would hold him.

Part 1305

There was, the surviving sources tell us

Part 1306

a long silence in the council.

Part 1307

The gods looked at the ribbon.

Part 1308

They looked at one another.

Part 1309

Some of them, in the slow way of the

Part 1310

long lived, took the ribbon in their hands and tested

Part 1311

it.

Part 1312

They pulled gently at it.

Part 1313

They pulled harder.

Part 1314

They strained against it with the strength of gods.

Part 1315

The ribbon did not break.

Part 1316

The gods, the texts say, were astonished.

Part 1317

They tried again.

Part 1318

The strongest of them, Thor was not yet

Part 1319

at Mjǫllnir's side in this telling, but Thor was

Part 1320

nonetheless there, with his bare hands and the great

Part 1321

strength of his bare hands, Thor took the

Part 1322

ribbon and pulled.

Part 1323

The ribbon did not move.

Part 1324

The ribbon did not stretch.

Part 1325

The ribbon held.

Part 1326

The gods began, slowly, to understand what the dwarves

Part 1327

had given them.

Part 1328

It was not a thing of weight.

Part 1329

It was not a thing of mass.

Part 1330

It was not a chain in the sense the

Part 1331

gods had been thinking about chains.

Part 1332

It was a binding made of qualities that had

Part 1333

been taken out of the world and woven together.

Part 1334

And the qualities, the silence of cats

Part 1335

the softness of women, the steadiness of mountains

Part 1336

the strength of bears, the patience of fish

Part 1337

the quiet of birds, were not the kind

Part 1338

of thing that strength could break.

Part 1339

The strongest god in Asgard, pulling on Gleipnir

Part 1340

was pulling against the deep order of the world.

Part 1341

The gods, the texts tell us, were satisfied at

Part 1342

last.

Part 1343

But they were also, the texts tell us

Part 1344

beginning to be afraid of how they would get

Part 1345

the wolf to allow it to be placed on

Part 1346

him.

Part 1347

Because Fenrir was not, by this point in the

Part 1348

story, a foolish child.

Part 1349

He had been brought to Asgard as a small

Part 1350

thing.

Part 1351

He had grown in the high hall.

Part 1352

He had watched the gods, one by one

Part 1353

step back from him.

Part 1354

He had felt their eyes change.

Part 1355

He had broken Lœðingr.

Part 1356

He had broken Drómi.

Part 1357

He had heard, in his huge intelligent ears

Part 1358

the conversations of the gods at council.

Part 1359

He had seen, the texts hint, the messenger Skírnir

Part 1360

come back from the deep places carrying something small

Part 1361

in his closed fist.

Part 1362

He had noticed.

Part 1363

The wolf, by this point, was watchful in a

Part 1364

way the gods could not have anticipated when they

Part 1365

took him in.

Part 1366

The wolf was, perhaps, even sad.

Part 1367

The texts do not say.

Part 1368

But the wolf was certainly suspicious.

Part 1369

He knew that the gods were planning something.

Part 1370

He knew that whatever they were planning involved him.

Part 1371

And he knew that the small soft ribbon they

Part 1372

had asked him to be tested with would not

Part 1373

be the simple game the chains had been.

Part 1374

The Æsir came to him.

Part 1375

They came in their numbers this time.

Part 1376

Not just one or two of them.

Part 1377

Not just the messenger.

Part 1378

They came in a small procession.

Part 1379

Odin at their head, in his blue cloak with

Part 1380

his hood drawn forward.

Part 1381

Thor beside him, the great red beard catching the

Part 1382

light.

Part 1383

Skírnir holding the small ribbon.

Part 1384

And, near the back of the procession, walking quietly

Part 1385

Týr.

Part 1386

They came to the wolf.

Part 1387

They did not, this time, immediately go into the

Part 1388

language of sport.

Part 1389

They did not say, immediately, come try this against

Part 1390

your strength.

Part 1391

They paused.

Part 1392

The texts give us the pause.

Part 1393

They looked at the wolf, and the wolf looked

Part 1394

at them.

Part 1395

And there was, in the long moment before anyone

Part 1396

spoke, the understanding on all sides that the game

Part 1397

had moved into a different country.

Part 1398

Then Odin spoke.

Part 1399

He spoke, the surviving texts tell us

Part 1400

in the easy voice the Allfather used when he

Part 1401

wanted to make a thing seem smaller than it

Part 1402

was.

Part 1403

He said: Fenrir.

Part 1404

We have come to you again with a binding.

Part 1405

This one is small.

Part 1406

As you can see.

Part 1407

It is no more than a silken band.

Part 1408

It has been made by the smiths of the

Part 1409

deep country, and they have given it certain qualities.

Part 1410

Will you not test it against your strength

Part 1411

as you tested the others?

Part 1412

Will you not break this little thing for our

Part 1413

entertainment, and we will be done?

Part 1414

The wolf looked at Gleipnir.

Part 1415

The wolf, the texts say, was silent for a

Part 1416

long while.

Part 1417

The wolf, when he spoke, spoke quietly.

Part 1418

He said: I see that this is small.

Part 1419

I see that it is light.

Part 1420

I see that it looks like a ribbon a

Part 1421

child would tie in its hair.

Part 1422

The gods waited.

Part 1423

The wolf went on.

Part 1424

He said: I see also that it has been

Part 1425

brought from the deep country.

Part 1426

I see also that the gods of Asgard

Part 1427

who have failed twice now to bind me

Part 1428

would not bring me a third binding unless they

Part 1429

thought it would hold.

Part 1430

I see also that you would not all of

Part 1431

you have come to watch this small entertainment unless

Part 1432

you thought there was something to watch.

Part 1433

The gods, the texts tell us, did not answer.

Part 1434

The wolf, in the silence that followed

Part 1435

raised his enormous head a little.

Part 1436

He spoke again.

Part 1437

He said: there is no honor in my breaking

Part 1438

of a thing that has clearly been made to

Part 1439

hold me.

Part 1440

There is no honor in pretending we do not

Part 1441

all know what this is.

Part 1442

I will not be made foolish by this game.

Part 1443

The gods, the texts tell us, did not yet

Part 1444

despair.

Part 1445

They had expected this.

Part 1446

They had thought, in their council, about what to

Part 1447

do if the wolf saw through them.

Part 1448

And they had a thing prepared.

Part 1449

In the next chapter, we go to the test

Part 1450

the wolf himself proposed.

Part 1451

Chapter Eight.

Part 1452

The Test the Wolf Proposed.

Part 1453

The wolf, having seen through the gods' game

Part 1454

made a counter proposal.

Part 1455

He said: I will allow you to place this

Part 1456

ribbon on me.

Part 1457

I will allow you to make the test.

Part 1458

But only if one of you will put your

Part 1459

hand into my mouth, and keep it there

Part 1460

while the test is made.

Part 1461

So that, if I am being deceived

Part 1462

so that, if you have made a thing meant

Part 1463

to hold me and you have brought it here

Part 1464

to put it on me by trickery

Part 1465

I will know that the cost of the trick

Part 1466

will be the hand of one of the gods.

Part 1467

The texts pause here.

Part 1468

They give us the long quiet of the gods

Part 1469

looking at one another.

Part 1470

This is one of the most carefully constructed moments

Part 1471

in all of Norse mythology.

Part 1472

The wolf has not refused the binding.

Part 1473

The wolf has not run.

Part 1474

The wolf has not turned.

Part 1475

He has, instead, set a condition.

Part 1476

A condition that, on its face, sounds reasonable.

Part 1477

He is willing to be tested

Part 1478

but only with a pledge.

Part 1479

A pledge in the form of a hand.

Part 1480

The gods, the texts say, were silent.

Part 1481

Because the gods knew, exactly and without any doubt

Part 1482

what the wolf was asking for.

Part 1483

The wolf was asking for a sworn oath.

Part 1484

A pledge that, in the old Norse legal imagination

Part 1485

would bind the entire community of the Æsir to

Part 1486

the truth of what they were claiming.

Part 1487

And the gods knew that they were lying.

Part 1488

They knew that Gleipnir was meant to hold him.

Part 1489

They knew that, when Fenrir failed to break it

Part 1490

they would not release him.

Part 1491

They would leave him bound.

Part 1492

The trick was the whole point.

Part 1493

So the wolf, by asking for the hand

Part 1494

was asking for the gods to make a pledge

Part 1495

they could not honor.

Part 1496

And the cost of the failed pledge

Part 1497

the cost the wolf was naming

Part 1498

would be the hand of the god who put

Part 1499

it in.

Part 1500

The Æsir looked at one another.

Part 1501

Odin, the texts tell us, said nothing.

Part 1502

Odin, the wise one, the one who had given

Part 1503

his eye at the well of Mímir

Part 1504

the one who had hung nine nights on the

Part 1505

world tree, was not, even in his bravery

Part 1506

willing to give a hand.

Part 1507

He had given enough.

Part 1508

Thor, the texts tell us, said nothing.

Part 1509

Thor, in some readings of the surviving sources

Part 1510

was not yet at the council when this was

Part 1511

discussed.

Part 1512

In others, Thor was there but did not speak.

Part 1513

Thor was strong.

Part 1514

Thor was loud.

Part 1515

But Thor did not, at this council

Part 1516

put his hand into the wolf's mouth.

Part 1517

Heimdallr, the watcher of the bridge, said nothing.

Part 1518

Freyr, the bright god of fertility, said nothing.

Part 1519

Bragi, the god of poetry, said nothing.

Part 1520

The texts walk us, one by one

Part 1521

through the gods of the council.

Part 1522

None of them spoke.

Part 1523

None of them stepped forward.

Part 1524

And then, the texts tell us, Týr stepped forward.

Part 1525

Týr.

Part 1526

The bravest.

Part 1527

The just.

Part 1528

The one who had fed the wolf in the

Part 1529

high hall when no other god would walk to

Part 1530

him.

Part 1531

The one who had stood beside him daily and

Part 1532

watched him grow and known what he was growing

Part 1533

into and not turned away.

Part 1534

Týr stepped forward.

Part 1535

Týr said: I will do it.

Part 1536

The wolf, the texts tell us, looked at Týr.

Part 1537

There is, in this moment, something the surviving sources

Part 1538

do not need to spell out.

Part 1539

The wolf had known Týr.

Part 1540

The wolf had eaten from his hand.

Part 1541

The wolf, in the long quiet years of the

Part 1542

high hall, had been fed by this god.

Part 1543

Had been the recipient of his daily steady kindness.

Part 1544

And now, in the moment when the wolf was

Part 1545

asking for a pledge, the only god who would

Part 1546

step forward was the one god who had not

Part 1547

turned away from him.

Part 1548

This is the cruelty at the heart of tonight's

Part 1549

story.

Part 1550

The bravest god, the god who had been

Part 1551

most faithful to the wolf, who had been most

Part 1552

willing, who had not withdrawn his hand

Part 1553

was the one who would have to lie to

Part 1554

him.

Part 1555

Týr knew it.

Part 1556

The wolf, the texts hint, may have known it

Part 1557

too.

Part 1558

We will return to that question in a moment.

Part 1559

Týr walked forward.

Part 1560

He came up to the wolf.

Part 1561

He stopped at the wolf's great head

Part 1562

which was at the level of his own chest.

Part 1563

He raised his right hand.

Part 1564

The right hand, the texts are specific

Part 1565

the sword hand, the hand that, in the old Norse

Part 1566

imagination, was the hand of a warrior's identity.

Part 1567

The hand that held the blade in battle.

Part 1568

The hand that, on a warrior, was the hand

Part 1569

he could least afford to lose.

Part 1570

Týr raised his right hand.

Part 1571

He put it forward.

Part 1572

The wolf opened his mouth.

Part 1573

Týr placed his hand inside.

Part 1574

The texts pause here, in the way they do

Part 1575

at the deepest moments.

Part 1576

They give us, only: he placed his hand inside.

Part 1577

The wolf closed his jaws.

Part 1578

Not hard.

Part 1579

Not yet.

Part 1580

He closed his jaws gently around Týr's wrist

Part 1581

and he held the hand there.

Part 1582

Týr did not pull back.

Part 1583

Týr did not flinch.

Part 1584

In the next chapter, the gods make the binding.

Part 1585

Chapter Nine.

Part 1586

The Binding.

Part 1587

The Æsir, with Týr's hand in the wolf's mouth

Part 1588

came forward with Gleipnir.

Part 1589

They came quietly.

Part 1590

They did not laugh, the texts tell us.

Part 1591

They did not joke.

Part 1592

They did not now pretend, as they had in

Part 1593

the binding of Lœðingr and the binding of Drómi

Part 1594

that this was a game.

Part 1595

The mood had passed beyond the language of sport.

Part 1596

The mood was now, in the surviving sources

Part 1597

the mood of an execution.

Part 1598

A binding.

Part 1599

A solemn thing.

Part 1600

Skírnir, the messenger, held one end of the ribbon.

Part 1601

Another of the gods held the other end.

Part 1602

Slowly, slowly, they wound Gleipnir around the wolf.

Part 1603

The wolf did not resist them while they wound

Part 1604

it.

Part 1605

He stood, with Týr's hand still in his mouth

Part 1606

and he let the gods do the binding.

Part 1607

He had to.

Part 1608

He had made the pledge that he would.

Part 1609

He had bound himself to the test by his

Part 1610

own word.

Part 1611

The gods wound Gleipnir around his legs.

Part 1612

Around his chest.

Part 1613

Around his neck.

Part 1614

The ribbon, being light as a silken thread

Part 1615

took only a few wraps.

Part 1616

It did not feel heavy on him.

Part 1617

It did not feel, the wolf would have said

Part 1618

if he could speak in the moment

Part 1619

like a chain.

Part 1620

It felt like a thing a child had tied

Part 1621

around him in a game.

Part 1622

The gods stepped back.

Part 1623

They had taken him to an island for the

Part 1624

binding.

Part 1625

The texts give us the name of the island.

Part 1626

It was called Lyngvi.

Part 1627

In Old Norse, the name comes from a root

Part 1628

meaning heather or heathland.

Part 1629

It was a small island in a lake.

Part 1630

The lake itself was called Ámsvartnir.

Part 1631

The black lake.

Part 1632

The dark water.

Part 1633

The island was in the dark water

Part 1634

in the middle of the world, in a place

Part 1635

the wolf could not easily walk back from even

Part 1636

if he could break free.

Part 1637

They had chosen the place with care.

Part 1638

They stepped back.

Part 1639

They let the wolf stand free on the island

Part 1640

with the ribbon around him.

Part 1641

They watched.

Part 1642

The wolf gathered himself.

Part 1643

He kicked once, as he had done with Lœðingr.

Part 1644

The ribbon did not break.

Part 1645

He kicked harder, as he had done with Drómi.

Part 1646

The ribbon did not give.

Part 1647

He pulled.

Part 1648

He twisted.

Part 1649

He threw his enormous weight against the ribbon.

Part 1650

He brought to bear the strength that had broken

Part 1651

the first two chains and that, until this moment

Part 1652

he had not believed any binding could resist.

Part 1653

The ribbon did not break.

Part 1654

The wolf, the texts tell us, understood.

Part 1655

He understood, in that moment, that he had been

Part 1656

deceived.

Part 1657

That the small soft ribbon was not a small

Part 1658

soft ribbon.

Part 1659

That it was a binding made by the dwarves

Part 1660

of the deep country out of the qualities of

Part 1661

the world.

Part 1662

That the gods had brought it to him in

Part 1663

trickery.

Part 1664

That the test had not been a test.

Part 1665

That the pledge had not been a pledge.

Part 1666

And so, the wolf, doing what he had said

Part 1667

he would do, closed his jaws.

Part 1668

He closed them on Týr's hand.

Part 1669

He bit through.

Part 1670

Týr's right hand, his sword hand, came off at the

Part 1671

wrist.

Part 1672

The texts give us this moment, again

Part 1673

in very few words.

Part 1674

They do not linger.

Part 1675

They do not draw it out.

Part 1676

They give us, only, what happened.

Part 1677

The wolf bit through.

Part 1678

Týr lost the hand.

Part 1679

The Æsir, the surviving sources tell us

Part 1680

did not laugh.

Part 1681

They had bound the wolf.

Part 1682

They had succeeded in the thing they had come

Part 1683

to do.

Part 1684

But they had paid for it.

Part 1685

And they had paid for it through the body

Part 1686

of one of their own.

Part 1687

The bravest.

Part 1688

The just.

Part 1689

The one who had fed the wolf.

Part 1690

Týr stepped back from the wolf, his right arm

Part 1691

ending now at the wrist.

Part 1692

He did not, the texts say, cry out.

Part 1693

He did not, in the surviving sources, complain.

Part 1694

He turned, and he walked back to the gathered

Part 1695

company of the gods.

Part 1696

And the gods received him in silence.

Part 1697

And then the gods did the last of what

Part 1698

they had come to do.

Part 1699

They took a great sword.

Part 1700

They drove its hilt deep into the ground at

Part 1701

the wolf's feet.

Part 1702

They placed the point of the sword in the

Part 1703

wolf's lower jaw, and they propped his upper jaw

Part 1704

open against the point of it.

Part 1705

So that the wolf, from that moment on

Part 1706

could not close his mouth.

Part 1707

The wolf's mouth would not close.

Part 1708

And from his mouth, from the open mouth

Part 1709

of the bound wolf, on the island Lyngvi

Part 1710

in the dark lake Ámsvartnir, there began

Part 1711

the texts tell us, to flow a river of

Part 1712

saliva.

Part 1713

A long quiet steady flow.

Part 1714

The river had a name.

Part 1715

The river was called Vón.

Part 1716

In Old Norse, Vón means hope.

Part 1717

The river of hope flows still, the texts say.

Part 1718

It flows from the mouth of the bound wolf.

Part 1719

And there it will continue to flow until Ragnarǫk.

Part 1720

Until the wolf, in some far off cold morning

Part 1721

finally pulls himself free.

Part 1722

We will come to that morning in a later

Part 1723

episode of this season.

Part 1724

We will not come to it tonight.

Part 1725

Tonight is the binding.

Part 1726

The binding holds.

Part 1727

In the next chapter, we sit a while with

Part 1728

Týr.

Part 1729

With what he lost.

Part 1730

With what he became.

Part 1731

Chapter Ten.

Part 1732

The God Who Could Not Hold a Sword.

Part 1733

Týr returned to Asgard with one hand.

Part 1734

The texts do not tell us how he was

Part 1735

received by the other gods.

Part 1736

They do not give us a scene of welcome

Part 1737

or of grief.

Part 1738

They give us, only, that he came back.

Part 1739

And that he was, from that day forward

Part 1740

known as Týr the One Handed.

Part 1741

This is one of the quieter changes that the

Part 1742

surviving Norse sources record.

Part 1743

The change in what a god was called.

Part 1744

Before the binding of Fenrir, Týr was Týr

Part 1745

the just, the brave, the sky god of the older

Part 1746

Germanic religion, the one whose rune was scratched on

Part 1747

the hilts of swords for good fortune in battle.

Part 1748

After the binding of Fenrir, he was Týr the

Part 1749

One Handed.

Part 1750

The texts had a new epithet for him.

Part 1751

The texts noted, almost in passing, that he could

Part 1752

no longer hold a sword in the way a

Part 1753

warrior held a sword.

Part 1754

He could not, the surviving sources hint

Part 1755

hold a shield.

Part 1756

He could no longer, in the simple physical sense

Part 1757

be the warrior god he had been.

Part 1758

And yet.

Part 1759

The texts continue to tell stories about him.

Part 1760

He continues to appear in the council of the

Part 1761

gods.

Part 1762

He continues to be present.

Part 1763

He continues to be, in some readings

Part 1764

the figure the gods turn to when a hard

Part 1765

thing must be done.

Part 1766

Týr the One Handed was, in the surviving Norse imagination

Part 1767

no less a god than Týr the Two Handed had

Part 1768

been.

Part 1769

He was, perhaps, more.

Part 1770

There is a reason for this.

Part 1771

There is a reason that, when the late Norse

Part 1772

poets thought about Týr, they thought about him not

Part 1773

in terms of what he had lost but in

Part 1774

terms of what he had given.

Part 1775

What he had given was his sword hand.

Part 1776

The surviving sources do not, in so many words

Part 1777

tell us what was in Týr's mind when he

Part 1778

stepped forward.

Part 1779

They tell us only that he did.

Part 1780

They tell us that he placed his right hand

Part 1781

in the wolf's mouth, and that the wolf

Part 1782

when the binding held, closed his jaws on it.

Part 1783

The texts are spare.

Part 1784

They do not give us his thoughts.

Part 1785

But what we can see, from the larger shape

Part 1786

of the story, is this.

Part 1787

Týr had stepped forward at the council when no

Part 1788

other god would.

Part 1789

He had walked to the wolf.

Part 1790

He had placed his hand in the wolf's mouth.

Part 1791

And the rest of the gods had

Part 1792

in their council, already decided what was going to

Part 1793

happen with Gleipnir.

Part 1794

They had already decided that the binding was meant

Part 1795

to hold.

Part 1796

They had already decided that the test was not

Part 1797

a test.

Part 1798

They had already decided that the wolf would not

Part 1799

be released.

Part 1800

It is one thing to lose a hand by

Part 1801

misfortune.

Part 1802

It is another to lose it by knowing what

Part 1803

you are walking into.

Part 1804

The text does not put this in those words.

Part 1805

But the situation, and the silence of the

Part 1806

surviving sources, which is itself a kind of speaking

Part 1807

invites us to ask whether Týr knew.

Part 1808

Whether, when he stepped forward, he understood that the

Part 1809

binding was meant to hold and that the wolf

Part 1810

being honorable, would take what had been pledged.

Part 1811

I believe, in my own reading, that he did.

Part 1812

The figure who emerges from the larger Norse sources

Part 1813

is not a god who would have been unaware.

Part 1814

Týr was the bravest.

Part 1815

Týr was the wisest in matters of right outcomes.

Part 1816

Týr had been the one feeding the wolf

Part 1817

and so Týr had seen, perhaps more clearly than

Part 1818

any of the other gods, what the wolf was

Part 1819

and what the binding would do.

Part 1820

He was not, perhaps, the unlucky one.

Part 1821

He was the one who had volunteered for the

Part 1822

cost.

Part 1823

The texts may not say it.

Part 1824

But the texts may not need to.

Part 1825

This is, in the long old Germanic religious imagination

Part 1826

what justice looked like.

Part 1827

Not the absence of cost.

Part 1828

Not the avoidance of harm.

Part 1829

Not the careful navigation of the rules so that

Part 1830

no one had to pay.

Part 1831

Justice was the willingness, when the cost had to

Part 1832

be borne, to bear it yourself.

Part 1833

And Týr, the brave Týr, the just Týr

Part 1834

the god who had fed the wolf in the

Part 1835

high hall, had been the one to bear

Part 1836

it.

Part 1837

The wolf had bound himself by his word.

Part 1838

The gods had bound themselves by their word too.

Part 1839

They had pledged.

Part 1840

And the pledge was paid, not in some abstract

Part 1841

way, not in some symbolic way, but in the

Part 1842

actual hand of the actual god who had given

Part 1843

it.

Part 1844

The wolf, in his terrible moment, had been more

Part 1845

honorable than the gods themselves had wanted to be.

Part 1846

The wolf had honored the pledge by taking the

Part 1847

hand.

Part 1848

And Týr had honored the pledge by giving it.

Part 1849

This is a strange thing to sit with in

Part 1850

the modern ear.

Part 1851

It is strange because the modern ear is used

Part 1852

to mythologies in which the heroes are simply right

Part 1853

and the monsters are simply wrong.

Part 1854

The Norse myths do not work this way.

Part 1855

The Norse myths give us a wolf who has

Part 1856

been treated unjustly and who, in his treatment

Part 1857

conducts himself with a kind of awful dignity.

Part 1858

The Norse myths give us gods who

Part 1859

in their fear of the future, do a thing

Part 1860

the rules of their own justice condemn

Part 1861

and who pay, through the body of their bravest

Part 1862

the cost that justice demands.

Part 1863

The Norse myths give us, in this single story

Part 1864

a kind of moral honesty that the modern ear

Part 1865

is not always ready for.

Part 1866

Týr was the god who paid.

Part 1867

The texts call him, in some of the older

Part 1868

Eddic passages, the one handed god of victory.

Part 1869

This is, in its way, a strange title for

Part 1870

a god who had just lost the part of

Part 1871

his body most useful for fighting.

Part 1872

But the title is honest.

Part 1873

Týr was a god of victory because Týr had

Part 1874

won the thing that needed to be won.

Part 1875

The wolf was bound.

Part 1876

The world was, for now, safe.

Part 1877

Týr had paid for it.

Part 1878

There is more to the figure of Týr than

Part 1879

this one story.

Part 1880

There are other tales of him in the surviving

Part 1881

sources.

Part 1882

Some of them are funny, Týr's father

Part 1883

in some genealogies, was a giant of nine hundred

Part 1884

heads.

Part 1885

Some of them are quieter, Týr was

Part 1886

in some readings, the god you called on when

Part 1887

you needed a thing to be settled rightly between

Part 1888

two parties.

Part 1889

Týr was the god of the thing meeting.

Part 1890

The local council.

Part 1891

The place where, in the old Scandinavian world

Part 1892

free men gathered to decide questions of law.

Part 1893

Týr, in this larger sense, was the god of

Part 1894

right outcomes.

Part 1895

Of binding agreements.

Part 1896

Of the moment when a word, once given

Part 1897

had to be honored.

Part 1898

There is a small thing the surviving texts tell

Part 1899

us about Týr that is worth pausing on.

Part 1900

He was, the older Eddic sources hint

Part 1901

the god of the thing meeting.

Part 1902

The thing, in Old Norse, þing

Part 1903

was the local council of free men

Part 1904

gathered at a set place at a set time

Part 1905

of year, who decided the questions of law that

Part 1906

had to be decided.

Part 1907

Whether a debt was owed.

Part 1908

Whether a wrong had been done.

Part 1909

Whether a marriage was lawful.

Part 1910

Whether a man, who had killed another man

Part 1911

owed wergeld, the man price, for the killing

Part 1912

or whether he was to be made an outlaw.

Part 1913

These were the questions of the thing.

Part 1914

The thing was, in the old Scandinavian world

Part 1915

one of the most ancient institutions.

Part 1916

It predated, by a great deal, the coming of

Part 1917

kings.

Part 1918

It predated, by even more, the coming of Christianity.

Part 1919

The thing was the place where the law was

Part 1920

made, by the free men of the community

Part 1921

in the open air, under the eye of whatever

Part 1922

god watched over the giving and the receiving of

Part 1923

words.

Part 1924

That god was Týr.

Part 1925

We can see this even in the modern map

Part 1926

of northern Europe.

Part 1927

The town in Denmark called Tinghøj.

Part 1928

The Norwegian Tingvoll.

Part 1929

The Icelandic Þingvellir, where the Alþing met for nearly

Part 1930

a thousand years.

Part 1931

The English place names that end in -ting or -thing.

Part 1932

All of these are the descendants of the old

Part 1933

Germanic thing, the place where the people gathered

Part 1934

under the sky god, to settle their questions.

Part 1935

The day of the week named for Týr is

Part 1936

Tuesday.

Part 1937

In Old English, Tīwesdæg, the day of Tīw

Part 1938

who is the same god as Týr by a

Part 1939

different name.

Part 1940

In the modern Germanic languages we still say it.

Part 1941

Tuesday in English.

Part 1942

Tirsdag in Danish.

Part 1943

Dienstag in German.

Part 1944

The god of the thing, the god of right

Part 1945

outcomes, the god who paid for the binding of

Part 1946

Fenrir with his hand, that god is still

Part 1947

in our calendar.

Part 1948

Every week.

Part 1949

Quietly.

Part 1950

Unremarked.

Part 1951

The way many old things still are.

Part 1952

This is the figure that the surviving Norse sources

Part 1953

give us, when we look at him in full.

Part 1954

Not just the warrior who lost a hand to

Part 1955

a wolf.

Part 1956

But the older quieter sky god of justice, who

Part 1957

by the time the Norse texts were written down

Part 1958

had been displaced from the center of the religion

Part 1959

by his younger more cunning relative Odin.

Part 1960

But who had not been forgotten.

Part 1961

Whose rune was still on the swords.

Part 1962

Whose day was still in the week.

Part 1963

Whose name was still spoken at the thing.

Part 1964

Týr, in this larger sense, was the god of

Part 1965

right outcomes.

Part 1966

Of binding agreements.

Part 1967

Of the moment when a word, once given

Part 1968

had to be honored.

Part 1969

And it is fitting, in a way that the

Part 1970

surviving Norse sources may have known and may have

Part 1971

chosen, that Týr was the god who lost his

Part 1972

hand in the binding of Fenrir.

Part 1973

Because the binding of Fenrir was the moment in

Part 1974

the deep Norse imagination when the gods themselves had

Part 1975

had to step outside of right outcomes.

Part 1976

They had had to lie.

Part 1977

They had had to deceive.

Part 1978

And the god of right outcomes had paid for

Part 1979

it.

Part 1980

That is the figure we should hold

Part 1981

from this episode, in the back of the mind

Part 1982

as we drift.

Part 1983

Týr.

Part 1984

The bravest.

Part 1985

The one who paid.

Part 1986

Chapter Eleven.

Part 1987

What Was Lost.

Part 1988

What Was Held.

Part 1989

The wolf is bound on Lyngvi.

Part 1990

Týr has gone back to Asgard.

Part 1991

The gods have, by the end of this story

Part 1992

gotten what they came for.

Part 1993

The wolf will not roam free.

Part 1994

The wolf will not, in the years between this

Part 1995

story and Ragnarǫk, walk into the high hall and

Part 1996

devour the gods one by one.

Part 1997

The threat that the seers had spoken of has

Part 1998

been deferred.

Part 1999

The world has been given time.

Part 2000

But the world has been given time at a

Part 2001

cost.

Part 2002

The cost has been Týr's hand.

Part 2003

The cost has been the trust of the wolf

Part 2004

which the gods had at first cultivated and which

Part 2005

they have now broken.

Part 2006

The cost has been the binding of Fenrir himself

Part 2007

which was not justice in the simple sense.

Part 2008

The wolf had not done anything yet

Part 2009

when he was bound.

Part 2010

He had not yet attacked the gods.

Part 2011

He had not yet killed Odin.

Part 2012

He had not, in the timeline of the surviving

Part 2013

stories, committed any crime.

Part 2014

He had been bound for what he would do.

Part 2015

He had been bound for the prophecy.

Part 2016

He had been bound, the surviving sources hint

Part 2017

on the strength of a vision the seers had

Part 2018

had, a vision of a far cold morning

Part 2019

at the end of time, a vision of a

Part 2020

wolf swallowing the sun, a vision of the death

Part 2021

of the Allfather.

Part 2022

This is a difficult thing to sit with.

Part 2023

The Norse myths do not soften it.

Part 2024

They do not tell us, in the way some

Part 2025

other mythologies might, that the wolf was wicked and

Part 2026

deserved his binding.

Part 2027

They tell us, instead, that the gods bound him

Part 2028

because they were afraid.

Part 2029

They were afraid of what he would become.

Part 2030

They were not, in the moment of the binding

Part 2031

acting on what he was.

Part 2032

The wolf had, at the time of his binding

Part 2033

been a guest in their hall.

Part 2034

He had eaten their food.

Part 2035

He had grown among them.

Part 2036

He had been kind, in the way a wolf

Part 2037

can be kind, to the one god who had

Part 2038

fed him.

Part 2039

He had not, until the moment of the binding

Part 2040

lifted a paw against any of them.

Part 2041

And they bound him for what he would

Part 2042

one day, do.

Part 2043

There has been long argument among readers of the

Part 2044

surviving Norse sources about whether this is a story

Part 2045

of justice or of injustice.

Part 2046

The argument does not, in the texts themselves, resolve.

Part 2047

The Eddic poets did not, it seems

Part 2048

want it to resolve.

Part 2049

They wanted us, when we listened, to feel both

Part 2050

sides.

Part 2051

To feel the gods' fear and to feel the

Part 2052

wolf's grievance.

Part 2053

To feel that the binding was necessary and to

Part 2054

feel that the binding was wrong.

Part 2055

To feel that Týr was the bravest god and

Part 2056

to feel that Týr had been forced into a

Part 2057

betrayal of someone who had trusted him.

Part 2058

This is what the Norse myths give us

Part 2059

when they are at their best.

Part 2060

They give us moral situations that do not resolve.

Part 2061

They give us actions that have costs and that

Part 2062

nonetheless had to be taken.

Part 2063

They give us heroes who have paid prices that

Part 2064

no fully just hero should have had to pay.

Part 2065

The binding of Fenrir is, in this sense

Part 2066

a story about the moral cost of the future.

Part 2067

The gods bound the wolf because the future required

Part 2068

it.

Part 2069

The future, in the Norse imagination, was not a

Part 2070

thing the gods could avoid.

Part 2071

They could only meet it earlier or later

Part 2072

sooner or later, on better terms or on worse.

Part 2073

By binding the wolf, they were meeting the future

Part 2074

earlier and on better terms.

Part 2075

They were buying time.

Part 2076

They were trading Týr's hand and the wolf's freedom

Part 2077

for the deferral of Ragnarǫk by an unknown number

Part 2078

of years.

Part 2079

This was, in their reckoning, worth the cost.

Part 2080

We do not have to agree with their reckoning

Part 2081

to understand it.

Part 2082

We can, in the long quiet evening of this

Part 2083

episode, sit with the story as the Norse poets

Part 2084

gave it to us.

Part 2085

We can hold the gods and the wolf and

Part 2086

Týr all in the mind at once.

Part 2087

We can feel the strangeness of it.

Part 2088

We can feel the weight of it.

Part 2089

There is one last thing the surviving texts tell

Part 2090

us, and we should not leave it out.

Part 2091

The wolf, on Lyngvi, in the dark lake Ámsvartnir

Part 2092

bound by the ribbon Gleipnir, with his jaws propped

Part 2093

open and the river of saliva flowing from his

Part 2094

mouth, the wolf is said to be growing.

Part 2095

He is growing.

Part 2096

The texts do not say this in many words

Part 2097

but the suggestion is there.

Part 2098

The wolf, even bound, is not still.

Part 2099

The wolf is doing, slowly, what wolves do.

Part 2100

He is increasing.

Part 2101

His body is, year by year, becoming larger.

Part 2102

The ribbon Gleipnir is, year by year

Part 2103

accommodating his growth.

Part 2104

The ribbon does not break.

Part 2105

The ribbon holds.

Part 2106

But the wolf inside the ribbon is

Part 2107

by some long quiet measurement, larger than he was

Part 2108

when the gods first bound him.

Part 2109

This means that the binding is not

Part 2110

in the long Norse imagination, a binding outside of

Part 2111

time.

Part 2112

It is a binding inside of time.

Part 2113

It is a binding that exists while the world

Part 2114

exists.

Part 2115

And the wolf, inside the binding, is preparing

Part 2116

slowly, patiently, year after year, for the day

Part 2117

the binding will end.

Part 2118

That day will be Ragnarǫk.

Part 2119

We will not, tonight, walk into Ragnarǫk.

Part 2120

Ragnarǫk has its own episode, much later in this

Part 2121

season, when we will sit with the wolf again

Part 2122

as he finally pulls himself free, and as the

Part 2123

long quiet of his binding finally ends.

Part 2124

Tonight we sit with the binding itself.

Part 2125

With the long patience of the wolf.

Part 2126

With the long patience of the gods who put

Part 2127

him there.

Part 2128

With the steady flow of the river Vón.

Part 2129

The river of hope.

Part 2130

The river that the wolf's open mouth feeds.

Part 2131

It is a strange detail, the name of that

Part 2132

river.

Part 2133

Hope.

Part 2134

The texts do not tell us whose hope.

Part 2135

They do not tell us whether it is the

Part 2136

gods' hope, that the binding will hold.

Part 2137

Or the wolf's hope, that one day it will

Part 2138

not.

Part 2139

Or some older deeper hope, the hope of

Part 2140

the world itself, that whatever comes at the end

Part 2141

of time will, in some far off form

Part 2142

be made right.

Part 2143

The Norse poets, when they named the river

Part 2144

did not say.

Part 2145

We can sit with the ambiguity.

Part 2146

We can let it be what it is.

Part 2147

In the last chapter, we say goodnight.

Part 2148

Chapter Twelve.

Part 2149

Goodnight.

Part 2150

And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.

Part 2151

It is late.

Part 2152

Or it is, by now, perhaps, the very early

Part 2153

hours of a new morning.

Part 2154

If you are still awake, I'd like to draw

Part 2155

you back, gently, from the island and from the

Part 2156

lake and from the bound wolf.

Part 2157

We are leaving Fenrir on Lyngvi.

Part 2158

We are leaving Týr in Asgard with his one

Part 2159

hand.

Part 2160

We are leaving the gods at their council

Part 2161

where they have done a hard thing and where

Part 2162

they will, in the years to come

Part 2163

have to sit with the cost of it.

Part 2164

There is no neat closing to this story.

Part 2165

The Norse myths do not close neatly.

Part 2166

They open into other stories.

Part 2167

They open into the long arc of the season.

Part 2168

The wolf on the island is waiting.

Part 2169

The trickster, who is the wolf's father

Part 2170

is still in Asgard and is still

Part 2171

though the gods do not yet know how

Part 2172

preparing what will become his own long binding.

Part 2173

The serpent in the sea is biting his tail.

Part 2174

The daughter, Hel, is gathering the dead in her

Part 2175

cold halls below.

Part 2176

The world, in the long Norse reckoning

Part 2177

is moving toward the cold morning that the seers

Part 2178

had seen.

Part 2179

But not tonight.

Part 2180

Tonight, the wolf is on the island

Part 2181

and the ribbon holds, and the river of hope

Part 2182

flows from his mouth, and the gods sleep in

Part 2183

Valhǫll, and Týr, the brave Týr

Part 2184

the just Týr, the god who paid

Part 2185

sits at the high bench with one hand resting

Part 2186

on the table where, until recently, he had two.

Part 2187

The world is, for now, held.

Part 2188

This is one of the small gifts of the

Part 2189

Norse imagination.

Part 2190

It does not pretend that the holding is permanent.

Part 2191

It does not pretend that the cost was not

Part 2192

paid.

Part 2193

It gives us, instead, the long quiet of an

Part 2194

evening in which the thing that needed to be

Part 2195

done has been done.

Part 2196

And in which we, the listeners, can sit beside

Part 2197

the gods at the long fire, and we can

Part 2198

hear the wind outside, and we can know that

Part 2199

for tonight at least, the wolf is not at

Part 2200

our door.

Part 2201

If you have been listening since the first episode

Part 2202

you have come, by now, through a great deal

Part 2203

of the shape of the Norse imagination.

Part 2204

You have walked the nine worlds.

Part 2205

You have followed the Allfather through his long search

Part 2206

for wisdom.

Part 2207

You have gone down with Loki into the dwarven

Part 2208

country and seen the hammer made.

Part 2209

And tonight you have sat with the gods at

Part 2210

the council where the wolf was bound.

Part 2211

You have seen, in this single season

Part 2212

the structure of the world.

Part 2213

The wisdom of its highest god.

Part 2214

The making of its greatest weapon.

Part 2215

The first of the bindings that the world depends

Part 2216

on.

Part 2217

There is a great deal still to come.

Part 2218

There is the theft of Iðunn's apples

Part 2219

which will be the next episode.

Part 2220

There is the death of Baldr, which will be

Part 2221

the most beautiful and the saddest of all of

Part 2222

these stories, the story that the Norse poets themselves

Part 2223

believed was the turning of the world.

Part 2224

There is the long punishment of Loki

Part 2225

who has been with us through every episode so

Part 2226

far and whose own binding will, in its own

Part 2227

way, mirror the binding of his son.

Part 2228

There is the mead of poetry, which will be

Part 2229

a lighter and a stranger and a kinder story.

Part 2230

There is the second tribe of gods, the Vanir

Part 2231

whom we will meet at last.

Part 2232

There is the long human story of Sigurð and

Part 2233

the dragon.

Part 2234

And there is, at the end of the season

Part 2235

Ragnarǫk itself.

Part 2236

And then, after Ragnarǫk, the quiet morning of the

Part 2237

new world.

Part 2238

But all of that is for the weeks ahead.

Part 2239

For tonight, we leave the wolf bound on Lyngvi.

Part 2240

We leave Týr with his hand gone.

Part 2241

We leave the gods in their hall

Part 2242

looking at one another across the long fire

Part 2243

knowing what they have done.

Part 2244

If you have fallen asleep in the middle of

Part 2245

this story, the river of hope is still flowing.

Part 2246

The wolf is still bound.

Part 2247

The ribbon is still holding.

Part 2248

None of it requires your attention.

Part 2249

It will continue without you.

Part 2250

If you have stayed awake to the end

Part 2251

thank you.

Part 2252

I do not know who you are

Part 2253

but I am glad to have walked this far

Part 2254

with you.

Part 2255

There will be another episode in a few days.

Part 2256

And another after that.

Part 2257

And another after that.

Part 2258

The almanac is patient, and the almanac will continue.

Part 2259

Sleep well.

Part 2260

Let me, before we close, take you through one

Part 2261

more long quiet round of the worlds

Part 2262

so that you have the shape of the season

Part 2263

in your mind as you drift.

Part 2264

In the high hall of Asgard, the Allfather is

Part 2265

in his seat.

Part 2266

His ravens, Huginn and Muninn, have come home from

Part 2267

their long day's flight across the nine worlds

Part 2268

and they are perched, now, one on each of

Part 2269

his shoulders.

Part 2270

They are quiet.

Part 2271

They have already told him everything they have seen.

Part 2272

They will fly out again tomorrow.

Part 2273

They will come home again.

Part 2274

This is the long rhythm of the Allfather's days.

Part 2275

In the same hall, at his own place

Part 2276

Thor is sleeping.

Part 2277

The hammer is on the bench beside him.

Part 2278

The red beard rises and falls, slowly

Part 2279

with his breathing.

Part 2280

The hall is warm with the fires.

Part 2281

The other gods are in their places.

Part 2282

Heimdallr, who watches the bridge of burning light

Part 2283

is at his post, the surviving texts tell

Part 2284

us he is the watcher who needs the least

Part 2285

sleep of any of the gods, but tonight even

Part 2286

he is quiet.

Part 2287

Freyr is in his own hall.

Part 2288

Freyja in hers.

Part 2289

Bragi is, perhaps, still awake, finishing a verse he

Part 2290

has been working on.

Part 2291

The hall is, for now, at rest.

Part 2292

In a smaller seat off to one side

Part 2293

Týr is sleeping.

Part 2294

His right arm ends at the wrist.

Part 2295

The wrappings have, by now, healed.

Part 2296

The arm has its own way of resting on

Part 2297

the bench.

Part 2298

He has learned, over the long quiet years since

Part 2299

the binding, how to live with one hand.

Part 2300

He does not, in the surviving texts, complain.

Part 2301

He sleeps the way a brave man sleeps

Part 2302

who has done a hard thing and who is

Part 2303

at peace with having done it.

Part 2304

Outside the hall, the long night of Asgard stretches

Part 2305

over the worlds.

Part 2306

Bifrǫst, the rainbow bridge, glimmers faintly in the dark.

Part 2307

The roots of Yggdrasill, the world tree, descend into the

Part 2308

wells beneath.

Part 2309

The serpent Jǫrmungandr is coiled in the great sea

Part 2310

his tail in his mouth

Part 2311

asleep.

Part 2312

Hel, in her cold halls below, walks among her

Part 2313

quiet dead.

Part 2314

And on the small island Lyngvi, in the dark

Part 2315

lake Ámsvartnir, the wolf is bound.

Part 2316

He is awake.

Part 2317

Or he is asleep.

Part 2318

The texts do not say.

Part 2319

The wolf may, in the long centuries of his

Part 2320

binding, have learned how to be both at once.

Part 2321

To rest one part of himself while the other

Part 2322

part watches.

Part 2323

The river of saliva flows from his mouth.

Part 2324

It has its name, Vón.

Part 2325

Hope.

Part 2326

The river flows toward whatever far place rivers flow.

Part 2327

The mountains, which are no longer rooted to anything

Part 2328

below, sit by their own weight in their old

Part 2329

places.

Part 2330

The cats walk silently in the empty halls.

Part 2331

The women do not have beards.

Part 2332

The fish breathe their small silent breaths in the

Part 2333

rivers and the seas.

Part 2334

The birds, in their light bodies, hold their small

Part 2335

moisture inside their beaks.

Part 2336

The world is, for tonight, held in the way

Part 2337

it is held.

Part 2338

With the cost paid.

Part 2339

With the bindings in their places.

Part 2340

With the gods asleep.

Part 2341

With the wolf bound.

Part 2342

With the long patient rivers running.

Part 2343

If you have been listening since the first episode

Part 2344

you have come, by now, through a great deal

Part 2345

of the shape of the Norse imagination.

Part 2346

You have walked the nine worlds.

Part 2347

You have followed the Allfather through his long search

Part 2348

for wisdom.

Part 2349

You have gone down with Loki into the dwarven

Part 2350

country and seen the hammer made.

Part 2351

And tonight you have sat with the gods at

Part 2352

the council where the wolf was bound.

Part 2353

You have seen, in this single season

Part 2354

the structure of the world.

Part 2355

The wisdom of its highest god.

Part 2356

The making of its greatest weapon.

Part 2357

The first of the bindings that the world depends

Part 2358

on.

Part 2359

There is a great deal still to come.

Part 2360

There is the theft of Iðunn's apples

Part 2361

which will be the next episode.

Part 2362

There is the death of Baldr, which will be

Part 2363

the most beautiful and the saddest of all of

Part 2364

these stories, the story that the Norse poets themselves

Part 2365

believed was the turning of the world.

Part 2366

There is the long punishment of Loki

Part 2367

who has been with us through every episode so

Part 2368

far and whose own binding will, in its own

Part 2369

way, mirror the binding of his son.

Part 2370

There is the mead of poetry, which will be

Part 2371

a lighter and a stranger and a kinder story.

Part 2372

There is the second tribe of gods, the Vanir

Part 2373

whom we will meet at last.

Part 2374

There is the long human story of Sigurð and

Part 2375

the dragon.

Part 2376

And there is, at the end of the season

Part 2377

Ragnarǫk itself.

Part 2378

And then, after Ragnarǫk, the quiet morning of the

Part 2379

new world.

Part 2380

But all of that is for the weeks ahead.

Part 2381

For tonight, we leave the wolf bound on Lyngvi.

Part 2382

We leave Týr with his hand gone.

Part 2383

We leave the gods in their hall

Part 2384

looking at one another across the long fire

Part 2385

knowing what they have done.

Part 2386

If you have fallen asleep in the middle of

Part 2387

this story, the river of hope is still flowing.

Part 2388

The wolf is still bound.

Part 2389

The ribbon is still holding.

Part 2390

None of it requires your attention.

Part 2391

It will continue without you.

Part 2392

If you have stayed awake to the end

Part 2393

thank you.

Part 2394

I do not know who you are

Part 2395

but I am glad to have walked this far

Part 2396

with you.

Part 2397

There will be another episode in a few days.

Part 2398

And another after that.

Part 2399

And another after that.

Part 2400

The almanac is patient, and the almanac will continue.

Part 2401

Sleep well.

Part 2402

The Allfather is in his hall.

Part 2403

The hammer is at Thor's belt.

Part 2404

The wolf is bound on the island.

Part 2405

The river of hope is flowing.

Part 2406

And the long quiet of the night is

Part 2407

for once, held.

Part 2408

Goodnight.

The Binding of Loki

Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac. Tonight we tell the story of the trickster who finally went too far.

Part 2410

Of a feast in a hall lit by gold, where the gods of the north gathered to drink the ale of the sea giant Ægir.

Part 2411

Of one uninvited guest who walked in alone, and would not leave until he had said every cruel and true thing he had ever been holding back.

Part 2412

Of the words spoken at that table, which the gods could not, afterward, pretend they had not heard.

Part 2413

Of a mountain hall with four doors, where one being sat alone, watching every direction at once, knowing it was only a matter of time. Of a salmon in a waterfall.

Part 2414

Of the first fishing net ever made, and of how it was burned, and how the gods rebuilt it from the ash. Of a hand that closed around a slippery tail in the dark water.

Part 2415

Of the cave the gods carried him to. Of three stones.

Part 2416

Of a wife named Sigyn, who held a bowl above her husband's face for the rest of time, because what else was there for her to do.

Part 2417

Of the earthquakes that mortals would feel for the next thousand years, and would not know were one being's pain. We are telling this story tonight from three places.

Part 2418

From Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda, especially the fiftieth chapter of Gylfaginning, which immediately follows the chapter we told you last time, the chapter of Baldr's death.

Part 2419

The two stories belong together. Snorri knew it. The poets before him knew it. Tonight we are telling you what comes next.

Part 2420

We are telling it also from Lokasenna, Loki's flyting, one of the oldest and strangest poems of the Poetic Edda. A poem made almost entirely of insults.

Part 2421

A poem in which the gods of the north sit at a table together, and one being walks among them, and speaks out loud the things that none of them, in all the centuries before or since, had ever spoken.

Part 2422

And we are telling it from the Vǫluspá, the seeress's prophecy, which knows already, from the beginning of the world, that Loki will be bound, and that Sigyn will sit beside him, and that he will not stay bound forever.

Part 2423

The Vǫluspá knows where this ends. It ends with a ship.

Part 2424

Where the surviving sources go quiet, and there are several places where they do, we will tell you we are imagining. We will not pretend otherwise.

Part 2425

The truth is that almost no one knows what Sigyn was thinking. The truth is that we do not know what the cave looked like.

Part 2426

The truth is that we do not know what Loki's face did when the venom dripped. But we know what happened. We know what the bowl was for.

Part 2427

And we know that one of the gods who fixed the serpent above his face was Skaði, the mountain bride whose father, Þjazi, the gods had killed long before, in the story we told you of Iðunn's apples.

Part 2428

Skaði had not forgotten. None of them had. This is the story of the night the trickster ran out of room. Settle in. Let your shoulders drop.

Part 2429

We begin at the threshold of a hall by the sea, where the gods are arriving for a feast.

Part 2430

Chapter One. The Hall by the Sea. The hall of Ægir stood at the edge of the world. Ægir was a jǫtunn, but not the kind of jǫtunn the gods feared. He was a sea giant.

Part 2431

A keeper of the deep places.

Part 2432

His hall stood on an island where the western edge of Miðgarðr fell away into the ocean, and the surf came in slow against the dark rock, and the stars at night were so close to the water that they seemed to be floating on it.

Part 2433

Ægir had a wife named Rán, who walked the waves and gathered drowned men in a net. Ægir had nine daughters who were the waves themselves.

Part 2434

Ægir, in his way, was kin to the gods. He had been a friend of theirs as long as anyone could remember. And Ægir brewed ale. He brewed the best ale in the nine worlds.

Part 2435

He brewed it in a cauldron so vast that Þórr himself had once had to go to the giant Hymir to fetch a bigger one for the brewing.

Part 2436

The cauldron Þórr brought back, by force, from Hymir's hall, was the cauldron Ægir used.

Part 2437

And the ale that came from it was the ale the gods drank when they wished to drink the finest ale that had ever been made.

Part 2438

So when Ægir invited the gods to his hall for a great feast, every god who could come, came. Óðinn came.

Part 2439

Þórr did not come, he was away in the east that night, killing trolls, as he often was. But almost everyone else came.

Part 2440

Bragi came, with his wife Iðunn, the goddess of the apples we told you about, the goddess of the gods' youth.

Part 2441

Týr came, the one handed god, who had given his right hand to the wolf so long ago.

Part 2442

Njǫrðr came, the sea god of the Vanir, and his son Freyr, and his daughter Freyja, Freyja with her golden necklace, who knew how to weep.

Part 2443

Heimdallr came, the bright watcher of the bridge. Skaði came, the mountain bride who had taken a husband from among the gods, long ago, for the killing of her father.

Part 2444

Sif came, Þórr's wife, with her hair of gold. And the lesser gods came too, Gefjun, the goddess of unmarried girls. The servants Byggvir and Beyla, who attended Freyr.

Part 2445

And Vidar, who said almost nothing. They came from every direction.

Part 2446

They came across Bifrǫst, and they came across the water, and a few of them came by paths that the sources do not name.

Part 2447

They came in their finest cloaks, and they came carrying nothing but themselves, because at Ægir's table no weapons would be allowed. That was the rule of the feast.

Part 2448

The hall, when they entered, was not lit by fire. It was lit by gold.

Part 2449

Ægir had set out gold around the walls of the hall, the way another host might have set out torches.

Part 2450

Gold that glowed of its own accord, the way that some gold in the old stories did. The gold lit the long tables. The gold lit the carved beams of the ceiling.

Part 2451

The gold lit the faces of the gods as they entered and took their seats. There was no smoke. There was no flame.

Part 2452

There was only a soft warm light, everywhere, that fell on everyone equally and did not move. It was beautiful. And there was a rule.

Part 2453

The rule of Ægir's feast was the rule that all old halls had. At Ægir's table there would be peace. No weapon would be drawn inside the hall.

Part 2454

No old quarrel would be raised inside the hall. No insult would be given.

Part 2455

The hall was a place out of the world, a place where the gods and their friends would simply drink, and eat, and tell stories, and let the long winter night pass without trouble.

Part 2456

That was the rule. Everyone knew it. Everyone honored it. The gods had honored it for as long as anyone could remember. And the ale was being poured by two servants.

Part 2457

They were called Fimafengr and Eldir. They were not gods. They were servants Ægir kept in his hall.

Part 2458

Fimafengr was the one who moved through the hall with the pitcher, refilling the cups, smiling, never spilling, never spoken to but appreciated.

Part 2459

Eldir was the one at the door. Eldir stood at the threshold and met each new arrival and took their cloak and welcomed them in. The gods sat. The ale flowed.

Part 2460

The hall warmed with conversation. Bragi told a story. Iðunn laughed at something Freyja said. Týr, the one handed, drank slowly with his left hand and listened.

Part 2461

Njǫrðr nodded over his cup.

Part 2462

Skaði, who did not love feasts, was nonetheless smiling, because Ægir's hall was beautiful, and the ale was good, and the long night was at last warm.

Part 2463

Outside, the sea was very dark. Outside, the stars were very close. And outside, on the path that led up to Ægir's hall from the shore, someone was walking.

Part 2464

Someone who had not been invited. Someone who, in the long memory of the gods, did not need to be invited. Eldir, at the door, looked up. He saw who was coming.

Part 2465

He set his hand on the doorframe, the way a servant does when something has begun to go wrong, and a servant cannot yet say what.

Part 2466

Chapter Two. The Seat He Claimed. Loki came up the path alone. He was dressed plainly. He did not look like someone who had come a long way.

Part 2467

He did not look angry, or hurried, or grand.

Part 2468

He looked the way Loki always looked when something was about to happen, slightly amused, as if he had a small private joke that he might choose to share with you, or might not.

Part 2469

His auburn hair was longer than it had been when we last told you of him. His face was thinner.

Part 2470

He had been moving in the world a long time, since the day Baldr fell in the courtyard, and the gods had begun, slowly, to suspect. He had been moving carefully.

Part 2471

He had not, yet, been caught. And tonight he had come to Ægir's hall. Eldir, at the door, did not let him in. Eldir was a servant. He had no authority.

Part 2472

But he was also a being who had been told, by his master, that this feast was for the gods of Asgard, and that the night was to be a peaceful one, and that the doors of the hall were to be opened to those who came in friendship.

Part 2473

Eldir, looking at Loki, did not see friendship. Eldir saw a being walking toward him whose eyes already knew what they were going to do.

Part 2474

"You are not invited tonight," Eldir said, gently. "Stand aside, friend. Walk on." Loki considered him.

Part 2475

Loki said many things to Eldir that night, short things, sharp things, things that the poem Lokasenna preserves for us, about what was being said inside, and about how he had a right to be there, and about how Eldir had better step aside before something he did not want to happen, happened.

Part 2476

Eldir replied to him in kind.

Part 2477

The two of them stood at the doorway, talking, the gold from inside falling out onto the path between them, and inside the hall the gods went on drinking, not yet knowing.

Part 2478

And then Fimafengr, the smiling one, with the pitcher, came out to the threshold to see what was keeping Eldir. Loki killed him there. The poem does not say with what.

Part 2479

The poem does not say how. The poem says only that Loki killed Fimafengr at the door of the feast, on the threshold of the hall, with the gold falling over them both.

Part 2480

And inside the hall, the gods heard it. They heard what they did not yet understand they had heard, a small sound, a wet sound, a falling. They came to the door.

Part 2481

They came pouring out, Óðinn in front, and they saw Loki standing over the servant's body, and the gods drove Loki out of the hall, out into the dark, out down the path toward the sea.

Part 2482

They drove him out without ceremony. They did not even speak to him. They simply turned him out, because there was nothing to say. He had broken the rule of the feast.

Part 2483

He had broken it in the worst way it could be broken. There was no question of his continuing inside. The gods went back in. They closed the door behind them.

Part 2484

And they tried to begin the feast again, to set down their cups and pretend that what had happened at the threshold had not, in some small way, ended the night.

Part 2485

They could not quite. The light from the gold was the same. The ale in the cups was the same. But something at the heart of the hall had gone slightly cold.

Part 2486

They knew it had. They went on anyway. What else could they do. Outside, on the dark path, Loki turned around. He came back.

He came back not as a stranger.

Part 2487

He came back as a god, as he had every right to do.

Part 2488

Because Loki, in the long ago, before any of this, before Baldr, before the dart, before the chase that had not yet begun, Loki had sworn a blood oath with Óðinn himself.

Part 2489

The two of them had mixed their blood. They had become brothers.

Part 2490

And the rule of the old north was the rule that no man, and no god, would ever drink at a feast unless his blood brother could drink beside him too.

Part 2491

It was a rule older than the hall. It was a rule older than Ægir. It was a rule Óðinn could not refuse. Loki walked back up the path. Loki opened the door.

Part 2492

And Loki, standing in the doorway with the dark sea behind him, said to the assembled gods of Asgard, quietly: I am the blood brother of Óðinn.

Part 2493

I will drink at this table tonight. Or Óðinn will drink at no table tonight, ever again. The hall was silent. The gold was still warm.

Part 2494

Óðinn, old Óðinn, who had stood at the well of Mímir and had given an eye for wisdom, who had hanged himself from Yggdrasill for nine nights, who had known this day was coming since before any of them, Óðinn looked at his son Vidar.

Part 2495

And Óðinn said: rise. Give Loki your seat. Pour him a cup. The blood oath is the blood oath. He will drink with us tonight.

Vidar rose. He poured Loki a cup.

Part 2496

He set the cup before the seat he had been sitting in. And he stepped aside, silent, the way Vidar always was, and let Loki take the place where Vidar had been.

Part 2497

Loki sat down. He took up the cup. He drank from it slowly, looking at every god at the table one by one.

Part 2498

And then he set the cup down, and he opened his mouth, and he began.

Part 2499

Chapter Three. What He Said to Bragi and Iðunn. The first one he turned to was Bragi. Bragi was the god of poetry. He was Iðunn's husband.

Part 2500

He had a long silver gold beard and gentle hands and he had spent his entire life among the bright halls of the gods, drinking their ale and singing their stories and making them feel that the songs the world told about them were songs the world remembered.

Part 2501

Bragi was the god whose voice carried across the long mead benches. Bragi had never lifted a weapon. Bragi had never had to.

Part 2502

Loki looked at Bragi and said: Hail to all the gods, except to you. Bragi was silent for a moment. Bragi did not know what to say to this.

Part 2503

He had not expected to be the first one Loki spoke to.

Part 2504

He had been preparing, every god at that table, in the breath after Loki had taken his seat, had been preparing, for Loki to look across the hall and find them.

Part 2505

To find their face.

Part 2506

To find the worst thing they had ever done and to say it out loud at this table where the gold was still warm and the ale was still good and the rule of peace had been broken once already tonight.

Part 2507

Bragi had not thought it would be him. Bragi tried to be generous.

Part 2508

Bragi offered Loki a horse from his stable, and a sword from his hall, and a ring from his arm, gifts, the way a host would give gifts, to settle the quarrel before it began.

Part 2509

Loki rejected the gifts. Loki said that Bragi was no warrior. Loki said that Bragi was a bench decorator. A man who sat down. A man who hid behind other men's swords.

Part 2510

The poets of the old north would have said it harder than I can, there is a particular phrase in Lokasenna here that translates roughly to that Bragi was a coward, and that any time anyone needed something done, Bragi was the last one to volunteer.

Part 2511

Bragi heard this. Bragi stood up. Bragi said that if they had been outside the hall, he would have answered Loki for this. He said that they were not outside the hall.

Part 2512

He said that the rule of the feast held him from doing what he would have done if they had been on any field anywhere else in the nine worlds. Loki smiled.

Part 2513

And then Iðunn, Iðunn whose apples the gods had nearly lost, whom we told you about three episodes ago, Iðunn put her hand on her husband's arm. She said: please.

Part 2514

Bragi. Sit down. He is not worth this. Please. Loki turned to her.

He looked at Iðunn.

Part 2515

He looked at the small soft face of the goddess of youth and renewal, the goddess who held the apples that kept the gods of the world from aging into death.

Part 2516

He looked at her and he said, and what he said was unsayable. What he said was that Iðunn had embraced the man who had killed her own brother.

Part 2517

That she had wrapped her arms around her brother's killer. That she of all the gods at this table was the one whose own kin had been spilled, and who had then forgotten.

Part 2518

The hall, the hall did not move. Iðunn did not answer. Iðunn had no answer. Whether what Loki said was true is a question that the surviving sources do not answer.

Part 2519

The Eddas do not tell us who Iðunn's brother was, or what happened to him, or whose arms killed him. The Eddas have lost that part of the story.

Part 2520

The Lokasenna preserves Loki's accusation and Iðunn's silence, and nothing else. We can read it as a wound the old north knew but the modern world has lost.

Part 2521

We can read it as a wound Loki invented in that moment and that no one knew how to deny. Iðunn lowered her hand from her husband's arm. Bragi sat back down.

Part 2522

He did not look at his wife. And the gods around the table understood, finally, that this was what the rest of the night was going to be.

Part 2523

That Loki was not going to throw stones at glass. That Loki was going to throw stones at the soft tender private heart of each one of them in turn.

Part 2524

That the rule of the feast, the rule that said no old quarrel, was being broken, not from outside, but from one of their own.

Part 2525

That the gods of Asgard were, tonight, going to be made to listen to their own buried things, said out loud, at a table where they could not stand and walk away.

Part 2526

Some of them had wondered, in the silence after Iðunn dropped her hand, whether they should rise and leave. None of them did.

Part 2527

You do not, when a thing like this begins, rise and leave. You sit. You listen. You wait to see whose turn is next.

Part 2528

You hope, in a small ungenerous corner of yourself, that yours will not be the worst. Loki turned, slowly, to the next god.

Part 2529

Chapter Four. The Old Wounds. He turned to Gefjun. Gefjun was the goddess of unmarried girls.

Part 2530

She was, in the old north, the patron of women who had not yet given themselves to anyone. She was a quiet goddess. The sources tell us little about her.

Part 2531

We know she had once ploughed an island free from the body of Sweden, using four giant sons in the shape of oxen, and we know that she walked among virgins and watched over them.

Part 2532

We know that she was kind. We know that in the brightness of the Asgard halls, she had a small and gentle place.

Part 2533

Loki looked at her, across the table, and said: I know about the youth. Gefjun's face did not change. She did not look up. Loki said: I know about the necklace.

Part 2534

I know what you gave for it. I know which youth gave it to you, and what you gave him in return, that he might give the necklace to you.

Part 2535

I know what your hand did under your cloak that night, Gefjun, when the bright lamp was burning low. I know. There is no other source for this specific accusation.

Part 2536

The Lokasenna preserves it; no other Eddic text confirms a youth and a necklace ever traded hands at Gefjun's bedside.

Part 2537

What the old sources do say of Gefjun is that pattern we mentioned a moment ago, the ploughing of the island, the night with King Gylfi.

Part 2538

The bargain of the body for the land. So the shape of the accusation is not foreign to her.

Part 2539

The shape of the accusation is something the old north could have believed of Gefjun.

Part 2540

But the specifics, the youth, the necklace, the lamp burning low, those are Loki's alone.

Part 2541

Whether they were a real wound the old north remembered, or a real wound Loki invented in the moment, or a slight twisting of the Gylfi story to make a familiar shape feel like a private hurt, that we cannot tell you.

Part 2542

Gefjun did not deny it.

Part 2543

The gods of the table, looking at the small quiet goddess of unmarried women, suddenly were not sure what they had been told before, and what they had not. Óðinn spoke.

Part 2544

Old Óðinn, the All father, the one who had given an eye, the one who had hung himself from the great tree for nine nights, the one who had brewed war and wisdom, Óðinn said: Loki, stop.

Part 2545

He said it gently. He did not raise his voice. He simply said: stop. You are doing a thing that does not need to be done tonight. Loki turned to Óðinn.

Part 2546

And Loki said: you have given victory in battle to the worse warrior, all father. Do not pretend otherwise.

Part 2547

I have stood beside you when you gave your favor to the man who did not deserve it, and you took your favor from the man who did.

Part 2548

I have seen which judgments of yours were just, and which were not. I have stood at the back of every battle you have judged, and I have known. So have you.

Part 2549

Do not lecture me about what does and does not need to be done tonight. Óðinn looked at him.

Part 2550

Óðinn, and this is the part of Lokasenna that the modern reader, when they meet it, cannot quite forget, Óðinn did not answer about the battles.

Part 2551

What Óðinn said instead was: Loki, you were eight winters underground as a milkmaid. You bore children there. You took the form of a woman.

Part 2552

Do not lecture ME about what is and is not shameful for a god to have done. The hall, for a moment, did not breathe.

Part 2553

What Óðinn was saying was that Loki, in the long ago, had taken on the shape of a woman. Had lived as a woman. Had borne children, the way women bear children.

Part 2554

The sources, Snorri elsewhere, the Eddas in fragments, confirm at least part of this.

Part 2555

Loki had, at one point, transformed himself into a mare and borne the eight legged horse Sleipnir to a stallion.

Part 2556

Loki had crossed the line that the old north had between male and female, and had borne, from his own body, a child of that crossing.

Part 2557

Sleipnir was the horse Óðinn rode now. Óðinn rode Sleipnir to every battle. Óðinn rode Sleipnir to every council of the worlds.

Part 2558

Sleipnir had eight legs because of what Loki had done. What Óðinn was saying, in that hall, was that Loki had been a mother.

Part 2559

And Loki, who in any other quarrel would have laughed at this, Loki who had laughed at this, in lesser quarrels, before, Loki this time did not laugh.

Part 2560

Loki said to Óðinn: and you, all father. You who have practiced seiðr, the magic the old north called woman's magic. The magic of foresight and influence.

Part 2561

The magic that no man among the gods practices because it is shameful for a man to practice it. You have practiced it. I have seen you.

Part 2562

You have whispered into the runes the way only women whisper. You have danced the dance that only women dance. You have done with magic what only women do.

Part 2563

Óðinn lowered his cup. Óðinn said: I have. The hall heard the all father admit it.

Part 2564

The hall heard Óðinn, the highest of the gods, the one who held the spear Gungnir and rode the eight legged horse, heard him say, at his own table, that yes, he had practiced the woman's magic.

Part 2565

He had whispered into the runes. He had crossed the same line Loki had crossed.

Part 2566

And then Frigg, Frigg, who had walked the worlds asking every living thing not to harm her son, Frigg spoke. Frigg said: husband. Do not give him this.

Part 2567

Do not give him your old secrets here. He is not worth them. Loki turned to Frigg.

Part 2568

He looked at the goddess whose son had died, only a season before, on a courtyard in Asgard, with a small mistletoe dart in his chest.

Part 2569

He looked at the goddess who had walked the entire world asking each rock and each plant to spare her son. He looked at her and he said: Frigg.

Part 2570

When Óðinn was banished, long ago, and his throne stood empty, you took his brothers Vili and Vé into your bed. Both of them. You did not wait.

Part 2571

You did not wait for your husband.

Part 2572

You took his brothers into the place that was his place, and you held them there, and you let them have what they wanted, the way a wife does. I know this.

Part 2573

The whole hall knows this. The whole world knows this. Frigg sat very still. Frigg did not answer. The sources are silent about whether Loki's accusation was true.

Part 2574

There is a fragment in one source, only one, that suggests Óðinn was once exiled by his brothers, and that Frigg did, in his absence, share his throne with the brothers who had taken it.

Part 2575

The fragment is unclear. The fragment may be a misremembering. The fragment may be Loki's invention. But Frigg, in the Lokasenna, does not deny it.

Part 2576

Frigg, in the Lokasenna, looks at Loki and looks away. And then Frigg spoke. Not loudly. Not in anger. The way a mother speaks when she has nothing left to lose.

Part 2577

Frigg said: Loki.

Part 2578

If my son Baldr were sitting at this table tonight, if my son Baldr were at this feast with the rest of us, you would not be allowed to leave this hall alive.

Part 2579

You would not be allowed to finish your cup. You would not be allowed another breath at the gods' table.

Part 2580

My son Baldr is the only god in all of Asgard who would have stopped what you are doing tonight by standing up and saying no. The hall, for a moment, almost relaxed.

Part 2581

Almost.

Part 2582

It almost felt, for a breath, like a normal thing, a mother speaking the name of her dead son to remind the room that loss had been suffered here, that even Loki should have the grace to be quiet in the face of it.

Part 2583

Then Loki spoke. Loki said: Frigg. Do you want to know why your son Baldr is not sitting at this table? Frigg looked at him.

Part 2584

Loki said: do you want to know why Baldr did not ride into the hall this evening? Why he is not laughing at his father's side?

Part 2585

Why his mother walks the worlds with red around her eyes? Frigg did not answer. Loki said: it was my doing, Frigg. It was me.

Part 2586

I was the one who learned that you had missed a plant in your walking. I was the one who found the mistletoe west of Valhǫll and shaped it into a dart.

Part 2587

I was the one who put the dart into the hand of the brother who could not see. I was the one who guided Hǫðr's arm.

Part 2588

I am the reason you no longer see your son ride into this hall. I am the reason. Me. The hall was silent.

Part 2589

The hall, and this is the moment the whole Lokasenna has been building toward, the hall heard Loki, at the gods' own table, in front of every god who had ever loved Baldr, say plainly that he had killed him.

Part 2590

The thing the gods had suspected. The thing they had said quietly to each other since the funeral on the great ship Hringhorni.

Part 2591

The thing no one had dared accuse him of in public. Loki had just said it himself. The Lokasenna preserves this moment as stanza twenty eight. The poem is unambiguous.

Part 2592

Loki does not hedge. Loki does not soften. Loki tells Frigg that he is the reason her son is dead, and he tells her at the table where she cannot rise.

Part 2593

The gods around the table understood, then, that something had passed that could not be unpassed. Not even by being silent. Not even by waiting it out.

Part 2594

They were going to remember this confession. They were going to act on it. Not tonight. Not in this hall. The peace rule still held.

Part 2595

But tomorrow, when the doors of Ægir's hall opened and the gods walked back out into the world, they were going to hunt the being who had just told the mother of Baldr, at her own table, that he had been the one who killed her son.

Part 2596

Frigg did not weep. Frigg, in the poem, does not speak again after this moment. Frigg, in the long surviving Norse tradition, almost does not speak again at all.

Part 2597

The story keeps going around her. Frigg, for the rest of the night, sat very still, and looked at the place at the table where her son was not.

Part 2598

The hall was beginning, very slowly, to feel cold. The gold around the walls was still glowing. The ale in the cups was still warm.

Part 2599

But something at the heart of the room had gone wrong. Each god who had been spoken to so far had not been spoken to about a thing they had done in public.

Part 2600

They had been spoken to about a thing they had done in private.

Part 2601

The private things were the things they had not, in the long history of their being gods together, ever expected to hear said out loud at a table.

Part 2602

The private things were the things they had carried alone. Loki was taking them out, one by one, and putting them on the table beside the ale.

Part 2603

And no one, no one, was going to be spared.

Part 2604

Chapter Five. The Vanir's Shame. He turned next to Freyja. Freyja was the goddess of love. Of beauty.

Of seiðr, which Óðinn himself had just admitted to practicing.

Part 2605

Freyja was the one who had once wept tears of gold for the husband who had gone wandering and not returned.

Part 2606

Freyja was the one who wore the golden necklace called Brísingamen, which she had bought, the old stories said, from four dwarves in a cave, by sleeping one night with each of them in turn.

Part 2607

Freyja was beautiful, and Freyja was complicated, and Freyja knew, of all the goddesses at the table, exactly what Loki was about to say.

Part 2608

Loki said: Freyja, every god at this table has been your lover. Every elf at this table has been your lover. Every dwarf in the caves below has been your lover.

Part 2609

Even your own brother has been your lover. I have seen it. Do not deny it. I have stood at the doors of your hall on the nights you brought your brother through them.

Part 2610

I know what the two of you do. I know what your father once caught the two of you doing. The world knows. Do not pretend otherwise.

Part 2611

This accusation, unlike the others, has a small thread of source evidence behind it.

Part 2612

The Ynglinga Saga preserves a faint tradition that among the Vanir, the older family of gods to which Freyja and her brother Freyr both belonged, sibling marriage had once been the custom.

Part 2613

The Vanir, the saga says, had practiced incestuous marriage in the long ago, before they joined with the Æsir.

Part 2614

When they came to live among Óðinn's people, that custom was set aside. But it had existed. The accusation was not pure invention.

Part 2615

The accusation was the dragging out, into the bright light of the gold lit hall, of a Vanir custom the Æsir had agreed to forget. Freyja did not answer.

Part 2616

Freyja, in Lokasenna, only said: Loki, your tongue is a thing that will be silenced.

Part 2617

There will come a day when the gods bind you, and when your mouth is closed for what comes after. I will live to see that day. Loki laughed.

Part 2618

He laughed a small laugh, not loud, as if she had said something gently amusing. He turned to her father.

Part 2619

Njǫrðr was the god of the sea, the patron of sailors, the father of Freyja and Freyr.

Part 2620

He was an older god, he had come into Asgard from the Vanir, in the long ago hostage exchange that had ended the war between the two families of gods.

Part 2621

Njǫrðr had been a hostage. Njǫrðr had been sent to Asgard to live as a sign of peace, the way kings of small countries used to send their sons.

Part 2622

Njǫrðr was not, by birth, of the Æsir. Njǫrðr was, by treaty, among them. Loki looked at Njǫrðr and said: you were a hostage. Do not forget what you were.

Part 2623

And what is more, the daughters of the giant Hymir, when they passed by you on the eastern road, urinated into your mouth, the way they would into a chamber pot.

Part 2624

They mistook you for one. They did not even know who you were.

Part 2625

They saw a man of the sea standing by the road, and they thought him a vessel, and they relieved themselves into him. I have heard the story.

Part 2626

The whole north has heard the story. Do not pretend the story is not yours. Njǫrðr, and this is one of the strangest things in Lokasenna, Njǫrðr did not deny it.

Part 2627

Njǫrðr said: yes. But what does that matter. I have a son. I have a son who is the joy of every god at this table. Freyr is loved by every house in Asgard.

Part 2628

Freyr is the one we look to when we wish to remember why we joined our two families. My shame, if I had any, would not outweigh the gift of my son. Be silent, Loki.

Part 2629

Loki looked at Njǫrðr's son. Loki turned to Freyr. And the room, gently, knew what was coming next.

Part 2630

Chapter Six. Týr's Hand and Freyr's Sword. But before Loki could speak to Freyr, Týr did. Týr was the one handed god. We told you of him three episodes ago.

Part 2631

He was the god who had laid his right hand in the mouth of the wolf, knowing the wolf would close, because someone had to.

Part 2632

Someone had to be the one whose hand the wolf took. Týr had been that one.

Part 2633

Týr had walked through the rest of his life with one hand, with the long shame of an absence at the end of his arm, and Týr had never complained, because the binding of Fenrir had to happen, and someone had to pay.

Part 2634

Týr was a good god. The old north loved him. Týr said to Loki: leave the boy alone. Leave Freyr alone. He has done nothing to you.

Part 2635

You will not speak to him the way you have spoken to the others. Move on. Loki turned to Týr. Loki said: ah. The one handed.

Tell me, Týr, where is your hand.

Part 2636

Tell me what happened to it. Tell me the story of the wolf you fed. Týr did not flinch. Týr said: my hand is gone because I gave it. I gave it because I had to.

Part 2637

I would give the other if I had to. Be silent, Loki. Loki said: and tell me, Týr, who is the father of your son.

Part 2638

Tell me how it is that I, of all the gods at this table, am the one your wife came to.

Part 2639

Tell me how you have not noticed, all these years, that the boy who calls you father has my eyes.

Part 2640

Tell me how you sleep in the same bed as a woman who has, more than once, opened her door to me in the dark. Tell me, Týr, what your hand truly cost you.

Part 2641

Týr, for the first time, lowered his head. The hall did not know what to say. What Loki had just said is not preserved elsewhere.

Part 2642

There is no source other than Lokasenna that says Loki and Týr's wife had ever met.

Part 2643

There is no son of Týr's whose paternity has ever been doubted, in any of the other Eddas. The accusation may be true. The accusation may be Loki's invention.

Part 2644

The accusation may be a poetic exaggeration the poet of Lokasenna had heard somewhere and chose to include. We do not know.

Part 2645

What we know is that Týr, in Lokasenna, did not deny it. Týr lowered his head. Týr let the accusation stand. Loki turned then to Freyr.

Part 2646

He looked at the boy whose father had just been silenced.

Part 2647

He looked at the bright golden god of summer and harvest, of fields and ships, of the gentle warmth that came back to the world each spring. He looked at Freyr.

Part 2648

Loki said: Freyr. Tell me about your sword. Freyr's hand went, by old habit, to his belt, and found nothing there. Loki smiled. Loki said: you gave up your sword.

Part 2649

You gave it up for the love of a giant's daughter. You sent your servant Skírnir to ride into Jǫtunheimr to win her for you, and the price of that wooing was your sword.

Part 2650

The sword that would, in the last days, have defended you. The sword you will need at Ragnarǫk.

Part 2651

The sword you will not have, when the day comes that Surtr rides up from Múspell with a flame in his hand, and the worlds burn.

Part 2652

You will stand on the field of the last battle, Freyr, with nothing in your hand at all. Because of a woman. Freyr did not answer.

Part 2653

This accusation has full source evidence behind it.

Part 2654

The poem Skírnismál, which we will tell you the story of in another episode, preserves the entire story of how Freyr fell in love with Gerðr, the daughter of the jǫtunn Gymir; how he sent his servant Skírnir to woo her on his behalf; and how Skírnir's price for going was Freyr's sword, the sword that would fight on its own, the sword that had been Freyr's most prized possession.

Part 2655

Skírnir succeeded. Gerðr came to Freyr. And the sword was gone, and would not come back, and Freyr will indeed, in the prophecy of Ragnarǫk, fall on the field without it.

Part 2656

It is one of the saddest small details of the end of the world. And Loki, at the table, had said it out loud. Freyr did not lift his head.

Part 2657

His servant Byggvir, a small loud nervous voice, started to speak in defense of his master, the way a servant who loves his lord cannot keep himself from doing.

Part 2658

Byggvir said: if I were as great as Freyr, Loki, I would crush you. I would grind your bones the way the mill grinds corn. I would, Loki turned.

Part 2659

Loki said: what is this little chattering thing. What is this small thing. Tell me, Byggvir, where you were when the gods of Asgard fought.

Part 2660

Tell me what corner you hid in. Tell me what bench you crept under. Tell me which crumbs of bread you swept up at the feet of your master while real beings died.

Part 2661

You are not a god. You are not a man. You are a little thing that lives at Freyr's heel. Go back there. Be silent.

I have not yet finished. Byggvir sat down.

Part 2662

Byggvir did not speak again.

Part 2663

The hall, by this point, the hall that had been bright and gold and warm at the beginning of the evening, the hall had become a place where the gods of the north were sitting, very still, looking into their cups, listening to the rain begin against the high windows of Ægir's hall.

Part 2664

None of them were drinking. None of them were eating.

Part 2665

None of them were speaking, except when Loki addressed them, and then only as long as it took to be told what they had done, and to lower their heads, and to let the next god be addressed.

Part 2666

Loki had not yet finished. There were still others at the table.

Part 2667

Chapter Seven. Heimdallr and Skaði. Loki turned next to Heimdallr. Heimdallr was the watchman.

Part 2668

The watcher at Bifrǫst, the rainbow bridge that linked Asgard to the world of men.

Part 2669

Heimdallr was the god who slept very little, the god whose hearing could pick up the sound of grass growing on the earth, the god whose eyes could see for a hundred days' ride in every direction.

Part 2670

He was the one who would, at the end of all things, blow the Gjallarhorn, the great horn whose sounding meant Ragnarǫk had begun.

Part 2671

He was, of all the gods at this table, the one who watched the longest. And the one who slept the least. Heimdallr looked at Loki and said, calmly: Loki. You are drunk.

Part 2672

You are out of your mind. You should be quiet now. A drunk man who keeps talking only buries himself deeper. Loki turned slowly. Loki said: Heimdallr.

Quiet yourself.

Part 2673

You are the god who has stood at the gate of Bifrǫst since the dawn of time, with the wet wind blowing on your back, watching for the riders who will come at the end of the world.

Part 2674

You have never sat in a hall and warmed yourself. You have never slept in a bed for longer than a single night.

Part 2675

You have a wet back, Heimdallr, that is what they say of you, in the deep wells where the stories are kept. The gods gave you a bad fate. A fate of always watching.

Part 2676

A fate of never resting. A fate of being the one who waits. Heimdallr did not answer. Heimdallr knew this was true.

Part 2677

Heimdallr had stood at Bifrǫst since the worlds were young, and would stand at Bifrǫst until the day the worlds ended and the horn was blown.

Part 2678

The wet back was not a metaphor.

Part 2679

The wet back was the actual condition of Heimdallr at the edge of the bridge, where the rain off Niflheim never stopped, and the cold of Jǫtunheimr blew across him at his unsleeping post.

Part 2680

Heimdallr did not deny what Loki said. The hall heard the watcher of the worlds receive what was, in some quiet old way, a true description of his condition.

Part 2681

And then, and this is the moment, in Lokasenna, where the next voice rises, Skaði spoke. Skaði had not, until now, spoken at the feast. Skaði was the mountain bride.

Part 2682

The daughter of Þjazi, the jǫtunn the gods had killed.

Part 2683

We told you that story two episodes ago, the long winter when Iðunn had been stolen, and how the gods had killed her father in retribution, and how Skaði had walked down out of the mountains in armor, demanding payment in marriage, and how Njǫrðr had married her in restitution, and how the marriage had not held because Skaði loved the mountains and Njǫrðr loved the sea.

Part 2684

She had returned to her father's hall. She had become a god of winter. Of skis and snow and the high places. She was not a daughter of the Æsir.

Part 2685

She had been brought in by treaty, after the killing of her father, and the treaty had not been kind to her. She looked at Loki across the table.

Part 2686

And she said: you laugh tonight, Loki. You will not laugh long. There is a rock waiting for you. A rock with sharp edges.

Part 2687

They will lay you on that rock, and they will bind you, and they will bind you with the entrails of one of your own children. Not your daughter. Not your wife.

Part 2688

One of your children, Loki. The cold one. The son whose body will be turned into a cord to hold you down. They will lay you on that rock and they will leave you there.

Part 2689

You will not laugh on that rock, Loki. You will scream on it. And you will scream on it for a very long time. The hall went very still.

Part 2690

The Lokasenna gives this stanza to Skaði. Skaði, alone among the gods at the feast, speaks not of Loki's past but of his future. She names the rock. She names the cord.

Part 2691

She names the child whose body will be unmade to make the cord. She does this calmly, as a winter goddess does. As if she has seen it already.

Part 2692

As if she is reporting from the future. The other gods stop drinking when Skaði speaks. The other gods understand, then, that the rock is not a threat.

Part 2693

The rock is a thing that is going to happen. Loki met her eye. Loki said: Skaði. If they bind me on a rock. If my own son's body is what they use to do it.

Part 2694

Let it be remembered that I was first and foremost when we killed your father. I was the one who lured Þjazi into the trap.

Part 2695

I was the one who guided the gods to the place where they could burn his wings as he flew. Your father died because of me. Not because of Óðinn. Not because of Þórr.

Part 2696

Because of me. So when you sit in your halls of winter and miss your father, Skaði, remember whose hand placed the spark. Skaði did not flinch. Skaði had known this.

Part 2697

The gods had known this. The killing of Þjazi was the thing that had brought Skaði down from the mountains.

Part 2698

Skaði had walked into Asgard with that knowledge in her chest, and had taken Njǫrðr in restitution. The marriage had failed, but the wound had not.

Part 2699

And Loki had, by speaking it tonight, made the wound public again. Made it stand up in the hall and breathe. Skaði said: yes. Loki. You were the one.

Part 2700

So all the kindness I have shown you since then, every council you sat in at my mountain halls, every hospitality I gave you in winter, was given to the man who had killed my father.

Part 2701

I gave you my temple. I gave you my house. I gave you bread at my own hearth. And you, in return, gave nothing.

Part 2702

The hall watched the winter goddess and the trickster look at each other across the gold. Loki said one more thing.

Part 2703

Loki said, and this is the line, from stanza fifty two, that the modern reader of Lokasenna finds the cruelest of all the night, Loki said: lighter words, Skaði, were the words you spoke when you wanted me in your bed.

Part 2704

I remember those words. Do you? The hall heard it. Skaði had, at some point, in some way the surviving sources do not preserve, said warm things to Loki.

Part 2705

The sources do not tell us whether she had ever invited him to her bed. The sources do not tell us whether Loki was lying. The sources tell us only that Loki said this.

Part 2706

And that the hall heard it. And that Skaði did not answer. And the hall, again, watched a woman be made small. The rule of the feast still held.

Part 2707

No one rose to strike Loki. But the gods were beginning, very quietly, to count the seats between them and the door.

Part 2708

Chapter Eight. Sif and the Coming of Þórr. Loki turned to the next goddess.

Part 2709

But this time, the surviving poem tells us, this time the next goddess rose, before Loki could speak. Sif rose. Sif was the wife of Þórr.

Part 2710

She was a goddess of the harvest, a goddess of the fields, a goddess whose hair, golden, long, famous in the old north, was said to be the wheat itself.

Part 2711

The standing grain of late summer. She was, by the time of this feast, one of the calmest gods at the table. She had not, until now, spoken to Loki. Sif rose now.

Part 2712

Sif took a horn from the table. A crystal horn.

Part 2713

The Lokasenna names it, and tells us it was old, that the mead inside it was old, that it was the kind of cup the gods kept for ceremonies that did not happen often.

Part 2714

She filled it. She walked it to Loki. She set it down in front of him with both hands. And Sif said: Loki. Drink this.

And be welcome.

Part 2715

And consider, when you drink it, that there is at least one woman of the Æsir who has done nothing against you.

Part 2716

There is at least one woman in this hall who has nothing to confess. Drink. And let that be the truth that ends this conversation.

Part 2717

The hall, quietly, almost broke into relief. The hall almost, for the small space of Sif's gesture, believed the night might still be salvaged.

Part 2718

Sif was offering Loki a way out. She was offering him the chance to stop.

Part 2719

She was telling him, with the cup in front of him, that some of the things at this table were still good. That the rule of the feast might be honored.

Part 2720

That she, the wife of the absent Þórr, was inviting him to be small enough to step back. Loki picked up the cup. He looked at the gold mead inside it. He drank.

Part 2721

He set it down. And he said: yes, Sif. Yes. There is one woman at this table who has done nothing wrong, if you do not count the night that you and I lay together.

Part 2722

The night when Þórr was away. The night when you came to me, Sif, in the hall where your husband sleeps. You and I lay together. You and I knew what we were doing.

Part 2723

Þórr did not know. Þórr still does not know. But I will tell him, Sif. I will tell him when he comes home. I will tell him what his wife did when he was away.

Part 2724

Sif lowered the cup. Sif sat down. Sif did not, in the surviving poem, answer. The sources do not, anywhere else, tell us that Loki and Sif had been together.

Part 2725

The story of Loki and Sif is, in the wider sources, the story of Loki cutting her hair.

Part 2726

A famous old prank, where Loki sneaks into Sif's chamber while she sleeps and shaves her head, and the gods make him put it right by procuring the wig of gold from the dwarves.

Part 2727

That story is known. The story of Loki and Sif as lovers, however, is preserved only in this stanza of the Lokasenna.

Part 2728

The sources do not say whether Loki was telling the truth, or telling a cruel improvisation, or telling a half truth twisted into a wound. Sif did not deny it.

Part 2729

Sif sat back down. The hall heard Loki say it. And the hall did not know what to believe. And then. And then the hall heard something else.

The hall heard footsteps.

Part 2730

The hall heard the heavy footfall of a god approaching from outside.

Part 2731

Beyla, who had been silent all evening, Beyla, the small servant goddess, the wife of Byggvir, Beyla looked up at the door, and she said: the mountains are shaking.

Part 2732

Þórr is coming. The hall heard it then. The cups on the table rattled. The walls of Ægir's hall trembled. The gold around the walls swayed, very slightly.

Part 2733

Þórr had been in the east. Þórr had been killing trolls. Þórr had not been at the feast.

Part 2734

But somewhere, in some way that even the surviving Eddas do not fully explain, Þórr had heard. Some messenger. Some bird. Some shimmer in the air. Þórr knew.

Part 2735

And Þórr was coming. The hall held its breath. The door of Ægir's hall opened. Þórr stood in the doorway. He was wet from the rain. He was muddy from the road.

Part 2736

He had Mjǫllnir in his hand. His beard, in the light of the gold glowing walls, was the color of wet oak. His eyes were not angry, exactly. His eyes were patient.

Part 2737

The eyes of a god who had ridden a long way to do something that he had been ready to do for a very long time. Þórr stepped into the hall. Loki turned to him.

Part 2738

Þórr said: Loki. Stop talking. It was not an order. It was not a threat. It was a request, almost.

The way a tired god speaks when he has heard enough. Loki said: Þórr.

Part 2739

Son of the Earth. Why are you angry? You will not be so brave when the wolf opens his jaws and swallows your father whole. You will not be so brave at Ragnarǫk, Þórr.

Part 2740

Your hammer will not save him. Your hammer will not save you. You will fight the World Serpent. You will kill him. You will take nine steps.

And then you will fall.

Part 2741

I have seen this. The Vǫluspá has seen this. You and I both know what is going to happen, Þórr.

Part 2742

So do not stand in this doorway with your hammer and pretend you are not afraid. Þórr lifted Mjǫllnir. Þórr said: I will send you to the gates of Hel, Loki.

Part 2743

I will end this feast with one blow. Loki said: you remember, Þórr, the night you crawled into the giant's glove.

Part 2744

The night you and your companions huddled in the dark thumb of Skrýmir's glove and shook with fear at his snoring. You were the great Þórr that night, too.

Part 2745

And you were the small one in the giant's glove. I was there. I remember. You can swing your hammer at me now, Þórr. But I remember when you hid.

Part 2746

Þórr's hand tightened on Mjǫllnir. The rule of the feast still held. No weapon would be drawn inside Ægir's hall. Not even by Þórr. Not even tonight.

Part 2747

Þórr stood in the doorway with the hammer in his hand and his eyes on Loki, and Loki stood at the table with the cup in his hand and his eyes on Þórr, and the hall held its breath, and the rule held.

Part 2748

Loki set down his cup. Loki said: I have said what I came to say. I have addressed every god at this table. I have placed every secret on the wood beside the ale.

Part 2749

I am done. I will leave now. And I will leave because of you, Þórr. Because I know that even the peace rule will not stop you if I stay another breath. So I leave.

Part 2750

And Loki walked out of the hall. He passed Þórr at the door. Þórr did not strike him. Þórr, the law of the feast still binding him, let him pass.

Part 2751

And as Loki stepped over the threshold, he turned, one last time, to Ægir behind him. And he said: Ægir. Your hall will burn. Your gold will go cold.

Part 2752

No peaceful feast will gather here again.

Part 2753

The world remembers the gods who hosted this night, and the world will remember Ægir's hall as the place where the peace of the gods broke.

Part 2754

The world will not forgive you for what you let happen tonight. Then Loki was gone. The door closed behind him. The rain, somewhere outside, was still falling.

Part 2755

And the gods of the north, all of them, every one of them, sitting at the tables of Ægir's hall, looked at one another in silence, and understood, finally, that this had been the last feast.

Part 2756

Chapter Nine. The Mountain Hall. The story leaves the hall of Ægir behind. The story walks, with Loki, up into the mountains.

Part 2757

The Lokasenna ends with Loki stepping over the threshold. The Lokasenna does not tell us where he went, or how long he ran, or what he did with the time.

Part 2758

For that part of the story we go to Snorri Sturluson.

Part 2759

To the fiftieth chapter of his Gylfaginning, which preserves, in his calm thirteenth century prose, the part of the myth that the older poems leave dark. Loki ran.

Part 2760

He did not, the source tells us, run home. He did not return to Sigyn, his wife, who waited for him in his own hall in Asgard with their two boys.

Part 2761

He did not return to his old places.

Part 2762

He understood, the way a hunted thing understands, that the moment the gods finished their feast at Ægir's hall, they would come for him. So he ran. He ran east.

Part 2763

He ran into the mountains that stand at the edge of the world. He ran into the cold high country where the gods do not often go.

Part 2764

Where the streams are clear and bright, and the rocks are sharp, and the wind moves between the peaks in a constant low hush.

Part 2765

He ran until he could not see Asgard behind him. And then he ran further. And then he stopped. He stopped at a high mountain.

Part 2766

The mountain, Snorri tells us, was crowned by a flat stone shelf, broad enough to build a small hall on.

Part 2767

Below the shelf, the mountain fell away in cliffs on every side.

Part 2768

And in the cliffs below the shelf, the streams that came down off the mountain gathered into a single waterfall. The waterfall of Fránangr, the source calls it.

Part 2769

Which fell in a long white ribbon into a dark pool at the bottom of the cliffs. Loki stopped at the shelf. He built a hall there. He did not build it like a god's hall.

Part 2770

He did not build it for warmth, or for company, or for feasting. He built it for one purpose only. He built it so that he could see who was coming.

Part 2771

He gave the hall four doors, one in each wall, facing the four directions of the world.

Part 2772

From the eastern door he could see the rising sun and the path that came up out of the valley below.

Part 2773

From the western door he could see the setting sun and the place where the wind came down from the high peaks. From the northern door he could see the cold country.

Part 2774

And from the southern door he could see the way that ran back toward Asgard. He sat inside the hall. And he watched. He watched all four doors at once.

Part 2775

He turned, and turned, and turned. He did not, in this part of the story, sleep, or if he slept, the source does not tell us so. He kept the four doors in his eye.

Part 2776

He watched for the gods. And then. When watching exhausted him. He went down to the waterfall. This is the part of the story the old north remembered most clearly.

Part 2777

Loki, who could take many shapes, who had been a mare, and a fly, and an old woman, and a hawk, Loki took the shape of a salmon. The salmon was a careful shape.

Part 2778

A salmon is a thing that lives in a current. A salmon is a thing that knows where to lie in the water so that the moving current itself becomes a hiding place.

Part 2779

So that the very water that should reveal you becomes the shadow that hides you.

Part 2780

A salmon, lying in the dark pool below the waterfall, can be invisible even to a watcher standing two paces away. The light bends. The shadow moves.

Part 2781

The eye loses the fish. Loki, in this part of the story, became that fish. He slipped into the cold water of the pool below Fránangr. He felt the current take him.

Part 2782

He felt his body, his god's body, his trickster's body, become long and silver and dark backed. He felt his breath change to the slow gill breath of a fish.

Part 2783

He felt the cold press against his sides. He felt the rhythm of the current. He lay in the deepest shadow of the pool with the waterfall pounding white above him.

Part 2784

And he waited. He did this every day. He climbed up to the hall in the morning. He sat in the hall and watched the four doors.

Part 2785

When the watching tired him, he went down to the waterfall, and he became the salmon, and he hid in the dark pool until evening. Then he climbed back up.

Part 2786

And he sat in the hall. And he watched again. This was the rhythm of his life now. A god in exile. A god who had said what he could not unsay.

Part 2787

A god who had no friend, no shelter, no hall to return to. He had Sigyn, his wife. She had not left him. But he had nothing else.

Part 2788

And in the evenings, when the watching had not tired him yet, and the salmon shape had not yet pulled at him, Loki did one other thing.

Part 2789

He sat by the small fire in the four doored hall. He took linen thread. And he began to make a net.

Part 2790

This is the part of the story that the modern reader of Snorri finds the strangest.

Part 2791

Loki, the hunted one, the one who knew the gods were coming for him, Loki, with his own hands, in the high mountain hall, invented the first fishing net.

Part 2792

The Eddas are clear about this. Before Loki sat down at his fire and began to twist the linen into knots, there had been no fishing net in the world.

Part 2793

The fishermen of the old north had caught fish with spears, with hooks, with weirs of stone, but they had not caught them with nets.

Part 2794

Loki was the one who thought of the net. Loki was the one who first looked at the pattern that catches a fish. Snorri does not tell us why he was making it.

Part 2795

Snorri tells us only that he made it. We might imagine, in the small space where the source is silent, that he was making it to think with.

Part 2796

That he was making it because that was what his hands wanted to do. That he was making it the way a worried man whittles.

Part 2797

Because the small careful work of the fingers steadies the mind. That he was making it without knowing why.

Part 2798

He sat by the fire, in the high mountain hall, with the four doors open to the four winds, and he wove the first net. He held it up in the firelight. He saw the knots.

Part 2799

He saw the spacing. He saw the way the linen would catch a body sliding through water.

Part 2800

How the gaps in the weave would let the water pass but would catch any living thing wider than a finger. He saw it.

Part 2801

He understood, in the small clear way that craftsmen understand, what he had made.

Part 2802

And in that moment, and this is the moment Snorri preserves with great care, Loki heard something on the wind. The wind was coming from the south.

Part 2803

The wind was bringing the smell of horses. Of riders. Of many feet moving up the mountain at once. The gods were coming. Loki dropped the net into the fire.

Part 2804

He did not have time to hide it. He did not have time to throw it out the door.

Part 2805

He did not have time to do anything but the one small careful thing that, on his very best day, he might have thought of in time. He kicked it into the flames.

Part 2806

The net curled. The net blackened. The net was eaten by the fire. Loki ran for the western door. He ran down the cliff path.

Part 2807

He plunged into the cold pool at the bottom of Fránangr. He took the salmon shape.

Part 2808

And the gods, who had been climbing the mountain for many days, now stood at the threshold of the four doored hall. And the gods walked inside.

Part 2809

And the gods looked around at the empty hall and at the cold seat by the fire and at the four open doors. And the gods, looking down at the small dying fire, saw.

Part 2810

Saw something in the ashes. Something woven. Something with a knot pattern. Something the gods had never seen before in their lives.

Part 2811

Chapter Ten. The Net of Ash. The first god to step into the four doored hall was Kvasir. Kvasir was, in this part of the story, the wisest of the gods.

Part 2812

He had been born from the spittle of the Æsir and Vanir mixed together, in the peace pact that ended their war.

Part 2813

A sign that wisdom comes from the joining of different waters. He was, in some old accounts, the wisest being who had ever lived.

Part 2814

He could look at anything that had been made and understand, simply by looking, what it was for.

Part 2815

He could pick up a piece of carved wood and tell you whose hand had carved it, and why, and to what end. Kvasir walked to the dying fire. He knelt down.

Part 2816

He looked at the ashes. The other gods filled the hall behind him. Þórr came in first, mud on his boots, Mjǫllnir at his hip. Then Óðinn, in his blue cloak.

Part 2817

Then Týr, with his one hand. Then Vidar, silent. Then Heimdallr, whose ears had been the first to hear the salmon shape leap, somewhere far below the cliff. Then Bragi.

Part 2818

Then Freyr. Then the others. They filled the small four doored hall. They stood around Kvasir. Kvasir did not speak for a long time.

Part 2819

Kvasir reached his fingers into the cold ash at the edge of the fire. He drew up a small charred fragment. A curl of black thread with knots in it.

Part 2820

He held it up to the light. He studied it. He turned it over. He looked at the way the knots had been tied. He saw the spacing of the gaps.

Part 2821

He saw the consistent pattern of loops and crossings. And Kvasir said, quietly: he was making something to catch a fish. The gods, behind him, did not understand.

Part 2822

Kvasir said: this is a net. He made a net. The pattern is the pattern of a thing that goes into water, and catches a thing in water, and pulls it out.

Part 2823

He has never made one before. We have never made one before. But this is what it is. He has invented it here, in this hall, while he was waiting for us.

Part 2824

And he was using it, or planning to use it, for himself. Because he is in the water below. He is the thing he was going to catch. The gods understood.

Part 2825

The gods understood, at the same moment, that Loki was in the pool below the waterfall, and that he was in the shape of a fish, and that the tool he had just invented to escape them was the very tool they could use to catch him.

Part 2826

Kvasir said: we will rebuild the net. The gods sat down in the hall. They worked through the rest of the day.

Part 2827

They gathered the burned thread from the fire, what they could rescue.

Part 2828

Where the linen was too charred to use, they replaced it with new linen, copying the knot pattern exactly. They worked by Kvasir's hand and by Kvasir's eye.

Part 2829

Þórr held the cord. Týr, with his one hand, tied. Bragi sat against the wall and watched. Óðinn watched everything. By evening, the net was rebuilt.

Part 2830

It was wider than the burned one. It was stronger. The knots were tighter.

Part 2831

The gods, copying the work of the trickster, had made an improvement on the trickster's own invention. The net was, by now, a god's net.

Part 2832

They carried it down the cliff path. They came to the bank of Fránangr.

Part 2833

The waterfall hammered down above them in the half light, and the pool below it lay deep and dark and shadowed under the cliffs. Loki was in there. The gods knew it.

Part 2834

Loki, in his salmon shape, was lying in some dark stone shadow at the bottom of the pool, holding very still, hoping the gods would not know how to find a thing that did not want to be found.

Part 2835

The gods stretched the net between two of them. They began at one bank. They walked it across the pool. They walked it slowly. They walked it together.

Part 2836

They walked it the way fishermen would walk a net for ten thousand winters after this, in every cold river of the north, because Loki had invented the net here, in this story, and the gods had reconstructed it here, on this evening, and from this evening forward the children of men would know how to take a fish from a river.

Part 2837

The pattern was leaving the world of the gods and entering the world of work. It would not be lost again. The net came across the pool.

Part 2838

Loki, on the bottom, felt the water change. He felt the small currents of the linen passing above him. He felt the shadow of the weave move across the stones.

Part 2839

He felt the gap between knots, a gap small enough to catch a god's body in the shape of a fish, but big enough to let the river itself pass through.

Part 2840

Loki, clever in salmon shape as in god shape, slipped between two stones. He flattened himself. The net passed over him.

Part 2841

The gods, walking it across the pool, felt the net pass cleanly. They drew it up on the far bank. They looked at the empty mesh.

Part 2842

The salmon they had been hunting was not in the net. Kvasir said: he hid between the stones. We need to weight it. They tied stones along the bottom of the net.

Part 2843

They walked it back across the pool.

Part 2844

This time with the weighted bottom dragging along the stone bed of the river, so that nothing could slip between the bottom of the net and the bottom of the pool.

Part 2845

They walked it slowly. They walked it firmly. Loki, on the bottom, felt this too. He understood, in his salmon shape, what the gods had done.

Part 2846

The space between stones was no longer a hiding place. The weighted hem of the net was scraping the stones now, and the river floor itself had become hostile country.

Part 2847

There was only one direction left. Loki gathered himself. He pushed off from the stone bed with his tail.

Part 2848

He shot upward through the water, through the deep dark green of the pool, through the rising columns of bubbles where the waterfall met the surface, through the white foam at the top, and he leapt clear of the water.

Part 2849

He leapt over the net.

Part 2850

He flew through the cold mountain air, his silver body twisting, the spray of the waterfall catching the late light around him, the shadow of his arc falling on the far bank where the gods watched in silence.

Part 2851

And for one moment, in that leap, Loki was the most beautiful thing in the world. And then Þórr stepped forward. Þórr had been waiting for this.

Part 2852

Þórr, who had not joined the netting, who had stood on the far bank with the water around his ankles, who had been ready since the gods first stretched the net, Þórr put out his hand.

Part 2853

He caught the salmon in mid air. The fish was slippery. The fish was twisting with all the strength a god could put into a fish body.

Part 2854

The fish was, for one moment, almost out of his grasp.

Part 2855

But Þórr, and this is the detail Snorri preserves with great care, the detail that became, in the long memory of the north, the explanation for a thing every fisherman knew, Þórr closed his hand around the salmon's tail.

Part 2856

Tightly. Very tightly. He held the salmon by its tail in his fist. And the salmon, Loki, in his shape, could not slip free. Þórr's grip was too strong.

Part 2857

The tail of the salmon, where Þórr's hand crushed it, narrowed to the shape of a god's grip. The flesh thinned. The bones flattened.

Part 2858

The wide flat tail of the salmon, in that moment, was permanently changed.

Part 2859

And from that moment on, Snorri tells us, salmon in every cold river of the world have had narrow tails.

Part 2860

Where Þórr's hand once closed around the trickster who had become a fish to escape him.

Part 2861

Every fisherman who has lifted a salmon and seen the narrow tail of it has been holding, in a small way, the memory of the night the gods caught Loki below Fránangr.

Part 2862

The shape of the fish carries the shape of the catching. The shape of the catching carries the shape of the god's hand. Loki, in Þórr's grip, twisted.

Part 2863

Loki tried to take his god shape back. Loki tried to become the trickster again. But Þórr did not let go.

Part 2864

And the gods, Kvasir, Óðinn, Týr, Vidar, all the rest, gathered on the bank around them. And the gods looked at Loki, who was still half fish in their hands.

Part 2865

And the gods understood that the long story of Loki at the gods' tables, of Loki at the gods' feasts, of Loki in the gods' company, that story was over.

Part 2866

What came next was a different story. What came next was a cave.

Part 2867

Chapter Eleven. The Three Stones. The gods led Loki down the mountain. They led him on foot. They did not put him on a horse.

They did not let him walk free.

Part 2868

Þórr held him by the back of the neck. Týr held his arm with the one hand he had. Óðinn walked behind. Vidar walked beside.

Part 2869

The rest of the gods followed in a long quiet line. They led him to a cave. The cave was somewhere in the high country between Asgard and Jǫtunheimr.

Part 2870

A place that does not appear on any of the maps the surviving sources preserve. It was a deep cave, with a low mouth and a wide chamber inside. The gods knew it.

Part 2871

The gods had chosen it. The gods had decided, before they left the river, where they were taking him. They walked him into the cave. The cave was cold.

Part 2872

Three stones stood in the cave. Three large stones, set up in the cave by the gods themselves, before the gods had gone east to look for Loki. The gods had prepared this.

Part 2873

The gods had known, when they left Asgard, what they would do with him when they caught him. The three stones were not random stones.

Part 2874

They were the stones the gods had measured and placed. One stone was set so that it would be under his shoulders. One stone was set so that it would be under his loins.

Part 2875

One stone was set so that it would be under his knees. Loki saw the stones. He understood what they were. He did not, in the surviving sources, speak.

Part 2876

The sources do not preserve any further words of Loki from this moment forward. The Lokasenna had given him his last words at the feast. The capture had been silent.

Part 2877

The binding was silent. Loki, who had talked the gods of the table into rage, who had said every cruel and true thing he had ever held back, had no words for this.

Part 2878

He was, finally, mute. The gods led him to the stones. They laid him down on the three stones. His shoulders on the first stone. His loins on the second.

Part 2879

His knees on the third. He lay across them as if across three altars. Then the gods sent for his sons. His sons were two boys. Their names were Narfi and Váli.

Part 2880

They were the sons of Loki and Sigyn. Sigyn, his wife, who had been waiting for him in Asgard while he sat in the high mountain hall and watched the four doors.

Part 2881

Sigyn had borne them. Sigyn had raised them. They were the only two children Loki had who were also Sigyn's children.

Part 2882

Loki had other children, by other mothers, who were the wolf Fenrir and the World Serpent and the dark goddess Hel. But Narfi and Váli were the boys of his marriage.

Part 2883

They were the boys Sigyn had named. The gods brought them to the cave. This is the part of the story the modern reader of Snorri finds most difficult.

Part 2884

The gods, in the cave, transformed Váli. They turned him into a wolf. How they did this, the source does not tell us.

Part 2885

Whether it was Óðinn's magic, or some older charm, or the work of some god whose name has not been preserved, Snorri does not say. He says only that Váli was turned.

Part 2886

That he was a boy when he entered the cave, and a wolf when he came out of the next breath. That he no longer recognized his father, who lay across the three stones.

Part 2887

That he no longer recognized his brother, who stood beside him. And the wolf Váli, driven by whatever fury the gods had put into him, tore his brother Narfi apart.

Part 2888

The cave became, for a moment, a place no story in the surviving sources matches for darkness. Narfi was killed. The gods watched. Loki, on the stones, did not look.

Part 2889

Or, the sources do not say. We do not know if Loki watched, or if Loki closed his eyes, or if Loki had any choice about whether to watch or not.

Part 2890

We know only that his son was killed. That his son was killed by his other son. That the gods did this to him, and made the killing happen, and did not stop it.

Part 2891

Narfi was dead. The wolf Váli ran out of the cave and disappeared into the world. The gods turned to the body of Narfi. They opened the body.

Part 2892

They drew out Narfi's entrails. And as the entrails left the body, in some old magical way that the source preserves but does not explain, the entrails changed.

Part 2893

They hardened. They became, Snorri tells us, like iron. They were no longer flesh. They were a cord. They were the cord that the gods had needed.

Part 2894

The cord that nothing in the world could break.

Part 2895

The boy Narfi, when he died at his brother's mouth, had become, without consent, without warning, in some terrible alchemy of the old gods, the chain.

Part 2896

The gods took the cord. They tied Loki down with it. They bound him to the three stones. They bound his shoulders to the first. They bound his loins to the second.

Part 2897

They bound his knees to the third. They tied the iron cord around him in many turns. They tied it tight.

Part 2898

They tied it the way you tie a thing you do not want to come loose. When they were finished, Loki could not move. He could lift his head, a little.

Part 2899

He could open and close his eyes. He could turn his face. But his body was held to the three stones by the entrails of his own son.

Part 2900

And he could not, by any strength a god could summon, break free. The gods stepped back. They looked at him. He looked back at them.

Part 2901

His face, the trickster's face, the face that had been at every feast and council of the gods for a thousand years, was, for the first time, blank. Not angry.

Part 2902

Not afraid. Empty. The gods turned. And then Skaði stepped forward.

Part 2903

Skaði, whom Loki had taunted at the feast, whom Loki had reminded that he had killed her father, whom Loki had publicly humiliated by speaking of a private invitation she had once given him, Skaði carried something in her arms.

Part 2904

She carried a snake. It was a large snake. It was a venom snake. The kind that lives in the high cold rocks of Jǫtunheimr.

Part 2905

The kind whose fangs leak a slow burning venom that does not kill but does not stop. Skaði carried it carefully.

Part 2906

She had brought it down from the mountains while the gods were binding Loki. She had been gone, briefly, while the iron cord was being tied.

Part 2907

The gods had not asked her where she was going. Skaði had known. She came to where Loki lay. She fixed the snake above him.

Part 2908

She tied it to the roof of the cave so that its body hung directly over Loki's face. With its mouth open above his eyes. She left it there.

Part 2909

She made sure it could not slip free.

Part 2910

She tied it in such a way that the venom that dripped from its fangs would fall, drop by drop, onto the upturned face of the bound god below. She stepped back.

Part 2911

She did not speak. The Lokasenna had ended with Skaði's prophecy of the rock and the cord. The story, in the cave, had brought Skaði's prophecy to pass.

Part 2912

Skaði had named the binding before it happened. And now Skaði was the one who finished it. She had, Snorri tells us, closed the circle of her father's death.

Part 2913

The gods turned. The gods walked out of the cave.

Part 2914

They left Loki bound to the three stones with the entrails of his son, with the venom snake above him, with the first drop of venom already beginning to gather at the tip of the snake's lower fang.

Part 2915

The gods walked out into the cold mountain air. They did not, the source tells us, look back. Loki was alone in the cave. The first drop fell. It hit him on the forehead.

Part 2916

It burned. Snorri does not tell us in words, but the source preserves the truth of it in what happens next. The venom burned. The pain went all through his body.

Part 2917

He could not move because of the cord. He could not turn his face away because the cord held him too tightly.

Part 2918

He could only feel the venom, and feel the next drop gathering, and feel the wait. He cried out.

Part 2919

He cried out not in words but in the way a god cries out when his face is being burned by venom that he cannot stop. He bucked against the iron cord. He thrashed.

Part 2920

The three stones beneath him held. The cord held. The cave shook around him.

Part 2921

And the earth, far below the cave, in the deep places where the roots of the world drink at the well of Urðr, the earth itself felt his thrashing.

Part 2922

The mountains trembled. The valleys trembled.

Part 2923

The cold rivers of the north, the rivers that come down from the ridges where the gods had walked, felt the shaking of the bound god in the cave and answered with their own shaking.

Part 2924

The first earthquake the world had ever known passed through Midgard.

Part 2925

The first time men in their winter halls had felt the ground itself shudder under them, that first time was Loki, in the cave, thrashing under the venom drop.

Part 2926

And then, and this is the moment the story slows, the moment the cruelty of it bends, just a little, the moment a small soft thing enters the cave, Sigyn arrived.

Part 2927

Sigyn was Loki's wife. Sigyn had not, in the story so far, said one word. The Eddas do not give her speeches. The Eddas do not record her grief.

Part 2928

The Eddas tell us only what Sigyn did. And what Sigyn did, in this hour, was the smallest and the most enormous thing. Sigyn walked into the cave. She carried a bowl.

Part 2929

The bowl was, Snorri does not specify, but the picture is clear in the long Norse tradition that grew around this scene, a small wooden bowl.

Part 2930

The kind a woman uses to wash her hands at the hearth. The kind that has been smoothed by many years of use. Sigyn carried it in both hands.

Part 2931

She walked past the iron cord. She walked past the three stones.

Part 2932

She came to where her husband lay bound, with the venom snake above his face and the burning on his forehead and the cries still in his throat. She knelt beside him.

Part 2933

She raised the bowl. She held it under the snake's open mouth. The next drop of venom fell. It fell into the bowl. It did not fall on Loki.

Part 2934

He turned his face slightly to look at her. He did not, the sources are silent on this, speak. The poem does not give them a conversation.

Part 2935

The poem gives us only the image. Sigyn kneeling beside him. Sigyn holding the bowl above his face. Sigyn catching the venom that the gods had meant to fall on him.

Part 2936

And Sigyn, in the small old picture the Eddas preserve, stayed. She stayed there. She is still there. The Norse cosmology kept Sigyn in that posture.

Part 2937

Sigyn, wife of Loki, mother of the slain Narfi and the wolf Váli, witness of the binding, stays in the cave with her bowl until the end of the world.

Part 2938

The Eddas do not move her. The Eddas leave her there. She stands beside her bound husband, holding the bowl above his face, catching what she can catch.

Part 2939

And when the bowl fills, because the bowl is small, and the snake is large, and the venom is endless, Sigyn must turn and pour the bowl out.

Part 2940

She must walk to the wall of the cave and tip the venom onto the stone. She must walk back.

Part 2941

And in the small space of those steps, when the bowl is no longer over Loki's face, the venom falls on him again. And he thrashes again.

Part 2942

And the earth, far below, shakes again. That is what the Eddas preserve.

Part 2943

That is the picture the old north carried in its head when it lay in winter halls and felt the ground tremble. That is what the old north said an earthquake was.

Part 2944

That is the cosmology the cold north of the long memory gave to the shaking of the earth. Loki, in the cave. The venom on his face. Sigyn turning to empty the bowl.

Part 2945

The world feeling the moment when his face is bare. The gods walked away from the cave. The gods returned to Asgard.

Part 2946

The gods, in the old stories, did not look in on Loki again. The world kept turning. The hall of Ægir grew quiet, and grew empty, and grew dark.

Part 2947

The gods met at other halls. The gold around the walls of other halls glowed. The cups of other halls were filled.

Part 2948

Spring came, and summer came, and autumn came, and winter came. The wheel of the world turned. The gods went on with the work of being gods. And Loki stayed in the cave.

Part 2949

And Sigyn stayed beside him. And the bowl was raised. And the bowl filled. And the bowl was tipped. And the bowl was raised again.

Part 2950

The slow rhythm of a wife's hands in the dark. The slow rhythm of love that has nowhere left to go but service.

Part 2951

The Vǫluspá, the great prophetic poem we have been carrying with us all season, the Vǫluspá tells us, in stanza fifty one, what will end the binding.

Part 2952

The Vǫluspá tells us that there will come a day when Loki tears himself free. The Vǫluspá tells us that day will be the beginning of Ragnarǫk.

Part 2953

The Vǫluspá tells us that when Loki rises from the cave, he will go to the gathering place of the giants, and he will join the wolf his son and the serpent his son, and he will steer the great ship Naglfar, the nail ship, the ship made of the fingernails of dead men, across the sea to fight the gods at the end of all things.

Part 2954

That is what Loki's binding is. A waiting. A holding in place. A wife with a bowl. A husband on three stones.

A snake with venom. A world that will, in time, break.

Part 2955

Chapter Twelve. Goodnight. And the Wolf at the Edge of Time. The story we told you tonight is one of the longest stories in the surviving Norse sources.

Part 2956

It is the story the Lokasenna and the fiftieth chapter of Gylfaginning preserve together.

Part 2957

The story of how a god of the Æsir, a god who had sat at every council of the gods, a god who had walked beside Óðinn at the dawn of the worlds, became the prisoner at the bottom of the cosmos.

Part 2958

The story of how the table broke. The story of how the binding came. The story of how Sigyn became the one who holds the bowl.

Part 2959

It is also, and this is the part the modern reader of the Eddas sometimes misses, the story of the last evening before the world began to count down.

Part 2960

Because the binding of Loki is, in the old Norse cosmology, the beginning of the end. The Norse universe, you remember, has a shape.

Part 2961

The shape is a great tree, and at the foot of the tree there is a well, and beside the well there sit three sisters who weave the fates of every living thing.

Part 2962

The three sisters are Urðr, who is what has been; Verðandi, who is what is becoming; and Skuld, who is what shall be.

Part 2963

The three sisters have been weaving the cloth of the world since the first morning. And the cloth, like all woven things, has an end. The end of the cloth is Ragnarǫk.

Part 2964

We have been telling you, since the first night of this almanac, that the cloth was woven toward Ragnarǫk.

Part 2965

We have shown you the wolf Fenrir, in episode four, being lured onto an island and bound with a silken cord, and biting down on Týr's hand as the gods betrayed him.

Part 2966

We have shown you Skírnir, in another story, riding to Jǫtunheimr to bring back the giant bride for Freyr, and Freyr giving away the sword that he will need at the last battle.

Part 2967

We have shown you Óðinn, the all father, riding the eight legged Sleipnir down to the gate of Hel to interrogate a dead woman about a dream his son had had.

Part 2968

We have shown you Baldr, the most beautiful of the gods, dying on a courtyard in Asgard with a small mistletoe dart in his chest.

Part 2969

We have shown you Hermóðr, riding nine nights into Hel to bring him back, and failing, and returning empty handed.

Part 2970

We have shown you the gods burning Baldr's body on the great ship Hringhorni. And now, tonight, we have shown you the binding.

Part 2971

Each of these stories, the wolf, the sword, the dream, the death, the burning, the binding, is a single step the world has taken toward Ragnarǫk.

Part 2972

The Norse believed the world was not, in this slow late age, in equilibrium. The Norse believed the world was tilting.

Part 2973

The Norse believed that every wrong that was added now to the long sum of the cosmos brought the cosmos closer to the day when the sum would be settled.

Part 2974

The binding of Loki is the deepest of these steps. Because Loki, bound now in the cave with the venom dripping on his face, will not stay bound forever.

Part 2975

The Vǫluspá tells us, in its fifty first stanza, that the day will come when Loki rises.

Part 2976

The day will come when the cord made from his son's entrails will break, and the three stones beneath him will crack, and Loki will walk out of the cave.

Part 2977

The day will come when Loki goes to the eastern shore.

Part 2978

The day will come when Loki finds, waiting for him on the beach, the great ship Naglfar, the ship made from the nails of dead men, the ship the Norse believed was being built quietly through the centuries by the unkempt dead, the ship that would be ready when Ragnarǫk came.

Part 2979

The day will come when Loki, beside his old son the World Serpent and his old son the wolf Fenrir, will sail Naglfar across the sea to meet the gods on the field where the world will be decided.

Part 2980

That is the day Ragnarǫk begins. And the binding tonight, the binding in the cave, the binding to the three stones, is what is keeping that day from happening yet.

Part 2981

Sigyn's bowl is the world's bowl. Every drop of venom Sigyn catches is a day the world has not ended.

Part 2982

Every drop she empties is a moment when Loki thrashes, and the earth shakes, and the world remembers that the binding cannot hold forever.

Part 2983

This is what the old Norse meant by an earthquake. This is what the old Norse meant by the slow turning toward Ragnarǫk.

Part 2984

This is what the old Norse meant when they said the world was running out of time. You and I, dear listener, are living in that running out of time.

Part 2985

The Norse cosmos imagined every age as a slow countdown. The gods locked in their last late years. The world thinning. The long evening before the dark.

Part 2986

The almanac you are listening to tonight is the almanac of those last years. Each episode is a day on the slow calendar. Each story is one more drop in Sigyn's bowl.

Part 2987

We will keep telling you the stories. We will tell you, next time, of Þórr and his great fishing trip with the giant Hymir.

Part 2988

When Þórr and Hymir went out into the open sea and Þórr cast his hook and pulled up, on the end of his line, the World Serpent itself. The great Jǫrmungandr.

Part 2989

His old enemy. The one he is fated to fight at Ragnarǫk. We will tell you of the moment when Þórr raised his hammer to strike the Serpent dead.

Part 2990

And of the moment when Hymir, in fear, cut the line. We will tell you of the Serpent dropping back into the dark sea. We will tell you of the long failed shot.

Part 2991

We will tell you of the way that story, too, is a step closer to the end. That is the story you and I will tell together on Wednesday. But for now.

Part 2992

For now, the cave is dark, and the snake is dripping, and Sigyn is kneeling, and Loki is silent.

Part 2993

The gods have walked away, and the world has turned, and the wind in the cold north is moving over the cave mouth, and Sigyn, patient, faithful, with no other place to go, is holding the bowl.

Part 2994

Goodnight, dear listener. Wherever you are tonight. Whatever bed you are in. Whatever quiet room. Whatever soft pillow you have laid your head on.

Part 2995

Let the picture of Sigyn beside her husband be the last picture you carry into sleep. Not the cruelty of the cave. Not the venom. Not the binding. The bowl.

Part 2996

The hand of a wife above the face of her husband. The slow rhythm of love that has nowhere left to go but service. Let that be what you take with you down into the dark.

Part 2997

Let the wolf at the edge of time wait. Let the great ship Naglfar wait in the cold east. Let Ragnarǫk wait. Tonight there is only the cave, and Sigyn, and the bowl.

Part 2998

And tonight there is only your bed, and your breath, and the room around you growing dark. Sleep.

Part 2999

The Sleeping Almanac will be here on Wednesday with another story from the old north. New episodes every Wednesday and Sunday at eight o'clock in the evening.

Part 3000

If the story carried you down into sleep, if Sigyn's bowl was the last picture in your mind before the dark came, leave a quiet small note in the comments.

Part 3001

We read every one. We tell each other, in the morning, who slept. Sleep deeply. Sleep without dreams. And wake into a quieter world.

Goodnight, dear listener.

Part 3002

From the long old north. From the cave where the bowl is held. From the almanac that is keeping the slow count. Goodnight.

Part 3003

[Music to sleep by]

Thor and the World Serpent

Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac.

Thor and the World Serpent

Tonight we tell the story of the god who went fishing for his oldest enemy and

Part 3006

almost killed him.

Part 3007

Of a small wooden boat on the cold sea at the very edge of the world.

Part 3008

Of a hook baited with the head of an ox.

Part 3009

Of two figures rowing out into water no boat had ever gone into before.

Part 3010

Of one of those figures, very large, very tall, sitting in the back with his eyes

Part 3011

on the horizon, knowing what he was about to do. Of the line that pulled.

Part 3012

Of the head that rose. Of the eye that opened, and looked back at him.

Part 3013

And of the moment, between the rising of the head and the falling of the hammer,

Part 3014

when the god in the boat and the great serpent in the water looked at each other

Part 3015

across the open sea, and each of them understood that they had been waiting for

Part 3016

this meeting since the world began.

Part 3017

We will tell this story tonight from the Poetic Edda, where it lives most fully in

Part 3018

a poem called the Hymiskviða, the Lay of Hymir, which gives us the long version:

Part 3019

the council of the gods, the journey east, the giant's grandmother with her nine

Part 3020

hundred heads, the giant's mother with her gold decked arms, the eight cauldrons

Part 3021

that fell from a single look, the meal of three oxen, the cutting of the line, the

Part 3022

breaking of the goblet, the chase home.

Part 3023

We will draw also on the forty eighth chapter of Snorri Sturluson's Gylfaginning,

Part 3024

which preserves the central scene more compactly, and which gives us the moment we

Part 3025

will return to tonight as the heart of the story, the moment when Þórr and the

Part 3026

Serpent looked at each other.

Part 3027

And we will draw on a much older skaldic poem called the Húsdrápa, composed by the

Part 3028

poet Úlfr Uggason in the late tenth century for the wedding hall of Óláfr the

Part 3029

Peacock in Iceland, which preserves an independent and older confirmation that this

Part 3030

story was known to the old north long before Snorri wrote it down.

Part 3031

Where the surviving sources are silent about what was said or thought or felt in

Part 3032

any given moment, we will tell you we are imagining, and we will tell you so

Part 3033

clearly. The story is more than old enough to bear the imagining.

Part 3034

Tonight we go east. To a giant's hall at the very edge of the world. To a boat.

Part 3035

To a hook.

Part 3036

To the moment the line pulled, and the god in the boat braced, and the great

Part 3037

serpent rose out of the sea. Settle in. Let your shoulders drop.

Part 3038

We begin in the hall of the sea giant Ægir, where the gods are gathered, and where

Part 3039

the question that begins this whole story is being asked.

Part 3040

Chapter One. The Cauldron That Was Not There.

Part 3041

The hall of Ægir stood at the edge of the world.

Part 3042

We have stood in this hall before, dear listener.

Part 3043

We stood in it not long ago, in the story of Loki's binding, when the gods had

Part 3044

gathered for a feast that turned cruel. Tonight's story is older.

Part 3045

Tonight's story takes place before that night.

Part 3046

Tonight's story is from the time when the gods still came gladly to Ægir's hall,

Part 3047

when the ale was good and the company was kind and the world had not yet begun its

Part 3048

long slow tilt toward the end.

Part 3049

Ægir was a jǫtunn, but not the kind of jǫtunn the gods made war on.

Part 3050

He was a sea giant.

Part 3051

His wife was Rán, who held a net at the bottom of the sea for the drowned.

Part 3052

His daughters were the waves themselves, nine of them, each with her own name, each

Part 3053

with her own way of moving across the water.

Part 3054

Ægir was, of all the giants of the old north, the one closest to the gods.

Part 3055

He hosted them. He brewed for them.

Part 3056

He kept a hall at the edge of the world where the gods came to drink and to be glad.

Part 3057

But on this night, the night where our story begins, Ægir had a problem.

Part 3058

The Æsir had come to him in number. Not just Óðinn and Þórr. Not just a few.

Part 3059

All of them.

Part 3060

Every god of Asgard had crossed the long road from the high city and come down to

Part 3061

the sea cliff hall, and they had come hungry, and they had come thirsty, and they

Part 3062

had come expecting ale.

Part 3063

And Ægir, looking at the size of his company, and looking at the size of his

Part 3064

brewing cauldron, knew that he could not brew enough.

Part 3065

He stood among them in his great hall, with his white hair and his sea grey eyes,

Part 3066

and he said: my friends. I cannot brew for you all. My cauldron is not large enough.

Part 3067

There is no cauldron in all of Asgard large enough to brew ale for this company.

Part 3068

Find me a cauldron, and I will brew. Until then, we drink what little I have.

Part 3069

The gods looked at one another.

Part 3070

Þórr, who had been silent, who was always silent until the work needed doing,

Part 3071

Þórr said: I will find one. Óðinn looked at his son.

Part 3072

Óðinn said: where will you find a cauldron larger than any cauldron in Asgard?

Part 3073

And here a voice spoke up that had not spoken yet. The voice of Týr.

Part 3074

The one handed god.

Part 3075

The one who had given his right hand to the wolf Fenrir when no other god would put

Part 3076

a hand into the wolf's mouth, the one who knew what it was to keep a promise even

Part 3077

when the promise cost you something you could not get back.

Part 3078

Týr stood up at the long table and said: I know where such a cauldron is.

Part 3079

The gods turned toward him. Týr said: my father has one.

Part 3080

A small silence fell across the hall.

Part 3081

Because Týr's father, in this telling, was not the All father Óðinn.

Part 3082

Týr's father, in this telling, was Hymir. A giant.

Part 3083

A jǫtunn of the eastern marches, who lived far across the cold lands where the gods

Part 3084

did not go.

Part 3085

The relation is given to us in the Hymiskviða, the poem that preserves this story,

Part 3086

and it is a strange relation, Týr, the one handed god of the gods' war oath,

Part 3087

somehow also being the son of a jǫtunn who lived in the cold east.

Part 3088

The Eddas elsewhere call Týr a son of Óðinn.

Part 3089

The Eddas are not always consistent on these matters.

Part 3090

Tonight, in this poem, in this story, Týr's father is Hymir.

Part 3091

And Hymir, says Týr, my father, has a cauldron at the bottom of his hall that is

Part 3092

a full mile deep. He calls it his brewing vat.

Part 3093

It is the largest cauldron in any of the worlds.

Part 3094

If we can bring it back to Ægir, the brewing problem is solved.

Part 3095

The gods looked at one another again. Þórr looked at Týr. Þórr said: then we go.

Part 3096

And that was the beginning of the journey.

Part 3097

Two figures, the strongest god of Asgard and the one handed god whose father was a

Part 3098

giant, leaving Ægir's hall at the edge of the world and turning east.

Part 3099

East, into the cold lands where the jǫtnar lived.

Part 3100

East, toward a hall on the very edge of the world where the ice never melted and

Part 3101

the seas were full of things older than the gods. The hall they were going to.

Part 3102

The hall of Hymir.

Part 3103

Chapter Two. The Journey East. Þórr and Týr left at dawn.

Part 3104

They did not take Þórr's chariot of goats. The Hymiskviða does not tell us why.

Part 3105

We can imagine, from what the poem hints, that this was a journey that required

Part 3106

quiet and not noise, that the chariot of Þórr, drawn by two great goats with

Part 3107

brass shod hooves, was a thing too loud for the country they were entering.

Part 3108

Or perhaps Þórr simply wanted, this once, to walk. The Eddas do not tell us.

Part 3109

We are told only that the two gods set out on foot, that they crossed the long

Part 3110

plain east of Ægir's hall, and that they began the slow climb up into the cold high

Part 3111

country where the jǫtnar lived. The land changed as they walked.

Part 3112

The Æsir country was green.

Part 3113

There were oak and ash, there were rivers, there were small farms scattered across

Part 3114

the rolling country with little smoke trails rising from the hearths.

Part 3115

The gods passed these and the small farmers, who looked up and bowed, and the gods

Part 3116

nodded back, and they kept walking. Then the green began to thin.

Part 3117

The trees grew shorter. The rivers grew narrower.

Part 3118

The grass turned silver and brittle. The wind picked up.

Part 3119

The two gods, walking shoulder to shoulder, leaned forward against it.

Part 3120

Þórr's red beard whipped behind him. Týr's cloak filled like a sail.

Part 3121

Then the snow began. Not the gentle snow of a winter night.

Part 3122

The hard sideways snow of the eastern wilderness.

Part 3123

The snow that does not fall, that is hurled across the country by a wind that has

Part 3124

been coming for a thousand years and is not stopping. Þórr lowered his head.

Part 3125

Týr lowered his. They kept walking. The land grew rocks. Then more rocks.

Part 3126

Then nothing but rocks. The grass was gone. The trees were gone.

Part 3127

There were only the long grey ridges of jǫtunn country, the dark cliffs of stone

Part 3128

that rose around them on every side, the high passes where the wind came through

Part 3129

like a knife. They climbed for a long time.

Part 3130

The Hymiskviða does not tell us how long.

Part 3131

The poem moves quickly through this part of the story.

Part 3132

It tells us that the two gods crossed the wide country, and that they climbed the

Part 3133

high passes, and that at last they came down out of a high notch in the stones and

Part 3134

saw, far below them, a great hall standing alone on a flat shelf of stone above a

Part 3135

cold sea. The hall. It was vast. Larger than any hall in Asgard.

Part 3136

Larger than any hall the two gods had ever stood in.

Part 3137

Its roof beams were great whole trees laid across each other.

Part 3138

Its walls were stone, undressed boulders fitted together by a hand large enough to

Part 3139

lift them like pebbles. Smoke rose from a hole in its roof.

Part 3140

Around it, in a wide ring of trampled snow, the cattle of the giant grazed,

Part 3141

enormous oxen, each one larger than any ox in any farm in Midgard, their breath

Part 3142

rising in white clouds in the cold air.

Part 3143

And the sea below the hall, that was Hymir's sea.

Part 3144

The cold edge of the world sea where no boat from Asgard had ever rowed.

Part 3145

The sea that, somewhere out in its deep, held the Serpent.

Part 3146

Þórr stood at the top of the notch and looked down at the hall and the cattle and

Part 3147

the sea. Týr stood beside him. Týr said: that is my father's hall.

Part 3148

Þórr said: are you ready? Týr said: yes.

Part 3149

And the two gods began their long climb down toward Hymir's hall.

Part 3150

Chapter Three. The Grandmother and the Mother.

Part 3151

They entered the hall through its great open door.

Part 3152

The Hymiskviða gives us, here, one of the strangest images in all the surviving

Part 3153

Norse poetry.

Part 3154

It tells us that the first person Þórr and Týr saw inside Hymir's hall was not

Part 3155

Hymir. It was Hymir's mother. Týr's grandmother.

Part 3156

And she was, the poem says, a thing of nine hundred heads. Nine hundred.

Part 3157

The poem does not explain. The poem does not elaborate.

Part 3158

The poem says only that there she was, sitting at the back of the hall, an old

Part 3159

jǫtunn woman with nine hundred heads, each of them awful, each of them ancient,

Part 3160

each of them turned toward the door as the two gods walked in.

Part 3161

Some of the heads were sleeping. Some were watching.

Part 3162

Some were looking past Þórr and Týr at nothing at all.

Part 3163

The poem leaves her there as the bare strange fact of her existence, a creature so

Part 3164

old and so monstrous that the human mind cannot quite hold her, but who is, all the

Part 3165

same, Týr's own grandmother. Whom Týr has known. Whom Týr has visited.

Part 3166

Þórr stopped at the threshold. Týr walked in, and bowed.

Part 3167

The grandmother of nine hundred heads said nothing.

Part 3168

And then, from another part of the hall, a different woman stepped forward.

Part 3169

This was Týr's mother.

Part 3170

The Hymiskviða describes her in a single line, and the line is the small jewel of

Part 3171

this part of the poem. She is, the poem says, gold decked.

Part 3172

Her arms are bright with gold rings. Her hair is bright. Her gown is fair.

Part 3173

Her eyes, the poem does not say, but the poem does not need to say, are kind.

Part 3174

She looked at Týr. She had not seen him in a long time. She crossed the hall to him.

Part 3175

She did not throw her arms around him. The poem does not give us that.

Part 3176

The poem gives us only that she came to him, and stood close to him, and looked at

Part 3177

him for a long moment without speaking, and then said: my son.

Part 3178

Why have you come here. And Týr answered her honestly.

Part 3179

He said: we have come to ask your husband for the cauldron. We need it.

Part 3180

The gods need it. Ægir cannot brew without it. His mother lowered her head.

Part 3181

She said: your father will not be pleased to find Æsir in his hall.

Part 3182

Hide behind the great pillar at the back of the room.

Part 3183

I will speak to him when he comes home.

Part 3184

If he is in a good mood, he will give it to you.

Part 3185

If he is not, if he is not, I will do what I can. The two gods understood.

Part 3186

Þórr, the strongest god in Asgard, the god who had killed more jǫtnar than any

Part 3187

other being in the worlds, the god whose hammer had cracked the world rocks and

Part 3188

whose anger had shaken the seas, Þórr crouched down behind a stone pillar at the

Part 3189

back of his enemy's hall, on his enemy's orders, on his enemy's wife's orders,

Part 3190

because the strangest thing about meeting a giant in his own hall is that you do

Part 3191

not, even if you are Þórr, simply burst in shouting. You wait.

Part 3192

You let the mother of the house speak first. Týr crouched beside him. They waited.

Part 3193

The grandmother of nine hundred heads watched them from the back of the hall.

Part 3194

She did not, the poem implies, give them away.

Part 3195

Whether she would have, had Hymir asked her, the poem does not say.

Part 3196

Chapter Four. The Return of Hymir. He came home at twilight.

Part 3197

The Hymiskviða gives this scene one of the most evocative descriptions in the

Part 3198

entire poem. We hear Hymir before we see him.

Part 3199

We hear his footsteps on the long stone path that comes down from the high country.

Part 3200

We hear the rattle of frozen branches being dragged behind him.

Part 3201

We hear his breathing, the slow heavy breathing of a giant who has walked all day

Part 3202

across the cold east and is now at last coming home.

Part 3203

The door of the great hall darkened. He filled the doorway entirely.

Part 3204

He had to bend to come through.

Part 3205

When he stood up inside the hall, his head almost touched the roof beams, even

Part 3206

though the roof beams were laid across the hall on poles thick as old oaks.

Part 3207

He was older than Þórr. He was older than Týr.

Part 3208

He was older than any jǫtunn the gods had met before. His hair was white.

Part 3209

His beard was white.

Part 3210

And from his beard, the poem says, and this is the image that the old north loved

Part 3211

enough to repeat, from his beard the ice fell in cracking pieces as he stepped

Part 3212

into the warmth of the hall. He had been hunting in the high country.

Part 3213

His beard was so frozen that, as the warmth of the fire began to touch it, the ice

Part 3214

cracked off in shards and fell to the stone floor of the hall.

Part 3215

Hymir stood in the middle of the great chamber and shook off the cold.

Part 3216

He did not, yet, see his guests. Týr's mother went to him. She kissed him.

Part 3217

She said: husband. There are guests in the hall. Hymir turned his head.

Part 3218

He looked toward the back of the hall, toward the great pillar where Þórr and Týr

Part 3219

were crouched.

Part 3220

And then, the poem tells us, and then a thing happened that the old north

Part 3221

considered, in its memory of giants, one of the small great miracles of Hymir.

Part 3222

Hymir's gaze fell on the corner of the room.

Part 3223

His eyes, old, cold, accustomed to the high country, his eyes simply rested on

Part 3224

the back wall for a moment.

Part 3225

And from the rafters above the pillar where Þórr and Týr were crouched, eight

Part 3226

cauldrons fell. Cauldrons that had been hanging there for years.

Part 3227

Cauldrons used for brewing, for boiling, for storing.

Part 3228

Each one had been fixed to its peg with iron rings. The iron rings broke.

Part 3229

The cauldrons fell. One after another. Eight of them.

Part 3230

They struck the stone floor and they shattered.

Part 3231

The sound was like ice cracking in a deep winter wood. Hymir had not even glared.

Part 3232

He had merely looked. And the cauldrons had fallen.

Part 3233

Only one cauldron, the poem tells us, remained on its peg. The largest one.

Part 3234

The one Týr had spoken of. The one a mile deep. That cauldron did not fall.

Part 3235

That cauldron, the poem tells us, was made of metal too good to break.

Part 3236

But the other eight broke. The hall heard them.

Part 3237

Hymir's wife, Týr's mother, said: husband. Be kind.

Part 3238

They are our son and his friend. They have come a long way. Hymir said nothing.

Part 3239

He walked to the back of the hall. He looked down at the two crouched figures.

Part 3240

He looked at Týr, his own son.

Part 3241

He looked at Þórr, the red bearded god of Asgard whose hammer had killed more of

Part 3242

Hymir's kin than the giant could count. He looked for a long moment.

Part 3243

Then he said: very well. He turned to his wife. He said: slaughter three oxen.

Part 3244

And he went to sit at the head of his long stone table, and to wait for his dinner.

Part 3245

The gods rose from behind the pillar.

Part 3246

The grandmother of nine hundred heads watched them rise.

Part 3247

Chapter Five. The Three Oxen. Hymir's wife brought out the meat.

Part 3248

It was a great deal of meat.

Part 3249

Three whole oxen, slaughtered that afternoon by Hymir's herdsman, roasted slowly

Part 3250

through the long blue hours of the eastern dusk on a spit so long it took three

Part 3251

poles to hold it. The smell filled the hall.

Part 3252

The smell of roasting beef, of fat dripping into the fire, of charred bones and

Part 3253

rendered tallow.

Part 3254

It is the smell every hall in the long winter country of the old north must have

Part 3255

smelled like, on a good night, when the hunt had been kind.

Part 3256

It is the smell of survival in cold places.

Part 3257

The two gods, sitting at the long stone table in their enemy's hall, would have

Part 3258

known this smell in their own halls of Asgard, and would have known it in every

Part 3259

farmhouse and feast hall of Midgard, and would have known what the smell meant,

Part 3260

that the night was going to be all right.

Part 3261

That whatever the day had cost, the night would feed you.

Part 3262

That you would sleep on a full belly. Hymir's wife, Týr's mother, carved.

Part 3263

The Hymiskviða tells us, without any flourish, just as a small flat fact, that

Part 3264

Þórr ate two of the three oxen at this meal. Two. Of the three.

Part 3265

The third ox, the one not eaten by Þórr, was shared between Hymir, Týr, and Týr's

Part 3266

mother.

Part 3267

The fourth person at the table, Þórr, ate twice as much by himself as everyone

Part 3268

else combined. This is, in the old north, one of the standard jokes about Þórr.

Part 3269

He was the largest of the gods. He needed enormous amounts of food.

Part 3270

The Eddas tell us elsewhere that he could empty a giant's mead horn in three

Part 3271

draughts, that he could eat an entire ox and ask for another.

Part 3272

That his appetite was, in some way, part of his identity.

Part 3273

Þórr was the god of the labouring people.

Part 3274

Þórr was the god of those who worked the fields and rowed the boats and needed to

Part 3275

eat enough to keep going.

Part 3276

So the poet of the Hymiskviða, telling us that Þórr ate two oxen at this meal, was

Part 3277

telling the old north something it already knew: that Þórr in a strange hall was

Part 3278

Þórr being most himself, eating everything in front of him with a clean conscience.

Part 3279

But Hymir, sitting at the head of his long table, watching this happen, was not

Part 3280

amused. Hymir was a hunter. He had been out all day. He had walked the long miles.

Part 3281

He had brought back the cold game. He had earned his evening meal.

Part 3282

And now, in his own hall, this red bearded son of Óðinn was eating two of his three

Part 3283

best oxen in a single sitting. When the meal was done, Hymir stood up.

Part 3284

He said, slowly, looking at Þórr: tomorrow, we will not eat what is in my pantry.

Part 3285

Tomorrow we will eat what the sea gives us.

Part 3286

If we are hungry, we will fish for our dinner.

Part 3287

If the sea gives us nothing, we will go to bed hungry. Is this understood.

Part 3288

Þórr said: yes. Hymir said: good.

Part 3289

And he turned and went to his bed at the back of the hall.

Part 3290

Týr and Þórr stayed at the table. Týr's mother began to gather the bones.

Part 3291

She did not look at her son. She did not look at Þórr.

Part 3292

She gathered the bones in silence, one by one, and dropped them into a great

Part 3293

basket, and carried them away to the back of the hall where the dogs of the giant

Part 3294

lived. The dogs ate the bones one by one.

Part 3295

Their teeth, the Hymiskviða notes, without explaining, were as long as a child's

Part 3296

arm.

Part 3297

The cracking of the bones in their jaws was, for a while, the only sound in the

Part 3298

hall. The fire crackled now and then. The wind, outside, moved against the shutters.

Part 3299

The dogs ate. The bones broke. The marrow came out. The dogs swallowed it.

Part 3300

The pile of bones, slowly, became a pile of nothing.

Part 3301

The grandmother of nine hundred heads, at the back of the hall, did not eat.

Part 3302

She did not move. She did not speak. Some of her heads slept. Some of them watched.

Part 3303

The Hymiskviða does not tell us, in any of its surviving versions, what the

Part 3304

grandmother ate, or whether she ate at all.

Part 3305

The poem leaves her there as a presence the listener accepts and does not question.

Part 3306

She was the oldest jǫtunn being in the hall.

Part 3307

She had been there before Hymir was a child.

Part 3308

She would, in some way the Eddas do not explain, still be there long after he was

Part 3309

gone. Some beings, the old north knew, did not require what other beings required.

Part 3310

The hall went quiet. The fire died down. Þórr leaned back from the table.

Part 3311

Týr looked at his friend. Týr said: my father said we are fishing tomorrow.

Part 3312

Þórr said: yes. Týr said: do you know what he will be hoping to catch.

Part 3313

Þórr looked at him. Þórr said: I have a guess. Týr said: and if he catches it.

Part 3314

Þórr said: he will not be the one to pull it in.

Part 3315

The two gods sat in the quiet of Hymir's hall.

Part 3316

Outside, the cold sea was breathing against the rocks below the hall.

Part 3317

Somewhere out in that sea, in water so deep that no light had ever touched its

Part 3318

bottom, the Serpent was sleeping.

Part 3319

The Serpent had been there since the first day of the world, when Óðinn had thrown

Part 3320

it into the encircling sea. The Serpent had grown with the world.

Part 3321

The Serpent had wrapped itself around all the lands of Midgard, biting its own tail

Part 3322

at the eastern horizon, holding the world together with its own body.

Part 3323

The Serpent was Þórr's old enemy.

Part 3324

The Serpent was the thing Þórr was fated, at the end of all things, to fight and

Part 3325

kill and be killed by. The Serpent did not know, that night, what was coming.

Part 3326

The Serpent slept. Þórr did not sleep.

Part 3327

Þórr sat at Hymir's table, in the dying firelight, and looked out the open door at

Part 3328

the dark sea. And he listened to the sound of the waves. And he waited for morning.

Part 3329

Chapter Six. The Bait. He went out at dawn.

Part 3330

The Hymiskviða gives us, here, one of the simple striking images of the poem.

Part 3331

Þórr, before Hymir had risen, before Týr had risen, before even Týr's mother had

Part 3332

begun her morning work, Þórr was already up and outside the hall, walking the long

Part 3333

ridge above the cold sea. He was thinking about bait.

Part 3334

For the great fish of the deep, Þórr knew, you do not bait your hook with a worm.

Part 3335

You do not bait it with a small fish.

Part 3336

You bait it with something that the great fish of the deep will want, something

Part 3337

big enough, something rich enough in blood and meat, that it will rise up out of

Part 3338

its deep place to take. Þórr looked around at the country.

Part 3339

He saw the cattle of Hymir grazing in the high pasture. The cattle were enormous.

Part 3340

Each one as big as a small house. Their hides were dark and shaggy.

Part 3341

Their breath rose in white clouds in the cold morning air.

Part 3342

They moved slowly across the snow, pulling at the brittle grass underneath.

Part 3343

Þórr's eye fell on one of them. The largest. The black ox at the head of the herd.

Part 3344

Its horns were nearly as tall as Þórr himself. Its eyes were dark and patient.

Part 3345

The Hymiskviða gives this ox a name, Himinhrjóðr, the heaven tearer, the

Part 3346

heaven render.

Part 3347

The name had come, the old north said, from some ancient story about the ox having

Part 3348

torn at the sky itself with its horns in some quarrel of the giants.

Part 3349

The name had stayed with this particular line of cattle since.

Part 3350

Þórr walked into the pasture. The other cattle moved away from him.

Part 3351

The black ox Himinhrjóðr, perhaps because of his name, perhaps because of his

Part 3352

nature, did not move.

Part 3353

He looked at the small red bearded figure walking toward him across the snow.

Part 3354

He lowered his head, slightly. He did not run. Þórr came to him.

Part 3355

He put one hand on the ox's neck.

Part 3356

And then, quietly, without ceremony, Þórr broke the ox's neck.

Part 3357

The Hymiskviða does not give us drama here.

Part 3358

The poem says only that Þórr took the ox down. The ox did not fight him.

Part 3359

The ox did not have time to. Þórr was Þórr. The ox was an ox. The thing was done.

Part 3360

Then Þórr, with both hands, tore the ox's head from its body.

Part 3361

He carried the head back toward the hall. A whole ox head.

Part 3362

Black furred, enormous, the horns curving up above Þórr's shoulders as he walked.

Part 3363

Blood ran down his arms.

Part 3364

His red beard, in the morning light, was the same colour as the blood.

Part 3365

He carried the head as easily as a man might carry a heavy basket. He did not hurry.

Part 3366

He walked steadily back across the long snow field toward Hymir's hall.

Part 3367

Hymir was just stepping out the door as Þórr arrived.

Part 3368

The giant stopped in his tracks. He looked at Þórr.

Part 3369

He looked at the head of his finest ox, dangling from Þórr's hand, the eyes still

Part 3370

slightly open, the tongue lolling. The giant said nothing.

Part 3371

The poem records no words from him.

Part 3372

The poem says only that Hymir's face, old, cold, accustomed to giant country anger

Part 3373

Hymir's face went very still.

Part 3374

The way a man's face goes still when he has seen, in a moment, more than he had

Part 3375

bargained for in the day ahead of him. Þórr lifted the head a little.

Part 3376

Þórr said: bait. Hymir looked at him. Hymir said, finally: get in the boat.

Part 3377

And the two of them walked down to the cold sea, where Hymir's small fishing boat

Part 3378

was pulled up on the black rocks. Týr came down behind them.

Part 3379

The poem does not tell us whether Týr came on the boat or stayed on the shore.

Part 3380

Most of the surviving versions imply he stayed. The boat, after all, was small.

Part 3381

Two passengers, a god and a giant, was already a great deal of weight.

Part 3382

Three would have been more than the small craft could bear.

Part 3383

Þórr put the ox head in the bottom of the boat. He picked up the oars.

Part 3384

Hymir sat in the back, where the fishing was done.

Part 3385

He had two long lines, two great iron hooks.

Part 3386

He had, somewhere out in the deep beyond the rocks, a place he liked to fish, a

Part 3387

shallow bank where the flat fish came up at certain tides. He pointed to it.

Part 3388

Þórr pulled at the oars. The boat shot away from the shore.

Part 3389

Týr stood on the black rocks and watched them go.

Part 3390

The cold wind blew his cloak straight out behind him.

Part 3391

The grey sea heaved under the small dark shape of the boat. Þórr rowed.

Part 3392

Hymir sat in the back. The boat got smaller. The wind got colder.

Part 3393

Týr stood there for a long time, watching them, until the boat was a black speck on

Part 3394

the water, and then until even the speck was gone, and then he stood for a while

Part 3395

longer just looking at the place where the speck had been.

Part 3396

He did not know, none of them knew, that morning, what they were going to find

Part 3397

out there.

Part 3398

None of them knew, as the boat pulled out of sight, that this was the moment the

Part 3399

world began its slow tilt toward Ragnarǫk.

Part 3400

They knew only that a god and a giant had gone out fishing, and that the cold sea

Part 3401

had taken them, and that the small boat was now somewhere out in water no one in

Part 3402

this country knew. Týr turned, eventually, and walked back up to Hymir's hall.

Part 3403

He sat at the long stone table, with his grandmother of nine hundred heads watching

Part 3404

him from the back of the room, and his mother working at the hearth, and the cold

Part 3405

wind rattling the door, and he waited for his friend to come back.

Part 3406

Chapter Seven. The Rowing Out. Þórr rowed.

Part 3407

The Hymiskviða gives this part of the story in the way the old north's poets did

Part 3408

their best work, quietly, with a small accumulation of detail, letting the

Part 3409

listener feel the weight of what was happening rather than telling them.

Part 3410

Hymir, in the back of the boat, was the giant who had fished these waters since the

Part 3411

world was young. He knew every bank. He knew every depth.

Part 3412

He knew where the flat fish came up at certain tides, where the cod gathered in the

Part 3413

cool channels, where the herring ran in their long silver schools.

Part 3414

He pointed past Þórr's shoulder, toward a place perhaps a half mile from the shore,

Part 3415

where the cliffs of the giant country formed a low ledge under the water.

Part 3416

He said: there. The flat fish come there. We will fish there.

Part 3417

Þórr did not stop rowing. Þórr passed the half mile mark. The cliffs slipped behind.

Part 3418

The water under the boat got darker.

Part 3419

The bottom, which a fisherman could often, in shallower water, see as a green

Part 3420

shimmer below the keel, disappeared. The bottom was now too far down to see.

Part 3421

Hymir said: we have gone far enough. Þórr kept rowing.

Part 3422

The shore behind them grew smaller.

Part 3423

The cliffs of Hymir's country became a thin grey line on the horizon.

Part 3424

The sea around the boat became a great empty grey blue plate of water, with no land

Part 3425

visible in any direction except behind them, and even behind them, the land was

Part 3426

thinning out. Hymir said: god of Asgard. We have gone too far. Þórr did not answer.

Part 3427

Þórr rowed. The strokes of his oars were not human strokes.

Part 3428

The poem does not pretend they were. Þórr was the strongest of the gods.

Part 3429

When he pulled at the oars, the small boat did not move the way a small boat

Part 3430

usually moves on a calm sea. The small boat shot forward.

Part 3431

The water rolled away from the bow in two long curls.

Part 3432

The wake stretched behind them in a straight white line as long as a king's hall.

Part 3433

With every stroke of Þórr's oars the boat leapt forward another length of itself,

Part 3434

and another, and another, and the shore behind them disappeared into the haze, and

Part 3435

the great grey plate of the sea opened around them.

Part 3436

The water under the boat changed.

Part 3437

Near the shore, when they had pushed off, the water had been green grey, with the

Part 3438

green of the kelp beds visible far below. Then it had darkened.

Part 3439

Then it had become the colour of slate.

Part 3440

Then, as they kept going, it had darkened again, to the colour of wet iron, to the

Part 3441

colour of old armour, to the colour of stone left out in winter rain.

Part 3442

And now, somewhere out under them, the water was a colour the old north did not

Part 3443

have a name for. A blue so dark it was almost black.

Part 3444

A blue that the eye could not look at for very long without feeling that something

Part 3445

was being held below it, very still, and very large.

Part 3446

The sea birds that had followed them out from the shore, the gulls, the

Part 3447

kittiwakes, the small white birds of the coast, had thinned out.

Part 3448

Then they had stopped.

Part 3449

The last gull turned back somewhere over the half mile mark and beat its way back

Part 3450

toward the safe shallows. There were no birds out here.

Part 3451

There were no birds, because there were no small fish here for the birds to eat.

Part 3452

There were no small fish here, because no small fish came this far out.

Part 3453

Only the great things of the deep came out this far.

Part 3454

And the great things of the deep did not need air.

Part 3455

They did not need to come to the surface.

Part 3456

They could stay down, far down, in the long blue dark, and that is where they

Part 3457

stayed. Þórr rowed. Hymir watched the water.

Part 3458

The Hymiskviða does not give us the giant's thoughts here, but the poem implies

Part 3459

them by the way his hands moved.

Part 3460

Hymir, sitting in the stern, had his hands clasped together in his lap.

Part 3461

He kept tightening his grip on one with the other.

Part 3462

The old joint of his right thumb cracked.

Part 3463

The cracking was the only sound in the boat besides the small clean noise of Þórr's

Part 3464

oars going in and out of the water and the long slow breathing of the sea.

Part 3465

Hymir said: stop. Þórr stopped. He let the oars rest on the gunwales.

Part 3466

The boat drifted in the long slow swell.

Part 3467

The two of them, the god in the bow, the giant in the stern, the small dark wooden

Part 3468

shape of the boat between them, sat in the middle of a sea no one in the worlds

Part 3469

had ever seen this far out. The water around them was the colour of old iron.

Part 3470

The sky above them was the colour of a wet stone. There was no horizon.

Part 3471

There was no land.

Part 3472

There was only the long grey breathing of the cold sea, and the small wooden boat,

Part 3473

and the two figures in it, and the silence.

Part 3474

Hymir said, very quietly: this is the Serpent's water. Þórr said: I know.

Part 3475

Hymir said: turn the boat. Now. Þórr did not turn the boat.

Part 3476

Þórr looked over the side, down into the dark. He could not see the bottom.

Part 3477

The bottom was a hundred fathoms below them, maybe a thousand, maybe more.

Part 3478

There was no measuring it. The light only went down so far.

Part 3479

After the light stopped, there was only the cold and the dark and whatever lived in

Part 3480

it. Þórr said: bait the hooks. Hymir, after a long moment, did.

Part 3481

Chapter Eight. The Whales. The giant fished first.

Part 3482

Hymir, in the stern, baited his two great hooks with whatever giants use for bait,

Part 3483

the poem does not tell us exactly, but the implication is something not unlike what

Part 3484

a giant would always carry on a fishing trip: long strips of dried fish, perhaps,

Part 3485

or whole small fish kept in a salt barrel for just this purpose.

Part 3486

He cast the lines over the side. The hooks sank away into the dark.

Part 3487

For a long time, there was nothing. The boat drifted. Hymir watched the lines.

Part 3488

The poem does not give us his thoughts.

Part 3489

The poem gives us only that he sat in the stern, his old white beard catching the

Part 3490

salt mist, his eyes fixed on the two lines as they hung down into the water, and

Part 3491

that he waited. Then a tug. Then another. Hymir's hands tightened on the lines.

Part 3492

He began to pull.

Part 3493

The poem tells us, and this is one of the small jewels of the Hymiskviða, one of

Part 3494

the moments the old north loved, that Hymir pulled up, in quick succession, two

Part 3495

whales. Two of them. From a single trip out to sea. From two casts of his line.

Part 3496

Whales.

Part 3497

Not the kind of whale the men of Midgard could ever have caught from a small boat,

Part 3498

these were not the great singing leviathans of the deep ocean, the kind the men of

Part 3499

Norway hunted in their long autumn hunts.

Part 3500

These were smaller whales, porpoises, perhaps, or pilot whales, the kind that

Part 3501

sometimes came close to a fishing boat on a calm sea. But two of them. Two.

Part 3502

From a single sitting.

Part 3503

Hymir hauled them, one after another, into the bottom of the boat.

Part 3504

The bottom of the boat became a sliding pile of grey blue flesh and dark eyes and

Part 3505

small fins. The whales' breath had stopped.

Part 3506

Their bodies were warm against the cold wooden boards.

Part 3507

Hymir looked at Þórr, finally, with something like satisfaction in his old eyes.

Part 3508

He said: this is fishing. We can go home now. Þórr looked at the two whales.

Part 3509

Þórr looked at the giant. Þórr said: no.

Part 3510

He picked up the ox head, Himinhrjóðr's great black head, with the horns still

Part 3511

curving up, the eyes now sunk and grey, and he threaded it onto his own great iron

Part 3512

hook. The hook was thicker around than a child's wrist.

Part 3513

The ox head, on the hook, looked very small.

Part 3514

He took up the line, a line as thick as a ship's rope, twisted from the hair of

Part 3515

many cows, and he stood up in the bow of the small boat, with the boat rocking

Part 3516

under him, and he swung the baited ox head once in the air, and twice in the air,

Part 3517

and then he let it go. The ox head sailed out into the grey distance.

Part 3518

It struck the water with a sound like a stone falling into a deep well.

Part 3519

The line ran out. It ran out for a long time.

Part 3520

The line was almost a quarter of a mile long.

Part 3521

The whole thing went out of the boat, over the gunwale, down into the dark.

Part 3522

It paid out at speed. The wooden cleats it ran past whistled with the friction.

Part 3523

The line went on running for so long that even Hymir, in the stern, sat up and

Part 3524

watched it with attention. Then it stopped. The hook had reached the deep.

Part 3525

The ox head was sitting on the dark sea bed somewhere far, far below them, at a

Part 3526

depth no human made line had ever reached. It was lying on whatever it was lying on.

Part 3527

The sand of the deep. The mud of the deep.

Part 3528

Or, perhaps, the back of the thing the deep belonged to.

Part 3529

Þórr held the line in his right hand. He sat down in the bow. He waited.

Part 3530

Chapter Nine. The Pull. Nothing happened. For a long time. The boat rocked.

Part 3531

The grey sea breathed. The cold wind pulled at Þórr's beard.

Part 3532

Hymir, in the stern, watched the god in the bow.

Part 3533

The god in the bow watched the line.

Part 3534

The line led down out of the boat, into the water, into the dark.

Part 3535

There was no movement on it. Þórr did not move.

Part 3536

The Hymiskviða is quiet about how long this took.

Part 3537

The poem gives us, here, a single pause. The poem says only: he waited.

Part 3538

The skaldic art knew that waiting was a thing you did not need to belabor.

Part 3539

The listener felt the wait without being told to.

Part 3540

But we, dear listener, can imagine it.

Part 3541

We can imagine Þórr sitting very still in the bow of the small boat, with the line

Part 3542

in his right hand and the oars resting on the gunwales.

Part 3543

We can imagine the long swell of the sea raising the boat and lowering the boat,

Part 3544

raising it and lowering it, slowly, in a rhythm older than the world.

Part 3545

We can imagine the small sound of the water against the planks, the soft slap,

Part 3546

slap, slap of the cold sea against the small wooden craft.

Part 3547

We can imagine the cold air, moving slowly past their faces, carrying the smell of

Part 3548

salt and of distance.

Part 3549

We can imagine Hymir, in the stern, breathing through his nose, his hands still

Part 3550

clasped, his old eyes watching the line where it disappeared into the dark.

Part 3551

And we can imagine that somewhere far below the boat, somewhere a long, long way

Part 3552

down, in water cold enough to slow even the blood of a thing as ancient as the

Part 3553

Serpent, there was, in that moment, a stirring.

Part 3554

A small movement of an old enormous body that had been still for a long time.

Part 3555

A turning of an ancient head.

Part 3556

A noticing of something on the dark floor of the deep that had not been there

Part 3557

before. A small dark shape. Round. Black. With a piece of iron through it.

Part 3558

The Serpent did not, the old north imagined, recognize the bait at first.

Part 3559

The Serpent did not know what an ox head was.

Part 3560

The Serpent did not understand the difference between an offering and a trick.

Part 3561

The Serpent knew only that something had appeared on the floor of its deep place,

Part 3562

something with the smell of meat and the warmth of blood and bone in it, and that

Part 3563

it was small, and that it could be tasted. The Serpent moved.

Part 3564

In the dark of the deep sea, the great body of Jǫrmungandr began, slowly, to gather

Part 3565

itself. The vast coils that wrapped the world began to shift.

Part 3566

The Serpent that bit its own tail at the eastern horizon let go of its tail, for

Part 3567

one moment, for the first time in many ages, and turned its head toward the small

Part 3568

dark shape that had appeared on the sand. The Serpent opened its mouth.

Part 3569

And then, without warning, without preamble, the line moved. Not a small tug.

Part 3570

Not the gentle pulse of a small fish nosing a hook.

Part 3571

The line moved as if it had been seized.

Part 3572

As if some thing far below them had taken the bait into its mouth and turned and

Part 3573

begun to swim. The line, in Þórr's right hand, jumped. Then it ran.

Part 3574

The remaining slack jumped out of the boat in a single instant, snapping taut over

Part 3575

the gunwale. The cleats whistled again.

Part 3576

The boat lurched forward, not a small lurch, the lurch of a small craft being

Part 3577

pulled by a thing larger than it. Hymir, in the stern, said: gods.

Part 3578

Þórr did not say anything.

Part 3579

Þórr braced his feet against the bottom of the small boat.

Part 3580

He set his hand on the line. He began to pull.

Part 3581

This is the moment the old north remembered.

Part 3582

This is the moment the picture stones at Altuna and at Ardre and on the Gosforth

Part 3583

Cross all preserved, in different ways, with the same image, the god of the gods,

Part 3584

in a small boat, his feet braced, hauling on a line, with the great head of the

Part 3585

Serpent rising in the dark water below him. Þórr pulled. The line came up.

Part 3586

The thing on the other end of the line resisted. It was not a small resistance.

Part 3587

It was the resistance of the entire weight of the sea.

Part 3588

Þórr's arms, which had lifted hammers, which had broken mountains, which had

Part 3589

thrown jǫtnar into the sky, Þórr's arms strained against the line.

Part 3590

The cords of his neck stood out. His face went dark with the effort.

Part 3591

He was not, the poem implies, struggling because he was weak.

Part 3592

He was struggling because the thing on the other end of the line was, for the

Part 3593

first time in his life, a thing that did not want to come up.

Part 3594

A thing that was pulling back.

Part 3595

A thing that, if it had wanted to, could have pulled Þórr straight out of the boat

Part 3596

and down into the sea. But Þórr was Þórr. He braced harder.

Part 3597

And as he braced, the Hymiskviða tells us, and the Húsdrápa tells us, in its

Part 3598

older, more dignified way, and Snorri in Gylfaginning ch. 48 tells us, in the same

Part 3599

language, Þórr's feet went through the bottom of the boat. Through the planks.

Part 3600

Through the wooden floor of the small craft.

Part 3601

The pressure of Þórr's bracing pushed his feet down so hard that the cedar planks

Part 3602

of the bottom of the boat split, and Þórr's feet went through, and his bare feet,

Part 3603

in their leather sandals, were now planted not on the boat's bottom but on the very

Part 3604

sea bed below the boat. The cold sea was rushing up around his ankles.

Part 3605

The small boat was, and the poem does not bother to say it, because the listener

Part 3606

of the old north would have understood, the small boat was now held above the

Part 3607

water only by Þórr's own braced legs and the careful balance of his weight.

Part 3608

He was, in effect, standing on the floor of the sea.

Part 3609

He was, in effect, pulling on a line.

Part 3610

Hymir, in the stern, watched this with eyes that the poet of the Hymiskviða

Part 3611

specifically described, using the old Norse word for the fear of a man who has

Part 3612

seen something he should never have seen. Þórr pulled the line. The line came up.

Part 3613

And then, in the great grey plate of the sea around the boat, the water began to

Part 3614

lift. Not in a wave. In a slow upward swell.

Part 3615

As if something enormous, far below, were rising toward the surface, pushing the

Part 3616

whole weight of the sea upward as it rose. The water lifted. And then it broke.

Part 3617

Chapter Ten. The Eye. This is the heart of the story.

Part 3618

This is the moment the old north loved most about Þórr, more than the killing of

Part 3619

any other jǫtunn, more than the recovery of Mjǫllnir from the giant Þrymr, more

Part 3620

than any of his other adventures.

Part 3621

This is the moment the Húsdrápa preserved as worthy of being carved into the wooden

Part 3622

panels of a wedding hall in Iceland in the late tenth century, long before any of

Part 3623

these tales were written down.

Part 3624

This is the moment Snorri Sturluson, two hundred years later, put at the centre of

Part 3625

his Prose Edda chapter on Þórr's labours.

Part 3626

This is the moment that exists, in its long silence, in the picture stones of

Part 3627

Sweden and Gotland and the Isle of Man.

Part 3628

This is the moment the old north could not let go of. The Serpent rose.

Part 3629

Out of the sea, in front of Þórr's small boat, the great head of Jǫrmungandr lifted

Part 3630

itself above the water. It was vast.

Part 3631

The old north was very careful, in its descriptions, about not giving us a number.

Part 3632

The Serpent's head was, bigger than the boat. Bigger than Hymir's hall.

Part 3633

Bigger, perhaps, than any single thing the gods had ever stood before.

Part 3634

Its scales were the colour of cold steel.

Part 3635

Its eyes were old, older than the world, older than the gods.

Part 3636

They had been open since Óðinn had thrown the Serpent into the sea on the first day

Part 3637

of creation, and they had been open every day since.

Part 3638

The mouth of the Serpent had closed on Þórr's hook.

Part 3639

The ox head of Himinhrjóðr was caught inside the corner of that mouth, the iron

Part 3640

hook hooked through the inside of the Serpent's lip. The Serpent was caught.

Part 3641

Þórr, standing in the boat with his feet through the bottom and his legs braced

Part 3642

against the sea floor and his hands holding the line, Þórr looked up at the great

Part 3643

head. The Serpent looked down at him.

Part 3644

We do not know, the old north said, what the Serpent saw in that first moment.

Part 3645

The Serpent had never, before this, looked at a god.

Part 3646

The Serpent had been at the bottom of the deep since Óðinn had thrown it there.

Part 3647

It had grown there, slowly, generation by generation.

Part 3648

It had wrapped itself around the lands of Midgard, biting its own tail.

Part 3649

It had felt the world above it, the stamping of horses, the building of halls, the

Part 3650

rising and falling of small wars. But it had not seen these things.

Part 3651

The Serpent had not, until this moment, opened its eye and looked at a god.

Part 3652

Now it did.

Part 3653

The eye was, the old north said, in many different ways across many different

Part 3654

sources, green. Cold green.

Part 3655

The green of ice that has been under the sea for a long time.

Part 3656

The green of the deep aurora that hangs above the northern country in winter.

Part 3657

The green of certain old stones that have been polished by the long working of

Part 3658

water. The pupil of the eye was vertical. Like a snake's pupil.

Part 3659

Long and dark and very still.

Part 3660

And in that pupil, for the small moment they were holding each other, Þórr saw,

Part 3661

perhaps, the long dark of every place the Serpent had ever been.

Part 3662

The cold lightless trench at the bottom of the encircling sea.

Part 3663

The great slow turnings of the Serpent's body around the lands of men.

Part 3664

The long old waiting of an enormous mind that had nothing to do but wait.

Part 3665

Þórr saw, perhaps, his own future.

Part 3666

The day at the end of the world when this eye would be the last thing he would ever

Part 3667

see. And the Serpent saw, perhaps, what Þórr was. A small red bearded god in a boat.

Part 3668

A hammer in his hand.

Part 3669

The thing that was, in the very far distance, going to kill it.

Part 3670

The moment, in the actual time of the world, did not last long. The eye opens.

Part 3671

The eye closes. The water rolls. The boat rocks.

Part 3672

The line trembles in the god's hand.

Part 3673

By any honest measurement of time, the looking lasted only as long as it takes a

Part 3674

person to draw one slow breath. Perhaps two. Perhaps three.

Part 3675

The Hymiskviða does not measure it. The Gylfaginning does not measure it.

Part 3676

The Húsdrápa does not measure it.

Part 3677

The picture stones at Altuna and Ardre and the Gosforth Cross do not measure it

Part 3678

either, they freeze it, the way a piece of carved stone is meant to freeze a thing.

Part 3679

But the moment, in the way the old north measured the things that mattered, was

Part 3680

longer than that.

Part 3681

The moment, in the way the old north measured these things, was long enough to

Part 3682

contain a kind of recognition that does not happen in human time.

Part 3683

The Serpent had been alive since the first morning.

Part 3684

The Serpent had been at the bottom of the encircling sea for as long as there had

Part 3685

been a sea.

Part 3686

And in all of that time, in the long deep dark of the bottom of the world, the

Part 3687

Serpent had never, until this moment, looked into the face of the being who was

Part 3688

going to kill it. Now it had.

Part 3689

And Þórr, who had killed many giants, who had broken many of the great old enemies

Part 3690

of the gods, who had taken Mjǫllnir in his hand more times than even he could

Part 3691

remember, Þórr had never, until this moment, looked into the face of the being who

Part 3692

was going to kill him. Now he had.

Part 3693

Each of them, for the small space of three breaths, knew the face of the other.

Part 3694

The Serpent learned what Þórr looked like at close range, the red beard, the

Part 3695

strong square jaw, the dark eyes set deep under the heavy brow.

Part 3696

The shape of the man who would, at the end of the world, swing the hammer that

Part 3697

would end the Serpent's life. The Serpent looked at this man as if to memorize him.

Part 3698

As if the Serpent, sinking back into its deep place after this was done, would

Part 3699

carry the image of Þórr down with it, and would keep it for the long thousand years

Part 3700

between this looking and the next looking, and would hold it ready for the day the

Part 3701

two of them would meet again. And Þórr looked at the Serpent the same way.

Part 3702

He looked at the great cold green eye.

Part 3703

He looked at the scales the colour of old armour.

Part 3704

He looked at the long terrible body that he could see, in pieces, where the

Part 3705

Serpent's coils broke the surface of the water in different places around the boat.

Part 3706

He looked at the thing that was, in the very far distance of the cosmos, at the

Part 3707

end of all of time, going to spit its venom across half the sky and kill him.

Part 3708

He looked at it without fear. The old north was very careful to insist on this.

Part 3709

The old north did not give us a Þórr who was afraid in this moment.

Part 3710

The Hymiskviða does not give us a Þórr who flinched.

Part 3711

The Gylfaginning does not give us a Þórr who hesitated.

Part 3712

The picture stones do not show a Þórr who looks worried.

Part 3713

The old north gave us a Þórr who looked at the Serpent the way a man looks at a

Part 3714

thing he has been waiting to meet for a long time. With curiosity. With patience.

Part 3715

With the small steadiness of a being who knew what was coming and was, in some

Part 3716

quiet way, glad to have seen it once before the end.

Part 3717

The old north was very careful, here, with what it said.

Part 3718

The poem does not tell us what the Serpent was thinking.

Part 3719

The poem does not tell us what Þórr was thinking.

Part 3720

The poem tells us only that the two of them looked at each other.

Part 3721

For one long moment, in the middle of the grey sea, at the edge of the world, the

Part 3722

great green eye of the Serpent and the small dark eyes of the god rested on each

Part 3723

other. They had been waiting for this meeting since the first day of the world.

Part 3724

They had known, both of them, that it was coming.

Part 3725

They had known it in the way the very old things know what is going to happen, not

Part 3726

as a thought, not as a plan, but as a certainty in the bones.

Part 3727

They were, the two of them, fated to fight each other at the end of all things.

Part 3728

They had been fated to it since they were both made. The Vǫluspá knew this.

Part 3729

The skalds knew this. The picture stones knew this.

Part 3730

But the end of all things was not yet.

Part 3731

The end of all things was, the old north believed, still many slow generations away.

Part 3732

Naglfar, the ship made of the fingernails of dead men, was still being built

Part 3733

quietly by the slow work of the unkempt dead. The world was still turning.

Part 3734

The cloth of fate, woven by the three sisters at the foot of Yggdrasil, was still

Part 3735

being woven. It was not yet time.

Part 3736

But it was, the Serpent and the god both understood, looking at each other across

Part 3737

the cold grey water, it was, in some way, time enough to know each other's faces.

Part 3738

To see, once, the shape of what was coming.

Part 3739

To learn the eye that, at the end of all things, would be the last eye each of them

Part 3740

would see. Þórr did not strike yet. The Serpent did not pull yet.

Part 3741

The two of them, the god and the worm, held each other in their gaze for the

Part 3742

small space of time that, in the old north's memory, was the only space of time in

Part 3743

all the long histories of the gods when these two old enemies actually saw each

Part 3744

other clearly.

Part 3745

Then Þórr, slowly, carefully, deliberately, reached for the hammer at his belt.

Part 3746

He drew Mjǫllnir. He raised it. He brought it back.

Part 3747

He was about to bring it down on the head of the Serpent and end, three thousand

Part 3748

years before it was supposed to end, the slow countdown of the world toward

Part 3749

Ragnarǫk.

Part 3750

And in the stern of the boat, the part of this story the old north loved most, the

Part 3751

part that gave Hymir his place in the long memory of the north, in the stern of

Part 3752

the boat, Hymir the giant, who had brought the god out here, who had watched all of

Part 3753

this happen, who had spent his whole long life on the cold sea and knew what the

Part 3754

Serpent was, Hymir reached for the small knife at his belt. And cut the line.

Part 3755

Chapter Eleven. The Cut. The line went slack. Þórr's hammer was already coming down.

Part 3756

The Hymiskviða gives us this part of the story in a strange, almost stuttering

Part 3757

rhythm, as if the poet himself, in the long act of telling, could not quite decide

Part 3758

what to put first. The hammer falling. The line going slack.

Part 3759

The Serpent falling away. The god's roar.

Part 3760

What the poem agrees on, in every surviving version, is this: The line was cut.

Part 3761

The Serpent, freed from the hook, began to fall away from the surface of the sea,

Part 3762

back into the deep. Slowly, at first. The great head sinking. The neck following.

Part 3763

The vast body, somewhere far down, beginning to gather itself for the descent.

Part 3764

Þórr's hammer reached the place where the Serpent's head had been.

Part 3765

In Hymiskviða stanza twenty three, the poet says: the hammer struck.

Part 3766

The hammer caught the Serpent on the side of the head as it sank.

Part 3767

The blow was so strong that the rocks of the eastern shore, far, far behind them,

Part 3768

miles back at the edge of Hymir's country, the rocks were said to have cracked.

Part 3769

In Gylfaginning chapter forty eight, Snorri Sturluson is more careful.

Part 3770

Snorri says: many men say Þórr struck the head off the Serpent there in the deep.

Part 3771

But it is more true to tell, Snorri says, that the Serpent lives still, and lies in

Part 3772

the encircling sea.

Part 3773

The two versions do not, in the long view, contradict each other.

Part 3774

The Hymiskviða tells us what Þórr's hammer did to a thing that the Serpent could

Part 3775

put on as a face and then take off, the way the old north imagined the great

Part 3776

immortal beings could do.

Part 3777

The Gylfaginning tells us what the Serpent really was, underneath. Þórr struck.

Part 3778

Þórr struck hard enough to crack the rocks of the coast.

Part 3779

But the Serpent, because the Serpent was the Serpent, fell back into its deep

Part 3780

place and went on living, the way the Serpent had lived since before the gods were

Part 3781

named. The hook was lost. The bait was lost. The line was lost.

Part 3782

The Serpent was gone.

Part 3783

Þórr stood in the boat with his feet through the bottom and his hammer in his hand

Part 3784

and the foam of the broken sea still spraying around him, and he turned, slowly,

Part 3785

and looked at Hymir.

Part 3786

Hymir was sitting in the stern of the boat with the small knife still in his hand.

Part 3787

The two of them looked at each other.

Part 3788

Þórr, the Hymiskviða tells us, very quietly, Þórr did not say anything.

Part 3789

Þórr reached across the small boat with his left hand, and he took Hymir by the

Part 3790

front of his frozen white beard, and he lifted Hymir off the bench, and he held the

Part 3791

giant in the air for one moment over the side of the boat, and then he opened his

Part 3792

hand. Hymir went into the cold sea. He came up sputtering. He swam.

Part 3793

He swam for the shore, the long miles of the shore, with his great white beard

Part 3794

streaming behind him in the cold water, with his old eyes squinting against the

Part 3795

salt, with his ancient giant's body labouring against the cold of the sea he had

Part 3796

fished all his life. Þórr, in the boat, sat down. He took the oars again.

Part 3797

He looked once more at the place where the Serpent had been.

Part 3798

The water there was still rolling, the great swell of the Serpent's descent was

Part 3799

still settling itself.

Part 3800

The two whales Hymir had caught, slid into the bottom of the boat, were rolling

Part 3801

among Þórr's feet.

Part 3802

The boat, despite the holes in its bottom, was somehow staying afloat.

Part 3803

The poem does not explain why. The old north did not always explain. Þórr rowed.

Part 3804

He rowed back to Hymir's country.

Part 3805

He overtook Hymir in the water, the giant swimming, the god in the boat, and he

Part 3806

passed him without looking down. He pulled the small boat up onto the black rocks.

Part 3807

He stepped out.

Part 3808

He picked up the two whales, each one as long as Þórr was tall, and he carried

Part 3809

them, one under each arm, up the long path toward Hymir's hall. Týr was at the door.

Part 3810

Týr looked at his friend. Týr said: what happened. Þórr said: I had him.

Part 3811

Your father cut the line. Týr said: oh. Týr said: did you kill him.

Part 3812

Þórr said: not all of him.

Part 3813

The two of them stood together at the door of the giant's hall, with the two dead

Part 3814

whales at Þórr's feet, and the cold wind blowing past them, and the small distant

Part 3815

shape of Hymir still swimming for shore far out on the grey sea behind them.

Part 3816

The cauldron, the poem reminds us, almost as an afterthought, almost embarrassed

Part 3817

at having to remember it, the cauldron was still inside.

Part 3818

The thing they had come for. The thing this whole journey had been about.

Part 3819

The mile deep brewing vat that Ægir needed to make ale for the gods.

Part 3820

Þórr and Týr went inside the hall.

Part 3821

The grandmother of nine hundred heads was still watching from the back.

Part 3822

Týr's mother was at the hearth. She looked up at her son. She looked at Þórr.

Part 3823

She looked at the white salt drying in Þórr's beard.

Part 3824

She had heard, the poem implies, what had happened on the water.

Part 3825

She had heard the crack of the eastern shore. She had felt the boat coming back.

Part 3826

She said, very quietly: he will be angry when he gets home.

Part 3827

Þórr said: we will be gone by then.

Part 3828

He walked to the great pillar at the back of the hall, where the largest cauldron

Part 3829

in the worlds had hung since before the giant himself was a child. He lifted it.

Part 3830

He set it on his head, upside down, the way men of the old north carried great

Part 3831

vessels, and the rim of it came down over his shoulders and rested there, and the

Part 3832

depth of it went up into the air above him like a great metal tower. He turned.

Part 3833

He walked to the door of the hall. Týr walked beside him.

Part 3834

Týr's mother watched them go.

Part 3835

The grandmother of nine hundred heads, in the back of the hall, watched them too.

Part 3836

None of her nine hundred faces moved.

Part 3837

The poem does not tell us whether she might, at the end, have wished her grandson

Part 3838

well. The poem does not tell us much about her at all.

Part 3839

It only tells us that she watched them go, and that they did not look back, and

Part 3840

that the great hall of Hymir was the last thing they saw of the eastern country

Part 3841

before the snow closed in behind them and they were on the long road home.

Part 3842

Hymir, the Hymiskviða tells us, came home to a hall with no cauldron and no Þórr

Part 3843

and no Týr.

Part 3844

He stood in his empty hall for a long moment, the cold sea water still dripping

Part 3845

from his white beard, his old eyes moving from the broken hook on the pillar to the

Part 3846

empty space where the largest cauldron in the worlds had hung since before he was a

Part 3847

child, to the still warm hearth where his wife had cooked the three oxen the night

Part 3848

before. He understood, slowly, what had happened.

Part 3849

He understood what the eating of the two oxen had been.

Part 3850

He understood what the rowing out had been.

Part 3851

He understood that the red bearded god of Asgard had not, in any of the moments of

Part 3852

this whole long visit, been there for fishing. Hymir went to the door of his hall.

Part 3853

He called.

Part 3854

The Hymiskviða tells us he raised a small army of his giant kin, the cousins and

Part 3855

brothers and grown sons of the eastern country, the jǫtnar who lived in the high

Part 3856

cold valleys around Hymir's hall, and he led them in pursuit.

Part 3857

They came down out of the mountains in a long ragged line.

Part 3858

Each one carried whatever weapon he had to hand. Some of them carried iron clubs.

Part 3859

Some of them carried axes.

Part 3860

Some of them carried only their own enormous hands, which for a giant of the

Part 3861

eastern country are weapon enough.

Part 3862

Þórr, on the long road west with the cauldron on his head and Týr at his side,

Part 3863

heard them coming. He set down the cauldron. He turned. He took up Mjǫllnir.

Part 3864

The Hymiskviða does this part of the story briefly, not, perhaps, because the

Part 3865

killings did not matter to the poet, but because the poet knew the listener had

Part 3866

already had the central scene. The hammer falling on the Serpent.

Part 3867

The eye looking up at the god. The line being cut. Those were the moments.

Part 3868

The rest was the long walk home with a borrowed cauldron and, after the walk had

Part 3869

been briefly interrupted, a hammer red with new blood. The pursuit was a coda.

Part 3870

The killings were a postscript.

Part 3871

They happened, Þórr killed every one of the giants who came against him on that

Part 3872

road, but they happened the way the closing of a feast happens, when the wine has

Part 3873

been poured and the great speeches have been given and what is left is simply the

Part 3874

small clearing of the table.

Part 3875

When it was over, Þórr lifted the cauldron back onto his head and Týr walked beside

Part 3876

him and the two of them went on west. They walked through the long grey afternoon.

Part 3877

They walked through the cold evening. They walked through the night.

Part 3878

They came at last to Ægir's hall in the dim before dawn, with the cauldron still on

Part 3879

Þórr's head, with the snow of the eastern country still in their cloaks, with the

Part 3880

salt of the cold sea still drying in Þórr's beard.

Part 3881

Þórr set the cauldron down at the door of the hall. Ægir came out to meet them.

Part 3882

The sea giant, calm, old, white haired, glad, looked at the great vessel his hall

Part 3883

would now be able to brew in, and he looked at the two gods who had brought it to

Part 3884

him, and he understood, without their having to tell him, that the journey had not

Part 3885

been only a journey for a cauldron. He looked at Þórr.

Part 3886

He looked at the small distance that was now in Þórr's eyes that had not been there

Part 3887

when Þórr had left.

Part 3888

He understood that Þórr had been somewhere a god does not often go.

Part 3889

That Þórr had seen something that not many beings in the worlds had seen.

Part 3890

Ægir said: come in. You will tell me what you saw. And Ægir brewed.

Part 3891

And the gods drank.

Part 3892

And the story of the fishing trip, the Hymiskviða tells us, became one of the

Part 3893

stories the gods of Asgard told each other in their cups for a very long time

Part 3894

afterward. The great head rising. The eye looking up at the god. The line being cut.

Part 3895

The small mercy of an old giant in the back of a boat, who at the last moment lost

Part 3896

his nerve and saved the world from ending three thousand years too early.

Part 3897

Chapter Twelve. Goodnight. And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.

Part 3898

The story we told you tonight is one of the simplest in the old north.

Part 3899

A god went fishing. A giant went with him. A serpent rose to the bait.

Part 3900

The line was cut. The serpent fell back into the sea. That is all.

Part 3901

There is no death in the central scene. There is no marriage. There is no betrayal.

Part 3902

There is no transformation.

Part 3903

There is only a boat, and a hook, and the great head of an old enemy rising in

Part 3904

front of the god who would, at the end of all things, be the one to kill him.

Part 3905

But the old north loved this story.

Part 3906

The old north loved it more than it loved most of the other Þórr stories.

Part 3907

It carved it into wedding halls. It painted it on picture stones.

Part 3908

It told it in long winter halls and short summer nights, in Iceland and Norway and

Part 3909

Sweden and the Isle of Man.

Part 3910

The poet of the Hymiskviða gave it thirty nine careful stanzas.

Part 3911

Snorri Sturluson gave it a full chapter.

Part 3912

The Húsdrápa, the older skaldic poem, lingered over it.

Part 3913

The old north loved this story because of what almost happened.

Part 3914

Because, for one moment, in the boat on the grey sea, the god of the gods had the

Part 3915

Serpent on the line. Had Mjǫllnir in his hand.

Part 3916

Had the bracing of his own feet against the sea floor. Could have struck.

Part 3917

Could have ended, three thousand years before it was supposed to end, the slow

Part 3918

countdown of the world toward Ragnarǫk. And was prevented. By a giant.

Part 3919

By an old giant, sitting in the back of a boat, who had brought the god out here in

Part 3920

the first place and watched the whole thing happen and at the very last moment lost

Part 3921

his nerve. Hymir was not, in the end, a great villain.

Part 3922

Hymir was a hunter at the edge of the world, who had spent his life respecting the

Part 3923

Serpent's water and not going into it, and who, when the red bearded god of Asgard

Part 3924

had finally pulled the Serpent up out of its deep place, had done what any creature

Part 3925

near the bottom of the food chain of the worlds will do when faced with a thing

Part 3926

that big, he had cut the line. The Serpent went back into its deep place.

Part 3927

The Serpent is still there.

Part 3928

The Vǫluspá tells us, in its long Ragnarǫk vision, what will happen the day the

Part 3929

Serpent comes out for the last time.

Part 3930

The Vǫluspá tells us that on the day Ragnarǫk begins, on the day Loki tears

Part 3931

himself free of the cave and the great ship Naglfar comes loose and the wolf

Part 3932

Fenrir's bonds break, on that day, the Serpent will rise out of the encircling sea.

Part 3933

The Serpent will come on shore.

Part 3934

The Serpent will go to meet Þórr at the field where the world will be decided.

Part 3935

The Serpent will spit its venom across half the sky. Þórr will kill it.

Part 3936

Þórr will take nine steps. And then Þórr will fall.

Part 3937

That is how the meeting between the two of them ends. Not in the boat tonight.

Part 3938

In a field, at the end of the world, three thousand years from where we are sitting.

Part 3939

Tonight is only the first meeting. Tonight is only the introduction.

Part 3940

The looking into each other's eyes. The learning of the face.

Part 3941

Tonight is the practice for the day that will be the last day.

Part 3942

This is, in some quiet way, what the old north was telling itself when it carved

Part 3943

this story into the picture stones at Altuna and Ardre and the Gosforth Cross.

Part 3944

The old north was saying: the great endings of the world do not arrive all at once.

Part 3945

They are practiced. They are rehearsed.

Part 3946

They are met halfway, in a small boat on a grey sea, by the same two beings who

Part 3947

will meet for real at the end. The world ends slowly.

Part 3948

The world has many small almost endings before the real one.

Part 3949

The Serpent has risen before. The hammer has been raised before.

Part 3950

The line has been cut before, by an old giant in the back of a boat who lost his

Part 3951

nerve at the last moment. The carvers of the picture stones knew this.

Part 3952

The picture stone at Altuna, in Sweden, shows Þórr in a small boat with his feet

Part 3953

through the bottom and his hammer raised, the great Serpent rising out of the water

Part 3954

below him. The carver placed Þórr and the Serpent at the centre of the stone.

Part 3955

Everything else on the stone, the small surrounding decorations, the runes, the

Part 3956

borders, radiates out from this central image.

Part 3957

The carver knew, in the eleventh century when he made the stone, that this was the

Part 3958

moment to put at the centre. Not the killing. Not the binding. Not the death.

Part 3959

The almost. The looking. The recognition.

Part 3960

The picture stones at Ardre, on the Swedish island of Gotland, do the same.

Part 3961

So does the Gosforth Cross, in northern England, carved by Norse settlers in the

Part 3962

tenth century.

Part 3963

So does a stone fragment at Hørdum, in Denmark, that shows Þórr's foot going

Part 3964

through the boat's planking with a kind of awkward energy that only an artist who

Part 3965

knew the story could have managed.

Part 3966

Across thousands of miles, across two centuries, the old Norse carvers and the old

Part 3967

Norse listeners kept returning to this single image. The boat. The line. The eye.

Part 3968

The hammer raised but not yet falling. It was the image of the moment before.

Part 3969

And we, the listeners of the old north, and we, dear listener, tonight, sit

Part 3970

between the almost endings and the real one.

Part 3971

We do not know how many more times the Serpent will rise before the last time.

Part 3972

We know only that, every time it has risen so far, something has happened to send

Part 3973

it back. A line cut. A giant's hand on a knife.

Part 3974

A small mercy in the middle of a great fated story. That is what tonight's story is.

Part 3975

A small mercy. A line cut. A few thousand more years of the world.

Part 3976

We will tell you, next time, of the great hammer Mjǫllnir, and of the day it was

Part 3977

stolen from Þórr by a king of the giants named Þrymr, and of the strange thing the

Part 3978

gods of Asgard had to do to get it back. Of a wedding. Of a veil.

Part 3979

Of a god who had to put on a bride's gown and ride east in a borrowed wagon to a

Part 3980

hall where his hammer was waiting on a pillow.

Part 3981

We will tell you that story on Wednesday. But for now.

Part 3982

For now, the boat is back on the black rocks. The cauldron is on its way to Ægir.

Part 3983

The Serpent is in its deep place, asleep again, with the old bait still in the

Part 3984

corner of its mouth and the cold water closing back over its head.

Part 3985

Hymir is wringing out his beard on the shore. Týr is at his father's door.

Part 3986

Þórr is walking the long road west with the cauldron on his head and a small

Part 3987

private smile under his red beard. The world has another few thousand years.

Part 3988

The wolf at the edge of time waits. The great ship Naglfar is still being built.

Part 3989

Ragnarǫk is still far away.

Part 3990

Tonight there is only the cold sea, and the small boat, and the moment two old

Part 3991

enemies looked at each other across the open water and recognized, for the first

Part 3992

time, the face of the one they were waiting for. Goodnight, dear listener.

Part 3993

Wherever you are tonight. Whatever bed you are in. Whatever quiet room.

Part 3994

Whatever soft pillow you have laid your head on.

Part 3995

Let the picture of the god and the serpent be the last picture you carry into sleep.

Part 3996

Not the violence of the hammer. Not the cutting of the line. The looking.

Part 3997

The seeing. The recognition.

Part 3998

The small space of stillness, in the middle of a grey sea at the edge of the world,

Part 3999

when two beings who had been waiting for each other since the first morning finally

Part 4000

met.

Part 4001

And both of them, perhaps, were a little glad to have seen each other once before

Part 4002

the end. Let the wolf at the edge of time wait.

Part 4003

Let the great ship Naglfar wait in the cold east. Let Ragnarǫk wait.

Part 4004

Tonight there is only the boat, and the line, and the sea, and the goodnight.

Part 4005

And tonight there is only your bed, and your breath, and the room around you

Part 4006

growing dark. Sleep.

Part 4007

The Sleeping Almanac will be here on Wednesday with another story from the old

Part 4008

north. New episodes every Wednesday and Sunday at eight o'clock in the evening.

Part 4009

If the story carried you down into sleep, if the picture of the god and the serpent

Part 4010

was the last thing you saw before the dark came, leave a quiet small note in the

Part 4011

comments. We read every one. We tell each other, in the morning, who slept.

Part 4012

Sleep deeply. Sleep without dreams. And wake into a quieter world.

Part 4013

Goodnight, dear listener. From the long old north. From the boat on the cold sea.

Part 4014

From the almanac that is keeping the slow count. Goodnight.

The Giant's Bride, and the Theft of Mjolnir

Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac.

The Giant's Bride, and the Theft of Mjolnir

Tonight, the strangest thing the gods of Asgard ever did.

Part 4017

The day they dressed Thor, the strongest god in the worlds, the storm god, the wielder of the great hammer Mjölnir

Part 4018

they dressed him as a bride.

Part 4019

They put a veil on his face, a gown on his shoulders, the bride's keys at his belt, and the great gold necklace of Freyja

Part 4020

the goddess of love, at his throat, and they rode him east in his own goat chariot to a giant's wedding feast in the cold country across the world where the hammer that had been stolen from him eight nights before was waiting on a pillow.

Part 4021

We will tell the story tonight from the Thrymskvida, the Lay of Thrymr, the last and strangest of the great Thor poems preserved in the Codex Regius.

Part 4022

There is a verse in the Havamal, the wisdom poem of the Old North, that says, "Praise the day at evening.

Part 4023

Praise the woman after she is buried.

Part 4024

Praise the weapon when it has been tried."

Part 4025

Tonight, by the time the story is done, Mjölnir will be tried.

Part 4026

Settle in.

Part 4027

Let your shoulders drop.

Part 4028

We begin on the morning the hammer disappeared.

Part 4029

Chapter one.

Part 4030

The empty pillow.

Part 4031

Thor woke at dawn.

Part 4032

The Thrymskvidha does not tell us exactly what dawn it was or what season of the year.

Part 4033

We can imagine from the small details the poem gives us that it was an early summer dawn

Part 4034

that the long gray light of the eastern sky was already pale, that the goats in the yard outside Thor's hall were already stirring

Part 4035

that the small birds of Asgard were beginning their first careful calls in the trees of Idavoll.

Part 4036

We can imagine that Thor's wife, Sif, the one with hair of gold, was still asleep beside him.

Part 4037

We can imagine the slow, steady rhythm of her breathing in the early light.

Part 4038

We can imagine that the hall around them was very still.

Part 4039

Thor opened his eyes.

Part 4040

He reached the way he always reached on waking to his right side, to the place on the floor beside his bed where he kept Mjolnir

Part 4041

the hammer that the dwarves Eitri and Brokkr had forged for him in the great forging contest of long ago

Part 4042

the hammer that had cracked the heads of giants, the hammer that had broken the rocks of the world rim

Part 4043

the hammer that had been at his side every night since the day it had been given to him.

Part 4044

His hand closed on nothing.

Part 4045

The floor was empty.

Part 4046

There was no haft.

Part 4047

There was no head.

Part 4048

There was no leather thong.

Part 4049

There was no oil cloth wrapped around the great iron weight.

Part 4050

There was only the dust of the floor and the cold morning air against his palm.

Part 4051

Thor sat up.

Part 4052

He sat up very slowly.

Part 4053

The Thrymskvidha gives us this moment with its rare gift for the quiet detail.

Part 4054

The poem tells us that Thor, who had killed more giants than any other being in the worlds

Part 4055

Thor the strongest of the gods, Thor who had pulled the world serpent up out of the deep

Part 4056

Thor in this moment did not roar, did not curse, did not strike out.

Part 4057

The poem says only that he sat up and that he looked at the floor and that his beard shook.

Part 4058

His beard shook.

Part 4059

That is the line the Thrymskvidha gives us.

Part 4060

In the old language, the line is, "Skegg nam að hrista, skör nam að dæja." His beard began to shake.

Part 4061

His hair began to tremble.

Part 4062

Not because he was afraid.

Part 4063

Thor did not get afraid.

Part 4064

The trembling the old North understood was the small physical sign of the anger that was beginning very slowly in the center of Thor's chest

Part 4065

like a small fire being lit somewhere deep that would burn slowly outward and that

Part 4066

if it was not contained, would burn the whole world.

Part 4067

Thor's beard shook.

Part 4068

He stood up.

Part 4069

He did not wake Sif.

Part 4070

He moved very quietly, the poem tells us, around the bed, looking on every side.

Part 4071

He looked under the bed.

Part 4072

He looked behind the wall hangings.

Part 4073

He looked in the corners of the room.

Part 4074

He looked in the small chests of his clothes.

Part 4075

He looked in the high rafters above the bed.

Part 4076

He looked everywhere a hammer might have been mislaid by a tired man at the end of a long day.

Part 4077

He did this very thoroughly, very slowly, very carefully, even though he knew, and the poem implies that he knew

Part 4078

that Mjollnir was not in the room.

Part 4079

Mjollnir, the poem implies, was not in the hall at all.

Part 4080

Mjollnir, the poem implies, was not in Asgard.

Part 4081

Mjollnir was somewhere else.

Part 4082

Thor finished his search.

Part 4083

He stood for a long moment in the center of his own bedroom in the dim gray early morning light with the chest still open behind him and the wall hanging still pulled aside

Part 4084

and he looked at the place beside the bed where his hammer had always been.

Part 4085

The dust on the floor was undisturbed.

Part 4086

That was the strange thing.

Part 4087

That was the thing the Thrymskvidha does not say but implies.

Part 4088

The dust on the floor was undisturbed.

Part 4089

There was no scuff mark of a thief's foot.

Part 4090

There was no print of a hand.

Part 4091

There was no track of a sliding object.

Part 4092

The hammer had not been pulled away.

Part 4093

The hammer had not been dragged.

Part 4094

The hammer had not been picked up by hands that had crossed the room from any door.

Part 4095

The hammer had simply, sometime in the night, ceased to be where it had been.

Part 4096

That was a kind of theft, Thor understood, that very few beings in the worlds could perform.

Part 4097

That was the theft of a being who could reach into a god's bedroom from somewhere else and take a hammer out of its place and leave the dust undisturbed.

Part 4098

Thor knew, in that moment, that he had a problem.

Part 4099

He went to find Loki.

Part 4100

He did not wake Sif.

Part 4101

He did not call for his servants.

Part 4102

He did not yet, the poem implies, tell anyone in his own hall what had happened.

Part 4103

He walked out the door of his bedroom, down the long hall of his house, across the small dawn courtyard outside his hall

Part 4104

where the goats were beginning to bleat for their morning feed, and across the long open road that led between the gods' halls in Asgard

Part 4105

and he went directly to the door of the only being in the worlds who would know what to do

Part 4106

Loki.

Part 4107

Loki, who had been there at the forging of the hammer.

Part 4108

Loki, who had been there at every clever thing the gods had ever done.

Part 4109

Loki, who, when a thing was lost, was the only being in Asgard who would think to ask the right questions about who might have taken it.

Part 4110

Loki, who in his own way, even though Loki was the one who would eventually be the cause of the ending of all things

Part 4111

Loki was also, in the long old North, the one being who could be relied on to find a thing that had gone missing.

Part 4112

Thor arrived at Loki's door.

Part 4113

He did not knock.

Part 4114

He pushed the door open and walked into Loki's hall.

Part 4115

Loki was already awake.

Part 4116

Loki, the poem implies with the small smile of a poet who knows his characters, Loki was already awake because Loki was always already awake.

Part 4117

Loki slept lightly.

Part 4118

Loki kept odd hours.

Part 4119

Loki, in the dawn, was usually already sitting somewhere with a cup of something warm in his hands

Part 4120

watching the morning come on.

Part 4121

He had eyes the color of cold water.

Part 4122

He had a thin face.

Part 4123

He had a small smile that did not quite reach his eyes.

Part 4124

Loki looked up when Thor came in.

Part 4125

He saw Thor's beard still shaking.

Part 4126

He set down his cup very carefully, and he stood up.

Part 4127

He said, "What has happened?" Thor said, "My hammer is gone." The Thrymskvidha gives us

Part 4128

in this moment, one of its small jewels.

Part 4129

Loki, who could be many things and who was many things and who would in the end be the betrayer of all things

Part 4130

Loki, in this single moment, was Thor's friend.

Part 4131

The poem records no laughter, no quick remark, no quip.

Part 4132

The poem records only that Loki, hearing what Thor had to say, understood immediately.

Part 4133

Loki said, "Come with me." And the two of them, the god of thunder with his beard still trembling and the trickster of Asgard with his cold eyes very calm and very focused

Part 4134

the two of them walked out of Loki's hall together and across the dawn road and toward the hall of Freyja.

Part 4135

Because Loki, the poem implies, had already begun to work the problem, and Loki, the poem implies

Part 4136

knew exactly what the first move had to be.

Part 4137

Chapter two, The Borrowed Wings.

Part 4138

Freyja was awake.

Part 4139

The poem does not tell us how she knew the two gods were coming.

Part 4140

We can imagine, in the way the old North imagined these things, that Freyja, who was the goddess of love and of fertility and of war and of magic

Part 4141

who was a Vanir goddess older than the Aesir, who saw a great many things that other gods did not see

Part 4142

that Freyja had simply, on some morning instinct, felt that two of her colleagues were on their way to her door.

Part 4143

She was at the threshold of her hall when they arrived.

Part 4144

The Thrymskvidha describes her in a single image, and the image is the small precious detail of this part of the poem.

Part 4145

She is, the poem says, wearing the great necklace, Brisingamen, the necklace of fire, a necklace whose origin the Thrymskvidha does not tell us

Part 4146

though later tellings in other later poems would give the necklace a long strange story of its own.

Part 4147

The Thrymskvidha tells us only that the necklace was Freyja's, that she wore it every day

Part 4148

that it was the most beautiful object in any of the worlds.

Part 4149

Around her throat, the four small dwarf stones of it catching the dawn light, her hair fell loose.

Part 4150

Her gown was the color of wheat grain just before harvest.

Part 4151

She looked at Thor.

Part 4152

She looked at Loki.

Part 4153

She said, What is wrong?

Part 4154

Loki spoke.

Part 4155

Thor, the poem implies, was not yet capable of words.

Part 4156

Thor was still in the small slow burning rage of a god who had lost his hammer.

Part 4157

Loki spoke for him.

Part 4158

Loki said, Freyja, lend us your feather cloak.

Part 4159

The poem moves quickly here, and we will move with it, but let us first explain the cloak

Part 4160

because the cloak is the thing this whole chapter turns on.

Part 4161

Freyja owned a great feather cloak.

Part 4162

The poem calls it a fjedurhamar, a feather skin, but the meaning is more specific than that.

Part 4163

The cloak was a falcon skin, a magical garment that, when a being wrapped it around themselves

Part 4164

allowed that being to take the form of a falcon and to fly.

Part 4165

Freyja used it for her own purposes.

Part 4166

She lent it occasionally to other gods.

Part 4167

It was one of the great treasures of Asgard.

Part 4168

It was not a thing she gave lightly.

Part 4169

Freyja looked at Loki.

Part 4170

She said, "Why?" Loki said, "Thor's hammer is gone." Freyja's face changed.

Part 4171

The poem does not describe the change in detail.

Part 4172

The poem says only in a single fine line that the old Norse poets loved.

Part 4173

Freyja, hearing what Loki had said, understood at once.

Part 4174

She understood what it meant for Mjollnir to be gone.

Part 4175

She understood that some giant somewhere had reached into Asgard in the night and pulled the hammer out of the place where it lived.

Part 4176

She understood that without Mjollnir, the gods were vulnerable.

Part 4177

She understood that without Mjollnir, the giants might come.

Part 4178

She said, "Take it." She turned.

Part 4179

She went into her hall.

Part 4180

She came back out a moment later with a cloak folded over her arms.

Part 4181

The cloak was the color of a wild falcon's back, brown and white and gray, with the long banded feathers of the wing folded carefully one over the other.

Part 4182

She held it out to Loki.

Part 4183

She said, "Bring my cloak back to me and bring Thor's hammer back to him." Loki took the cloak.

Part 4184

Loki bowed to Freyja, very quickly and very formally, in the way the Old North's tricksters bowed when they wanted to acknowledge that someone had done them a service.

Part 4185

Loki turned to Thor.

Part 4186

Loki said, "Wait here." The Thrymskvidha gives this moment one of its precious small touches.

Part 4187

Loki, the poem implies, did not waste any further words.

Part 4188

Loki, the poem implies, knew that every moment was a moment in which Mjolnir was somewhere it should not have been.

Part 4189

Loki turned and walked out of Freyja's hall and went to the open space of Idavollr

Part 4190

the great plain at the center of Asgard.

Part 4191

And he stood there in the morning light with the feather cloak in his hands, and he looked east.

Part 4192

He looked east because east was where the Jotnar lived.

Part 4193

He looked east because if Mjolnir had been taken, the being who had taken it would have hidden it in the country of the Jotnar.

Part 4194

He looked east because he was about to fly there.

Part 4195

Loki, the poem tells us, swung the feather cloak around his shoulders.

Part 4196

The cloak, the way the cloak worked, the way the Old North imagined these things, closed itself around him.

Part 4197

The feathers settled against his shoulders.

Part 4198

The hood came up and over his head.

Part 4199

And then, in a way the poem does not bother to describe because the listener would have known

Part 4200

Loki was no longer Loki.

Part 4201

Loki was a falcon, a small gray and brown falcon with cold eyes and a sharp beak, standing on the long grass of Idavollr in the early morning light

Part 4202

looking east.

Part 4203

The falcon opened its wings.

Part 4204

The falcon launched into the sky.

Part 4205

The Thrymskvidha describes this, and this is one of the small lovely lines of the poem.

Part 4206

In three quick brush strokes, whir of wings, wind through feathers, the shape of a falcon rising over the high walls of Asgard and turning east

Part 4207

the morning light catching on the back of the wings as he climbed, the small distant shape of him crossing the rainbow bridge of Bifrost and then crossing beyond it into the long country between Asgard and Jotunheimr.

Part 4208

Thor, on the ground in front of Freyja's hall, watched him go.

Part 4209

Thor said nothing.

Part 4210

Freyja stood beside him.

Part 4211

She said quietly, "He will find it." Thor said, "I hope so." And the two of them stood in the dawn in the long shadow of Freyja's hall with the great necklace of Brisingamen catching the morning light

Part 4212

and they waited for Loki to come back.

Part 4213

Chapter three: The Hall of Thrymmer.

Part 4214

Loki flew east.

Part 4215

The Thrymskvidda does not tell us how long the flight took.

Part 4216

We can imagine from the way the poem hints at distance that it took most of a morning.

Part 4217

The world between Asgard and Jotunheimr is a long world.

Part 4218

The lands roll under a falcon's wings for hour after hour.

Part 4219

The forests of the middle country pass below.

Part 4220

The rivers cross the falcon's path like long silver threads.

Part 4221

The small farms of Midgard, the country of men, pass below in their slow patchwork of green and brown.

Part 4222

The high mountains of the eastern border rise.

Part 4223

The falcon climbs over the mountains.

Part 4224

The falcon crosses the great cold passes of the high country.

Part 4225

And then somewhere on the far side, the falcon comes down out of the high air into the country of the Jotnar

Part 4226

Jotunheimr.

Part 4227

The country was, the poem implies in the way the old North always implied, vast, cold, stony

Part 4228

vast pine forest stretching in every direction, high cliffs of dark stone, cold rivers running between cold rocks

Part 4229

halls of the Jotnar standing alone in clearings with thin lines of smoke rising from the smoke holes of their roofs

Part 4230

cattle of the Jotnar grazing in the long meadows, herds larger than any herd in Midgard.

Part 4231

The country went on for as far as the falcon's eyes could see.

Part 4232

Loki, in falcon shape, began to look.

Part 4233

He looked for a hall that was bigger than the others.

Part 4234

He looked for a hall that had recently been visited by something important.

Part 4235

He looked for a hall where the wood smoke smelled different, where the cooking fire smelled of feasting

Part 4236

where the hangings outside were the bright hangings of a hall preparing for a celebration.

Part 4237

He looked in the way the old North's tricksters looked for the small signs of a being who had just done something that he was very proud of

Part 4238

and he found it.

Part 4239

The Thrymskvida does not give us a detailed description of Thrymmer's hall, but the poem implies

Part 4240

in a few small details, that the hall was large, that it was new, that it stood on a flat shelf of rock above a wide pasture in which a great many cattle grazed.

Part 4241

The roof was thatched with new straw.

Part 4242

The doors were thrown open.

Part 4243

The hall was already preparing for some event, some celebration, some announcement, something the giant who lived there was very pleased about.

Part 4244

Loki, in falcon shape, came down through the cold air of the eastern country and landed on the long stone wall in front of Thrymmer's hall.

Part 4245

He sat on the wall in falcon shape.

Part 4246

He turned his head, the way a falcon does, with the quick, small movement that takes in the whole landscape in three turns of the neck.

Part 4247

He looked at the hall.

Part 4248

He looked at the pasture.

Part 4249

He looked at the cattle.

Part 4250

And then, looking back at the hall, he saw the figure he had come to find.

Part 4251

Thrymmer was sitting on a high stone seat outside his hall.

Part 4252

The Thrymskvida gives us, here, one of the small precious images of the poem.

Part 4253

Thrymmer, the king of the Jotnar of the eastern country, the lord of the Thirsas, the one whom the poem calls Thirsa Draughten.

Part 4254

Thrymmer was sitting on his stone seat in the morning sun, calm, satisfied, the way a man sits when he has just done a thing that he believes is going to bring him a very great prize.

Part 4255

He was weaving collars for his hunting dogs.

Part 4256

The poem records this in a single quick line.

Part 4257

He was weaving gold collars for his dogs.

Part 4258

He was trimming the manes of his horses.

Part 4259

The horses, the poem says, were large and dark, with black coats that gleamed in the morning sun.

Part 4260

Thrymmer was sitting on his stone seat in the bright morning, with the collars across his lap

Part 4261

and the great hunting dogs of his hall lying at his feet, and the horses of his hall grazing in the pasture

Part 4262

and he was waiting.

Part 4263

He was waiting, the poem implies, with the patience of a being who knew what he was waiting for.

Part 4264

Loki, in falcon shape, watched him.

Part 4265

Thrymmer, after a moment, looked up.

Part 4266

He saw the small falcon on the wall.

Part 4267

He recognized it.

Part 4268

The Thrymskvida gives us, here, the small detail that Thrymmer, even though he was a giant of the eastern country

Part 4269

even though he had probably never met Loki face to face, Thrymmer immediately recognized the falcon as one of the messengers of Asgard.

Part 4270

He had heard of Freyja's cloak.

Part 4271

He had heard of the gods who borrowed it.

Part 4272

He understood, the way creatures of the old North understood these things, that the falcon on his wall was not a wild falcon.

Part 4273

Thrymmer said, in the open air, without standing up, "Well, Loki of the Aesir, what brings you to my hall?" The Thrymskvidha gives this line to Thrymmer exactly.

Part 4274

He addresses Loki by name.

Part 4275

He calls him Loki of the Aesir.

Part 4276

He speaks calmly, as if he has been expecting the visit for some time.

Part 4277

Loki, on the wall, took the feather cloak off.

Part 4278

He became Loki again, standing on the top of the long stone wall in the morning light of Jotunheimr

Part 4279

thin, pale, cold eyed, wearing his traveling cloak underneath the falcon skin, which he now folded over his arm.

Part 4280

Loki said, "Thrymmer, lord of the thursas, I have come for a thing that we believe is in your possession." Thrymmer did not

Part 4281

the poem records, look surprised.

Part 4282

Thrymmer did not pretend ignorance.

Part 4283

Thrymmer did not, in the long Norse way, even try to bluff.

Part 4284

Thrymmer simply, with the calm of a man who has been waiting for this question, raised his head a little.

Part 4285

Thrymmer said, "What thing?" Loki said, "Thor's hammer." A small silence.

Part 4286

Thrymmer smiled.

Part 4287

It was not a friendly smile.

Part 4288

It was the smile of a being who has been waiting for a long time to be asked exactly this question and who has been preparing his answer for as long as he has been waiting.

Part 4289

Thrymmer did not stand up.

Part 4290

Thrymmer did not call for any of his giants.

Part 4291

Thrymmer did not, the poem implies, even raise his voice.

Part 4292

Thrymmer said, "I have hidden Mjollnir eight leagues underground.

Part 4293

No being will ever find it.

Part 4294

No being will ever lift it.

Part 4295

No being will ever take it from where I have put it." Loki said, "What do you want for it?"

Part 4296

The Thrymskvidha records the exchange in three short stanzas, and the exchange is the heart of this chapter.

Part 4297

Loki, in the old way, did not argue.

Part 4298

Loki, in the old way, did not threaten.

Part 4299

Loki simply asked the only question a being like Thrymmer would understand.

Part 4300

What is your price?

Part 4301

Thrymmer leaned forward a little on his stone seat.

Part 4302

His smile grew wider.

Part 4303

He said, Bring me Freya as my bride in eight nights' time.

Part 4304

And on the morning of the wedding, when she comes to my hall, when she takes the marriage vows with me

Part 4305

when she is mine, on that morning, and not a moment before, I will give back Thor's hammer.

Part 4306

Chapter four, The Demand.

Part 4307

Loki did not, the poem records, respond immediately.

Part 4308

Loki, on the stone wall, with the feather cloak folded over his arm, looked at Thrymmer for a long moment without speaking.

Part 4309

The poem does not tell us what Loki was thinking in that long moment, but we can imagine.

Part 4310

We can imagine that Loki, the trickster who lived by the small, careful calculation of how impossible things could be made possible

Part 4311

Loki was already turning the demand over in his mind.

Part 4312

Freyja as bride in eight nights, the wedding to be performed in Thrymr's hall, the hammer to be returned only after the marriage was complete.

Part 4313

It was, Loki understood, an impossible demand.

Part 4314

Freyja would not, Loki knew with great certainty, agree to it, and even if Freyja agreed

Part 4315

even if somehow the gods of Asgard pressured her into the agreement, once the wedding was performed

Part 4316

once she was Thrymr's bride, the gods would have given the giants a much greater prize than just the hammer.

Part 4317

They would have given them Freyja herself.

Part 4318

Freyja, the goddess of love.

Part 4319

Freyja, the goddess of fertility.

Part 4320

Freyja, the older Vanir goddess whose magic was older than the Aesir.

Part 4321

The giants, having Freyja as their queen, would be able to bring such terrible weather

Part 4322

such terrible failures of crops, such terrible barrenness of beasts on the lands of the gods that Asgard might fall within a generation.

Part 4323

It was, Loki understood, a demand designed to be impossible.

Part 4324

Thrymr was not, Loki understood, asking for Freyja because he thought he could have her.

Part 4325

Thrymr was asking for Freyja because he knew the gods could not give her, and the gods could not get their hammer back

Part 4326

and Thrymr would have what he had always wanted, which was Mjollnir hidden eight leagues underground in his own land

Part 4327

and the gods of Asgard without their greatest weapon, and the long, slow tilting of the worlds toward a future in which the giants might at last be greater than the gods.

Part 4328

Loki understood all of this.

Part 4329

Loki, in his cold eyed way, did not show that he understood any of it.

Part 4330

Loki said, " I will bring your demand to the gods." Thrymr said, "Do." Loki bowed in the small way the old Norse tricksters bowed when they wanted to acknowledge a transaction that was not yet complete.

Part 4331

He put the falcon cloak back around his shoulders.

Part 4332

He became, again, the falcon.

Part 4333

He launched into the cold morning air of Jotunheimr, and he turned and he flew back west toward Asgard with the demand of Thrym

Part 4334

the lord of the Thirsas, the king of the eastern country, wrapped in his mind like a small dark stone.

Part 4335

He flew fast.

Part 4336

The flight back to Asgard was, the poem implies, faster than the flight out.

Part 4337

Loki had something to tell, and Loki, the poem implies, had already begun to think, even in the air

Part 4338

even with the wind in his feathers, about how the impossible demand of Thrym might be turned in some small impossible way into a possible demand A demand that might

Part 4339

with the right cleverness, be answered without giving Thrymmer the prize he was really asking for.

Part 4340

Loki, the poem implies, was already in flight, beginning to work the problem.

Part 4341

By the time he came down out of the western sky onto the long grass of Idavollr in the late afternoon light

Part 4342

Loki had, though the poem does not say so out loud, Loki had a plan.

Part 4343

It was a very strange plan.

Part 4344

It was a plan that required the cooperation of the strongest god in Asgard.

Part 4345

It was a plan that required Thor to do a thing that Thor would not, in his ordinary life, ever have considered doing.

Part 4346

Loki landed.

Part 4347

He pulled the falcon cloak off.

Part 4348

He became Loki again.

Part 4349

Thor was still standing in front of Freyja's hall, exactly where Loki had left him.

Part 4350

Freyja was beside him, with the great necklace, Brisingamen, still around her neck, with the dawn long since passed and the late afternoon light now slanting across the open space of Idavollr.

Part 4351

Thor turned.

Part 4352

Thor said, "What did you find?" Loki said, "I found Thrymmer, the king of the Thursas.

Part 4353

He has Mjollnir." Thor said, "Where?" Loki said, "Eight leagues underground, in his own land.

Part 4354

He will not give it back unless we pay him for it." Thor said, "What does he want?" Loki

Part 4355

the poem records, paused for a moment.

Part 4356

The poem does not tell us why he paused.

Part 4357

We can imagine that Loki, with his cold eyed practical mind, wanted to deliver the news in such a way that the news did not immediately cause Thor to take a sword and start swinging it.

Part 4358

We can imagine that Loki was choosing his words.

Part 4359

Loki said, "He wants Freyja as his bride." The poem records Freyja's reaction in one of its most famous lines.

Part 4360

The poem says simply that Freyja snorted.

Part 4361

Chapter five, The Refusal.

Part 4362

She snorted.

Part 4363

That is the line the Thrymskvidha gives us, and the line is one of the small great moments of the poem.

Part 4364

Freyja, hearing what Loki had just said, did not, the poem implies, speak first, did not curse

Part 4365

did not raise her voice, did not, in any human sense, react in the way that the old North would have expected a furious goddess to react.

Part 4366

Freya simply, in the moment of hearing the demand, drew in a long, deep breath and pushed it out through her nostrils: a snort.

Part 4367

It is the kind of sound a horse makes when a thing it cannot accept has just been put in front of it.

Part 4368

It is the kind of sound that does not contain any words because the words have not yet been arranged

Part 4369

because the anger is still in the body and has not yet reached the throat.

Part 4370

It is the small first physical sign of a goddess realizing what has just been said to her.

Part 4371

The Thrymskvidha gives this snort in the original Old Norse in a single word: fnasaði.

Part 4372

She fnasaði.

Part 4373

She snorted with anger.

Part 4374

And the snort, the poem records, was so violent, was so full of the deep, cold, ancient anger of an old Vanir goddess who had just been told what her colleagues at the door wanted to bargain her away for

Part 4375

that the great hall of Freya shook on its foundations.

Part 4376

The great walls of the hall trembled.

Part 4377

The Brísingamen, the great necklace of fire that lived around her throat, the necklace forged by four dwarves in a cave under a mountain in some ancient time before the gods were named

Part 4378

the Brísingamen broke.

Part 4379

Or rather, the poem says, "The Brísingamen burst from her neck, the clasp of it sprang open

Part 4380

the chain of it leapt up from her throat, the four small dwarf stones of it scattered for one quick moment into the air of her hall

Part 4381

" stukk af halsi men.

Part 4382

The necklace leapt from her neck.

Part 4383

The Brísingamen fell.

Part 4384

It fell onto the long wooden floor of Freyja's hall, where it lay in a small, bright pile of light

Part 4385

like a small fallen star.

Part 4386

Freyja did not pick it up.

Part 4387

Freyja, the poem records, was looking at Loki.

Part 4388

The Thrymskvida gives us this look in a single careful line.

Part 4389

Freyja looked at Loki, and Loki, Loki who had stared down jotnar, Loki who had walked across the long roads of the worlds with the most dangerous of beings as his companions

Part 4390

Loki who would in the end be the cause of the ending of all things, Loki, in this moment

Part 4391

took a small step back.

Part 4392

The poem does not record what Loki said in that moment.

Part 4393

The poem records only Freyja's response.

Part 4394

Freyja said, "Do you think I am a goddess so full of love for men that I would marry a jotun to get a hammer back?" The poem renders this in two short stanzas.

Part 4395

The first contains Freyja's question.

Part 4396

The second contains a single line that the old North loved, that the old North repeated

Part 4397

that the old North preserved for hundreds of years in this single poem.

Part 4398

Mik veist verða vergarnasta ef ek ek með þeri jotunheima?

Part 4399

You would have me be the most husband mad of all the women in the worlds if I went with you to Jotunheimr.

Part 4400

It is one of the great lines of the Old North.

Part 4401

The line is a refusal.

Part 4402

The line is also, in the small, dry old way of the Eddic poems, a joke.

Part 4403

Freyja was not, the poem implies, going to marry Thrymmer.

Part 4404

Freyja was not, the poem implies, going to even consider marrying Thrymmer.

Part 4405

The idea was so monstrous that Freyja had no other response except to point out, very dryly

Part 4406

that the gods would have to think very poorly of her to imagine that she would.

Part 4407

The gods, the poem implies, took the point.

Part 4408

Thor, in the doorway of Freyja's hall, did not speak.

Part 4409

Loki, who had taken a small step back, did not speak either.

Part 4410

The Brisingamen lay on the floor.

Part 4411

Freyja, after a long moment, knelt down very slowly and picked up the necklace.

Part 4412

She held it in her hands for a moment, looking at the small dwarf stones of it in the long fading afternoon light.

Part 4413

The clasp of the necklace had not broken.

Part 4414

The necklace had simply leapt off her throat in the moment of her anger.

Part 4415

She fastened it back around her own neck, very carefully, very deliberately, with the small

Part 4416

careful movements of a woman who is restoring order to a thing that has been disordered.

Part 4417

She stood up.

Part 4418

She looked at Thor.

Part 4419

She looked at Loki.

Part 4420

She said, Find another way.

Part 4421

And she turned, and she went back into her hall, and she closed the door behind her.

Part 4422

The Thrymskvida gives us this gesture, the closing of the door, without any further explanation.

Part 4423

The door closed.

Part 4424

Freyja was inside her hall.

Part 4425

The two gods were outside.

Part 4426

The question of how to recover Mjolnir was, now, entirely the gods' problem.

Part 4427

Freyja had refused.

Part 4428

The refusal was final.

Part 4429

The gods would have to find another way.

Part 4430

Thor, in the late afternoon light, looked at Loki.

Part 4431

Thor said, We should call a council.

Part 4432

Loki, the poem implies, agreed.

Part 4433

Loki nodded.

Part 4434

Loki, who already, the poem implies, had a plan, but who was not yet ready to share that plan with anyone

Part 4435

least of all with Thor.

Part 4436

Loki nodded, and the two of them turned, and they walked together across the long open space of Idavollr toward the great hall of council that stood at the center of Asgard

Part 4437

where the gods met when the gods had a problem they could not solve alone.

Part 4438

They called the council.

Part 4439

Chapter six: The Council of the Gods.

Part 4440

The gods came.

Part 4441

The Thrymskvidda does not give us a long list of who was at the council, but we can imagine from the way the poem implies the gathering that everyone came.

Part 4442

Odin, the Allfather.

Part 4443

Frigg, his wife, with her quiet eyes.

Part 4444

Tyr, the one handed god.

Part 4445

Heimdallr, the watcher of the rainbow bridge, with his great horn at his side.

Part 4446

Freyr, brother of Freyja, the lord of fertility.

Part 4447

Idun, keeper of the apples of youth, with her hair the color of wheat.

Part 4448

Sif, Thor's wife, with her golden hair.

Part 4449

Baldr.

Part 4450

Yes, the Thrymskvidda takes place before the death of Baldr, and so Baldr was at this council

Part 4451

the bright son of Odin, whose loss would one day begin the great tilting of the world toward Ragnarok.

Part 4452

Baldr was there, the poem implies, sitting at the long table with the others.

Part 4453

The gods sat in a circle.

Part 4454

Thor stood at the center.

Part 4455

He told them, in the small, careful way that even Thor knew how to use when the situation called for it

Part 4456

what had happened.

Part 4457

The hammer.

Part 4458

The empty floor by the bed.

Part 4459

The visit to Freyja.

Part 4460

The borrowing of the cloak.

Part 4461

Loki's flight east.

Part 4462

Thrymmer's demand.

Part 4463

Then he said, "Freyja will not go." The gods, the poem records, all turned to look at Freyja

Part 4464

who was at the council.

Part 4465

Freyja, with the Brísingamen back around her neck, looked at the gods.

Part 4466

Freyja, the poem implies, did not need to say anything.

Part 4467

The gods knew.

Part 4468

The gods understood.

Part 4469

The gods, the poem implies, would not have asked her to go, even if Thor had not already said she would not.

Part 4470

There was a long silence.

Part 4471

The gods of Asgard, the Thrymskvidda implies, did not have a ready answer.

Part 4472

The problem was, on its face, impossible.

Part 4473

The hammer was gone.

Part 4474

The giants would not return it without Freyja.

Part 4475

Freyja would not be given.

Part 4476

The hammer would not, by any path any of them could see, be coming back.

Part 4477

And then, in the small, clear voice of the watcher of the rainbow bridge, Heimdallr spoke.

Part 4478

The Thrymskvidha gives us Heimdallr's speech with all the dignity the old North could give to a difficult suggestion.

Part 4479

The Havamal, the old wisdom poem of the North, the long sequence of plain quiet sayings that Odin himself was said to have spoken

Part 4480

preserved in the Codex Regius alongside the Thrymskvidha itself, has a line for moments like this one.

Part 4481

It is better, the Havamal says, to give a friend a wise word than to give him bread.

Part 4482

The bread will be gone by morning.

Part 4483

The word may save his life.

Part 4484

Heimdallr was the kind of friend who gave the word.

Part 4485

Heimdallr, the white god, the foreseeing one, the one whose hearing was so sharp that he could hear the grass growing on the ground and the wool growing on a sheep's back

Part 4486

the one whose eyes could see a hundred leagues in any direction, the one whose horn would one day announce the beginning of Ragnarok Heimdallr stood up at the council.

Part 4487

He looked at the gods.

Part 4488

He looked, finally, at Thor.

Part 4489

Heimdallr said, "There is a way." The gods turned to him.

Part 4490

Heimdallr said, "We dress Thor as the bride." A small silence.

Part 4491

The poem records this silence with one of its few overt notes of comedy.

Part 4492

The gods did not, the poem implies, immediately respond.

Part 4493

The gods, the poem implies, were taking in what Heimdallr had said.

Part 4494

They were turning it over.

Part 4495

They were looking at Thor, at the great red bearded god, at the broad shoulders, at the strong arms

Part 4496

at the everything about him that was not, in any conceivable way, a bride.

Part 4497

They were trying to imagine what Heimdallr had just suggested.

Part 4498

Heimdallr, sensing the silence, continued.

Part 4499

He said, "We put the bride's gown on him.

Part 4500

We put the bride's veil on him.

Part 4501

We put the Brisingamen around his neck.

Part 4502

He travels east in the goat chariot to Thrymmer's hall.

Part 4503

He goes through the wedding feast.

Part 4504

At the moment when the hammer is brought out, at the moment when, by the customs of the jotnar

Part 4505

Mjollnir is laid on the bride's knees as the blessing of the marriage, at that moment

Part 4506

Thor seizes his hammer back and ends the wedding."

Part 4507

The gods, the poem implies, began, slowly, to understand.

Part 4508

It was a plan.

Part 4509

It was a strange plan.

Part 4510

It was a plan that turned on a single piece of the old Norse marriage customs that the gods all knew.

Part 4511

When a giant married, the great hammer of the giant, the symbol of his power and his protection

Part 4512

was brought out at the wedding feast and laid on the bride's knees.

Part 4513

It was the blessing of the marriage.

Part 4514

It was the moment that consecrated the union.

Part 4515

It was the moment that, by the old laws of the jotnar, made the wedding final.

Part 4516

If Mjollnir was brought out to bless this wedding, and the wedding was for Thor's hammer

Part 4517

and Thrymmer had no other hammer of his own that could match it, then Mjollnir would be brought out to bless the wedding

Part 4518

and Mjollnir, brought to be laid on the bride's knees, would be brought directly into reach of the bride who was not a bride.

Part 4519

The gods, the poem implies, began to nod.

Part 4520

Loki, sitting beside the council, smiled his small cold smile.

Part 4521

Loki said, "Yes." Thor, the poem records, did not smile.

Part 4522

The Thrymskvidha gives us Thor's response in one of its small great lines.

Part 4523

Thor said, "They will call me unmanly." The poem records this objection with all the seriousness the old North could give to a question of honor.

Part 4524

Thor, for whom honor was not an abstract concept, for whom honor was the small everyday thing of being a god who was known and feared and respected

Part 4525

Thor could not, the poem implies, imagine himself putting on a bride's gown.

Part 4526

The gown would not, in the old North, simply be a costume.

Part 4527

The gown would be a public act of becoming the thing the gown represented.

Part 4528

The gods of Asgard would see him in it.

Part 4529

The giants of Jotunheimr would see him in it.

Part 4530

The skalds of the long winters afterward would tell stories about him in it.

Part 4531

The men of Midgard, in their long cold halls, would, for many generations to come, laugh in their cups about the time the strongest god of Asgard had put on a bride's gown.

Part 4532

Thor could not, in that moment, accept it.

Part 4533

The poem records this objection in a single famous line.

Part 4534

Thor said, "Argr." Argr is one of the great words of the old North.

Part 4535

It means, and the meaning is not translatable in any single English word, it means unmanly

Part 4536

but it means more than that.

Part 4537

It means a man who has given up his manhood.

Part 4538

It means a man who has accepted the role of the woman.

Part 4539

It means, in the old Norse warrior honor culture, the single most insulting word that could be said of a man.

Part 4540

To be argur was to be unworthy of the company of men.

Part 4541

To be argur was to be exiled from the warrior's hall.

Part 4542

To be argur was, in some old laws, to be killable without consequence.

Part 4543

Thor was saying that he could not, by going through with this plan, do that to himself.

Part 4544

The gods, the poem records, looked at one another.

Part 4545

Loki, and this is one of the small moments where the poem lets us see Loki's intelligence at its sharpest.

Part 4546

Loki stood up.

Part 4547

Loki said, "Shut up, Thor." The Thrymskvida records this with exactly that bluntness.

Part 4548

"Thegi thu Thor," the poem says.

Part 4549

Shut up, Thor.

Part 4550

Loki was the only being in Asgard who could say a thing like that to Thor and survive.

Part 4551

He said it.

Part 4552

The gods, the poem implies, did not flinch.

Part 4553

They knew Loki was speaking for all of them.

Part 4554

Loki said, "Think." Loki said, "If you do not go to Thrymmer's hall, if you do not do this thing

Part 4555

the Jotnar will rule Asgard within the year.

Part 4556

They will come here.

Part 4557

They will sit on our seats.

Part 4558

They will take our halls.

Part 4559

They will be the masters of this place where you and I and all of these other gods have lived for as long as any of us can remember.

Part 4560

They will end us.

Part 4561

Mjolnir is the thing that has kept the Jotnar out of Asgard.

Part 4562

Without Mjolnir, the Jotnar come in.

Part 4563

You know this.

Part 4564

You have always known this.

Part 4565

The choice is not between wearing a bride's gown and not wearing a bride's gown.

Part 4566

The choice is between wearing a bride's gown for one day and watching everything we have ever cared about being ground under the feet of the Jotnar for the rest of time." Thor

Part 4567

the poem records, looked at Loki for a long moment.

Part 4568

Then he looked at Freya.

Part 4569

Then he looked at Sif, his wife, who was sitting at the council with her hair the color of gold falling down her back.

Part 4570

Sif, the poem implies, did not say anything.

Part 4571

She did not need to.

Part 4572

The two of them, Thor and Sif, had been married long enough to know each other in the small

Part 4573

quiet way that long married beings know each other.

Part 4574

Thor was asking her with one look across the council whether she could bear what was about to happen

Part 4575

whether she could sit in her hall in Asgard for the next eight nights knowing that her husband was on his way east in a bride's gown to be married to another being

Part 4576

whether she could bear the long, quiet humiliation of knowing that her husband had agreed to put on the veil of another woman

Part 4577

and not just any other woman, but the most beautiful goddess in Asgard, the goddess of love herself

Part 4578

whose necklace would for the long ride east be lying against her husband's collarbones.

Part 4579

Sif, the poem implies, considered all of this for one long quiet moment, and then she gave him the only answer that mattered.

Part 4580

She nodded once slowly. with the small, calm steadiness of a woman who had known, since the morning her husband had walked into her hall to tell her his hammer was gone

Part 4581

that some price would have to be paid, and who had decided, long before the council had even been called

Part 4582

that whatever the price was, she would, in her own way, help him pay it.

Part 4583

Sif, the old North remembered, had reason to be cautious about the cleverness of Loki.

Part 4584

It had been Loki, in some older story, who had once crept into her bedroom in the night and cut off her hair while she slept.

Part 4585

Sif knew what the cleverness of Loki could cost.

Part 4586

She knew that the plans of Loki, even when they worked, were not the kind of plans that came without consequence.

Part 4587

She knew that the gown she was now allowing her husband to wear was, in some small way, going to cost her too.

Part 4588

She nodded anyway.

Part 4589

That was, the poem implies, what marriage in the old North could be at its best.

Part 4590

Two beings who had been together long enough to know what the other was asking and who could

Part 4591

when the cost was high and the moment came, give each other the small, calm answer that made the next hard thing possible.

Part 4592

It was permission, the wife's permission, the permission of the gods of Asgard in the form of one calm look from his own wife to do the thing he was being asked to do.

Part 4593

Thor, the poem records, said one word.

Part 4594

He said, "Very well." And the gods, the poem implies with one of its rare moments of collective relief

Part 4595

the gods exhaled.

Part 4596

The plan had been accepted.

Part 4597

Thor would go.

Part 4598

The wedding would be performed.

Part 4599

The hammer would be brought out.

Part 4600

Mjolnir would, by the old laws of the Jotnar, be laid on the bride's knees for the blessing of the marriage.

Part 4601

And after that, after that, the poem implies, the old laws of the Jotnar would no longer matter.

Part 4602

After that, the old laws of any of the worlds would no longer matter.

Part 4603

After that, there would be only Thor and Mjolnir and a hall full of giants.

Part 4604

Chapter seven, The Bridal Veil.

Part 4605

The gods went to work.

Part 4606

The Thrymskvidha gives this chapter in a few quick stanzas, and the chapter is the small precious comedy of the poem.

Part 4607

The gods of Asgard, with their council ended, went together with Thor into the great hall of Freyja where the dresses of Asgard's women were kept

Part 4608

and they began to dress Thor as a bride.

Part 4609

It did not go quickly.

Part 4610

The gown was, the poem implies, the first problem.

Part 4611

The bride's gown of a goddess like Freyja was a fine close fitted thing, long falling to the floor with embroidered patterns at the hem and the sleeves.

Part 4612

It was not made for the shoulders of Thor.

Part 4613

The shoulders of Thor were the shoulders of the strongest god in Asgard.

Part 4614

The gown, when they tried to fasten it across his chest, would not close.

Part 4615

The scalds in the long winter halls would tell for centuries afterward the story of how the gods of Asgard had to let out the seams of Freyja's wedding gown to fit it around Thor's shoulders and how the women of Freyja's household stood around with needles and thread very calmly

Part 4616

very seriously doing the work that needed to be done.

Part 4617

The gown was finally fastened.

Part 4618

Then the necklace.

Part 4619

Freyja, the poem implies, took the Brisingamen off her own neck and placed it around Thor's.

Part 4620

The four small dwarf stones of the necklace in the late afternoon light of Freyja's hall lay against Thor's collarbones.

Part 4621

Freyja did this.

Part 4622

The poem implies without any expression the gods were gonna use her necklace to deceive a giant.

Part 4623

Her necklace would, by the end of the day, be in the hall of Thrymmer.

Part 4624

Her necklace would be the one piece of her that would, in some small way, be present at the wedding she was not attending.

Part 4625

She fastened the clasp.

Part 4626

She stepped back.

Part 4627

Then the keys.

Part 4628

The bride of a Norse household carried around her belt a set of keys.

Part 4629

The keys were the symbol of the bride's coming authority over the household, the keys to the food store

Part 4630

the keys to the chest, the keys to the great storehouse where the household kept the things that mattered.

Part 4631

Thor, as the bride, would need to wear these keys.

Part 4632

The gods, the poem implies, found a set of bride's keys somewhere in Freyja's hall, and they fastened them to Thor's belt.

Part 4633

The keys hung against his hip.

Part 4634

The keys clinked very softly every time he moved.

Part 4635

Then the rings.

Part 4636

The bride of a Norse household wore rings, gold rings on her fingers, a great brooch at her shoulder.

Part 4637

The gods of Asgard found these things and put them on Thor.

Part 4638

Then the veil.

Part 4639

The veil was the last and the most important of all the bride's garments.

Part 4640

The veil was the white linen cloth that covered the bride's head and face.

Part 4641

The veil hid the bride from the eyes of the wedding guest until the moment at the end of the wedding feast when the husband raised the veil and saw for the first time the face of the woman he had married.

Part 4642

The veil was the great symbol of the bride.

Part 4643

The veil was the thing that, by the customs of the Old North, made the wedding a wedding.

Part 4644

Freyja, the poem implies, brought out a veil of fine white linen.

Part 4645

She held it for a moment in her hands.

Part 4646

Thor, and we can imagine this even though the poem does not say it, Thor stood very still.

Part 4647

He had been standing very still for some time now.

Part 4648

He had been standing very still while the seamstresses had let out the seams of the gown.

Part 4649

He had been standing very still while the Brisingamen had been fastened around his throat.

Part 4650

He had been standing very still while the keys had been hung at his belt and the rings had been placed on his fingers.

Part 4651

He had not, in any of those small unmakings of himself, said anything.

Part 4652

He had simply stood.

Part 4653

He had let the gods of Asgard do to him what they needed to do.

Part 4654

He had, the poem implies, with all the dignity the Old North could find for him, he had held his breath somewhere deep in his chest

Part 4655

and he had let the bride be made out of him.

Part 4656

The veil was the last piece.

Part 4657

Once the veil came down, the unmaking would be complete.

Part 4658

Once the veil came down, the gods of Asgard would look at him and see not Thor, but Freyja.

Part 4659

Once the veil came down, the long ride east would begin, and the long humiliation and the long careful pretending in the giant's hall.

Part 4660

Freyja set the veil on Thor's head.

Part 4661

She pulled it down over his face.

Part 4662

Thor, behind the veil, did not move.

Part 4663

He could see, the poem implies, and this small detail is one the old North would have understood.

Part 4664

Thor could see the gods of Asgard through the veil.

Part 4665

The veil was a thin linen.

Part 4666

Light came through it.

Part 4667

The shapes of the gods who had dressed him were visible on the other side of the white cloth

Part 4668

but the gods of Asgard could no longer easily see his face.

Part 4669

The veil hid him.

Part 4670

The veil was, for the first time since he had taken Mjollnir off his belt the previous evening

Part 4671

a barrier between Thor and the world.

Part 4672

The poem records this moment in its small dignified way in a single line.

Part 4673

Thor was now dressed.

Part 4674

He was, by every outward sign, the bride.

Part 4675

Freyja's gown, Freyja's necklace, the bride's keys, the bride's rings, the bride's veil.

Part 4676

He was, in every visible way, ready to be married to the king of the Jotnar of the eastern country.

Part 4677

Loki watching smiled his small cold smile.

Part 4678

Loki said, 'She will need a handmaiden.' The Thrymskvida gives this moment to Loki in one of its small lovely lines.

Part 4679

Loki, who had been the architect of the whole impossible plan, Loki was not content to send Thor east alone.

Part 4680

Thor, in a bride's veil, would, at the very first awkward word, give the whole thing away.

Part 4681

Thor did not have the gift of words.

Part 4682

Thor did not have the gift of social grace.

Part 4683

Thor was the god of thunder, not the god of polite conversation at a wedding feast in a giant's hall.

Part 4684

Thor would need a bridesmaid, a handmaiden who could speak for him, who could explain his strangenesses

Part 4685

who could deflect questions, who could, when the giant's eyes lingered too long on the bride

Part 4686

give the kind of clever, quick answer that would turn the questioning aside.

Part 4687

Loki, the poem implies, knew exactly who that handmaiden should be.

Part 4688

Loki said, "I will be the handmaiden." The gods, the poem records, did not object.

Part 4689

The gods understood.

Part 4690

The plan would not work without Loki.

Part 4691

Loki, in a handmaiden's gown, with his cold eyes and his quick tongue and his small smile

Part 4692

was exactly the being who could keep Thor from being recognized at the wedding feast of Thrymmer.

Part 4693

The gods dressed Loki.

Part 4694

The poem records this in a single quick image.

Part 4695

They put a handmaiden's gown on him, a simple linen dress more modest than the bride's

Part 4696

a cap on his head, a small bundle of belongings, the way a handmaiden traveling with her bride would have carried

Part 4697

slung over his shoulder.

Part 4698

Loki, in handmaiden's clothes, looked, the poem implies, convincingly like a handmaiden.

Part 4699

Loki had always been able to take any shape he chose.

Part 4700

The handmaiden's gown was not, for Loki, a hard costume.

Part 4701

Thor, behind the veil, said one word.

Part 4702

He said, "Loki." Loki said yes.

Part 4703

Thor said, "Do not let me kill you on the road east." Loki, the poem implies, did not promise anything.

Part 4704

Loki only smiled his small, cold smile.

Part 4705

The gods, the poem records, walked the two of them, the bride and the bridesmaid, out into the open air of Idavollr

Part 4706

where Thor's chariot of goats was waiting and where the long road east lay open under the late afternoon sky.

Part 4707

Chapter eight, The Road East.

Part 4708

They climbed into the chariot.

Part 4709

Thor's chariot, the Thrymskvidha gives us in a single quick image, was drawn by two great goats.

Part 4710

The poem does not name them in this stanza, but the old North would have known their names.

Part 4711

They were Tanngrisnir, the gap toothed, and Tanngnjóstr, the tooth gnasher.

Part 4712

Two great goats with horns curving above their heads, with shaggy coats the color of late autumn grass

Part 4713

with hooves shod in brass.

Part 4714

They drew the chariot of Thor across the worlds when he traveled.

Part 4715

They drew it now.

Part 4716

Thor, in his bride's veil, sat down in the chariot.

Part 4717

Loki, in his handmaiden's gown, sat down beside him.

Part 4718

The gods of Asgard, standing on the long grass of Idavollr, watched them go.

Part 4719

Sif was there.

Part 4720

Freyja was there.

Part 4721

Odin was there.

Part 4722

Heimdallr, with his great horn, was there.

Part 4723

None of them, the poem implies, spoke.

Part 4724

There was nothing to say.

Part 4725

The bride and the bridesmaid were on their way.

Part 4726

The gods could only watch and hope and wait for the chariot to come back with a hammer in it.

Part 4727

Thor took up the reins of the goat chariot.

Part 4728

He shouted, the poem implies, in his great voice, the voice that was the same whether he wore a bride's veil or not.

Part 4729

he shouted at the goats.

Part 4730

The goats started forward.

Part 4731

The chariot lurched.

Part 4732

The wheels began to turn.

Part 4733

The chariot picked up speed.

Part 4734

And here the Thrymskvidha gives us one of its small great lines.

Part 4735

The poem says in two careful stanzas that the chariot went east at such speed and Thor drove the goats with such fury at having to make this journey at all that the road behind them caught fire.

Part 4736

The rock split.

Part 4737

The mountain shook.

Part 4738

The earth burned with flame.

Part 4739

Bjorg brustu, brann jord loga.

Part 4740

It is one of the famous lines of the Old Norse corpus.

Part 4741

The mountain shattered.

Part 4742

The earth burned with flame.

Part 4743

The poem is, in this single line, giving us a window into the cosmic temper of Thor in this moment.

Part 4744

Thor was not happy Thor was driving his chariot east at the speed of his own fury at the situation he had been placed in.

Part 4745

The road behind him, in the wake of the chariot's wheels, was a long line of cracked rock and burning grass.

Part 4746

The mountains on either side of his path were trembling.

Part 4747

Loki, in his handmaiden's gown, hung onto the side of the chariot.

Part 4748

The Thrymskvidha does not record what Loki said in that moment.

Part 4749

We can imagine that Loki, with his cold eyed pragmatism, was thinking that they needed to slow down

Part 4750

that arriving at Thrymmer's hall with the visible signs of cosmic disturbance trailing behind them would not

Part 4751

perhaps, help with the disguise.

Part 4752

We can imagine Loki turning his head and the wind catching at a small handmaiden's cap and Loki saying something quiet and sharp to Thor through the noise of the wheels.

Part 4753

We can imagine Thor behind his veil, breathing in, breathing out, pulling the reins a little, slowing the goats.

Part 4754

The fire behind them died down.

Part 4755

The chariot, by the time it crossed the long border into Jotunheimr, was no longer trailing cosmic disturbance behind it.

Part 4756

It was just a chariot, a bride and her handmaiden, two great goats pulling them across the cold country.

Part 4757

The journey was, by then, a quieter journey.

Part 4758

The country grew rougher.

Part 4759

The forest grew darker.

Part 4760

The cattle of the Jotnar grazed in the high pastures on either side of the road.

Part 4761

The smoke of the Jotnar's halls rose in long, thin lines from the small clearings between the trees.

Part 4762

They drove east.

Part 4763

They drove east through the late afternoon and into the long blue evening of Jotunheimr.

Part 4764

The Havamal opens with a verse for the kind of crossing the chariot was making.

Part 4765

At every doorway, the old poem says, "Before you go in, look around carefully.

Part 4766

You never know what enemy is already sitting on the bench within." The bench within Thrymmer's hall that evening was lined with enemies.

Part 4767

And as the evening grew, the great hall of Thrymmer came into sight on the horizon.

Part 4768

The new straw of its roof, the doors thrown open, the cooking fires already burning.

Part 4769

The hall, the poem implies, was already at full preparation for the wedding.

Part 4770

Thrymmer, the king of the Jotnar, was waiting.

Part 4771

The Thrymskvidha gives us the next moment in one of its small great touches.

Part 4772

Thrymmer When he saw the chariot coming up the long road from the west, Thrym stood up from his stone seat outside the hall.

Part 4773

Thrym called to his giants.

Part 4774

Thrym's voice carried across the pasture and through the open doors of the hall.

Part 4775

Thrym said, "Stand up, Jotnar.

Part 4776

She is coming.

Part 4777

Freyja, the daughter of the Vanir, is coming to my hall to be my bride, to bring me the great prize my hammer theft has won." The Thrymskvida records his speech with all the small awful pride of a giant who is about to be very badly fooled.

Part 4778

Thrym says in the next stanza that he has many gold horned cattle, many black oxen, many things in his hall

Part 4779

many treasures, many fine gems and rings, and that all of these things would mean nothing to him until tonight when at last he would have Freyja.

Part 4780

The poem records this with a small dry irony.

Part 4781

The poem knows that Thrym has just said the last thing he will ever say with any of his old confidence.

Part 4782

The chariot rolled to a stop in front of the hall.

Part 4783

The bride climbed down.

Part 4784

The handmaiden climbed down.

Part 4785

The goat stood breathing hard in the cold blue evening light.

Part 4786

The bride, with her veil down over her face, was led by Thrym's hand.

Part 4787

Thrym, the poem implies, took her hand at the door of the hall, and the bride's hand was even through the gown

Part 4788

even through the long sleeve, even through the embroidered cuff, a hand of strange and unusual size and weight.

Part 4789

Thrym led her in.

Part 4790

The wedding feast began.

Part 4791

Chapter nine.

Part 4792

The wedding feast.

Part 4793

The hall was full.

Part 4794

The Thrymskvida gives us the wedding feast in three stanzas, and the three stanzas are the comic heart of the poem.

Part 4795

The hall of Thrymr was filled with giants, cousins, brothers, sons, lords of the eastern country

Part 4796

lesser jotnar of the surrounding mountains.

Part 4797

The long tables of the hall were laid with food.

Part 4798

The great hearth at the center of the hall was burning.

Part 4799

The cooking fires in the side passages were sending up smoke through the open vents in the roof.

Part 4800

The hall was loud with the voices of the giants, with the slow, heavy laughter of giants pleased about a wedding that was a triumph

Part 4801

with the small, bright clinking of bronze cups being filled with mead.

Part 4802

The hall was warm.

Part 4803

It was the warmth of a great cold country hall on a winter evening, the warmth of stone walls that had soaked up the heat of the cooking fires for hours

Part 4804

the warmth of bodies and the bodies of jotnar.

Part 4805

The old North knew were large bodies, hot bodies, bodies that gave off heat the way smaller bodies could not.

Part 4806

The warmth of the rough wool clothes that the wedding guests were wearing, the long fur cloaks over the shoulders of the men

Part 4807

the heavy gowns of the women, the small steam that rose from the cups of hot spiced wine that were now being passed down the long tables.

Part 4808

The hall was warm in a way that the poem implies the bride was feeling under her veil.

Part 4809

The hall smelled, the poem implies, of many things at once.

Part 4810

It smelled of roasting beef.

Part 4811

It smelled of charred fat.

Part 4812

It smelled of the long, sweet smoke of pine wood burning in the great hearth, of the small

Part 4813

sharp smoke of resinous branches being tossed in for fragrance, of the warm, yeasty smell of bread baking in the side ovens.

Part 4814

It smelled of mead, which is to say it smelled of honey, of fermented honey, of the warm

Part 4815

spiced honey wine that the jotnar of the eastern country were famous for and that they were now bringing out in great oak barrels and pouring into the bronze cups of every guest in the hall.

Part 4816

The hall sounded like a feast, the slow, heavy laughter of giants, the clinking of cups

Part 4817

the scrape of long knives on the wooden cutting boards as the carving women cut the roasted meats into portions.

Part 4818

The small quick footsteps of the serving children, who were the half grown jotnar of Thrymmer's household

Part 4819

weaving in and out among the tables with platters held high.

Part 4820

The voices in the rafters of the great hall, rising and falling, gathering into the long low roar that any large feast in any large hall makes when the company has settled in and the mead has begun to do its work.

Part 4821

And underneath all of it, very quietly, very steadily, the slow careful breathing of the bride.

Part 4822

Thrymmer sat at the high seat at the head of the hall.

Part 4823

Thor, the bride, with the veil down over his face, with Freyja's necklace at his throat

Part 4824

with the keys clinking at his belt, sat at Thrymmer's right hand.

Part 4825

Loki, the handmaiden, sat at Thor's right hand, ready to speak for him.

Part 4826

The food came.

Part 4827

The Thrymskvida gives us the menu of the wedding feast in a single careful stanza.

Part 4828

Roasted ox, eight salmon, all the delicate small dishes that were customarily made for the women of the feast.

Part 4829

Small breads, small honey cakes, small soft fruits, small cheeses, the kind of fine careful foods that a bride was expected to eat slowly

Part 4830

in small portions, behind her veil.

Part 4831

The bride, the poem records, did not eat slowly.

Part 4832

The bride ate the whole ox.

Part 4833

The bride ate all eight of the salmon.

Part 4834

The bride ate every one of the small delicate dishes that had been prepared for the women.

Part 4835

And then, the poem records, the bride called for mead.

Part 4836

Three barrels of mead.

Part 4837

The bride drank.

Part 4838

The Thrymskvida says, three barrels of mead in a single sitting.

Part 4839

Thrymr, sitting in his high seat at the head of the hall, watched all of this.

Part 4840

Thrymr's face, the poem implies, slowly changed.

Part 4841

The poem gives us, in one of its famous lines, Thrymr's reaction.

Part 4842

Thrymr leaned over to where Loki was sitting at the bride's right hand.

Part 4843

Thrymr spoke very softly.

Part 4844

Thrymr said, I never saw a bride bite more sharply.

Part 4845

I never saw a maiden eat more food.

Part 4846

I never saw a young woman drink more mead.

Part 4847

It is one of the small comic gems of the Old North.

Part 4848

Thrymr, the king of the Jotnar, the lord of the Thirsas, the giant who has hidden Mjolnir eight leagues underground

Part 4849

Thrymr is now leaning across the high table and quietly asking the handmaiden whether his bride is

Part 4850

perhaps, unusual.

Part 4851

Loki, the poem records, was ready.

Part 4852

Loki had, the poem implies, been preparing for exactly this question on the long ride east.

Part 4853

Loki turned to Thrymr.

Part 4854

Loki, in his handmaiden's voice, which the poem implies was a soft, careful voice, the kind of voice a respectful handmaiden of an old high rank goddess would use to address the giant who was about to become her mistress's husband.

Part 4855

Loki gave Thrymr the answer.

Part 4856

Loki said, Freya has not eaten in eight nights.

Part 4857

So eager was she to come to your hall, lord of the Thirsas, so impatient was she to be your bride

Part 4858

that she has not slept and has not eaten for the eight nights since the demand was sent.

Part 4859

Now, finally, in your hall, she is eating and drinking, because at last she is here.

Part 4860

The poem gives us Thrymr's response in the smallest possible touch.

Part 4861

Thrymr smiled.

Part 4862

It was a smile of vanity.

Part 4863

It was a smile of a being who, on hearing the explanation, found that he was very willing to believe the explanation

Part 4864

because the explanation flattered him.

Part 4865

Freya had been so eager for him, so hungry for the wedding, that she had not slept or eaten for eight nights.

Part 4866

Of course.

Part 4867

Of course she had.

Part 4868

He, Thrymr, was the giant she had been waiting for.

Part 4869

He, Thrymr, was the king worthy of such hunger.

Part 4870

Thrymr was satisfied.

Part 4871

The feast continued.

Part 4872

The bride, behind her veil, kept eating.

Part 4873

Chapter ten.

Part 4874

The eye beneath the veil.

Part 4875

The feast went on for some time.

Part 4876

The Thrymskvidda does not give us the length, but the poem implies that the meal stretched on through the long evening of Jotunheimr

Part 4877

with the cooking fires burning down, with the small fine wedding foods being brought out by the women of Thrymmer's household

Part 4878

with the mead going around in the great bronze cups, with the slow heavy laughter of the giants growing slower and more affectionate as the wedding feast did the thing wedding feasts always do

Part 4879

which is bring the company into the warmth of a long shared meal.

Part 4880

And at some point in the evening, the poem implies, Thrymmer leaned over toward the bride.

Part 4881

Thrymmer wanted to kiss her.

Part 4882

The Thrymskvidda gives us the moment with all the small comic dread it can muster.

Part 4883

Thrymmer, the king of the Jotnar, the bridegroom, the man who had won the prize he had been waiting for

Part 4884

Thrymmer leaned across the high table toward the bride who sat beside him with her veil still down over her face.

Part 4885

He wanted, the poem implies, to lift the veil and see the face of his bride.

Part 4886

He reached out.

Part 4887

He lifted the veil just a little, just enough to see in the warm hall light the eyes of the woman he was about to be married to.

Part 4888

Thor, the poem implies, could not move.

Part 4889

The poem does not tell us this, but we can imagine it.

Part 4890

Thor, sitting at the high seat at the head of the hall with the great square iron head of Mjolnir still nowhere in his hands

Part 4891

with his hand still trapped under the embroidered sleeve of a bride's gown, with the giant's face four inches from his own face and the giant's mouth coming closer with the slow

Part 4892

heavy intention of a kiss.

Part 4893

Thor could not move, could not strike, could not stand up, could not in any of the small old ways the god of thunder had ever solved a problem

Part 4894

solve this problem.

Part 4895

Mjolnir was somewhere in the hall on a cloth in the hands of giants being brought out in slow procession.

Part 4896

Mjolnir was not yet in his lap.

Part 4897

Mjolnir was not yet in his hand.

Part 4898

Thor was, for one second of the long evening, the most vulnerable he had ever been in his life.

Part 4899

Thor was a bride.

Part 4900

Thor was unarmed.

Part 4901

Thor was being kissed at by a giant.

Part 4902

He held the eye contact.

Part 4903

He had to.

Part 4904

Looking away would have been the giveaway.

Part 4905

Closing his eyes would have been the giveaway.

Part 4906

Any flinch, any small involuntary turn of the head, any small reflexive setting of the jaw would have been the giveaway.

Part 4907

Thor held the eye contact with the man he had ridden east to kill, with the man whose face was now closer to his own face than any face had ever been outside his own bed

Part 4908

and he held it, and he held his breath, and he held the small, slow burning fury of a god who had been brought to this point by the strangest series of small impossible decisions any god had ever been brought to.

Part 4909

And the burning, the poem implies, was visible.

Part 4910

The fury came up through Thor's eyes the way it had come up through his beard on the morning he had found his hammer gone.

Part 4911

He could not contain it.

Part 4912

He had been containing it all day.

Part 4913

He had been containing it through the dressing.

Part 4914

He had been containing it through the ride east.

Part 4915

He had been containing it through the feast.

Part 4916

The fury had been gathering in his chest, in his shoulders, in the muscles of his arms under the long embroidered sleeves.

Part 4917

And now, in the small space between his face and Thrymmer's, with no way to release it

Part 4918

the fury did the only thing it could do.

Part 4919

It came out through his eyes.

Part 4920

His eyes burned.

Part 4921

His eyes burned the way coals at the bottom of a forge fire burn when the bellows have been working them for a long time.

Part 4922

His eyes burned the way the iron of Mjolnir had burned in the great forging contest of the dwarves Eitri and Brokkr long ago

Part 4923

when the small pale flame at the bottom of the forge had been worked, breath after breath

Part 4924

into the bright white fury that the hammer head had been pulled out of.

Part 4925

His eyes burned.

Part 4926

Thrymmer saw them.

Part 4927

He recoiled.

Part 4928

The Thrymskvida gives this recoil in one of its great lines.

Part 4929

Thrymmer leapt back.

Part 4930

Thrymmer almost overturned his own high seat.

Part 4931

Thrymmer, the king of the Thyrses, was, for the first time in this whole poem, afraid.

Part 4932

The poem records, in Thrymmer's own voice, what he had seen.

Part 4933

Thrymmer said, Why are Freya's eyes so terrible?

Part 4934

Why do they burn like fire?

Part 4935

Why are they not the eyes of a maiden?

Part 4936

The poem records this in one of its small, dignified stanzas.

Part 4937

Thrymmer's eyes had met in the small space under the lifted edge of the veil, the eyes of Thor.

Part 4938

And Thor's eyes behind the veil were not the eyes of Freya.

Part 4939

They were the eyes of the God who had spent the entire journey east burning with the fury of having to wear a bride's gown.

Part 4940

They were the eyes of a being who had just eaten an entire ox and drunk three barrels of mead and was

Part 4941

in the way only Thor could be, very awake.

Part 4942

They were the eyes that in the corners of the warm hall light glowed like the small coals at the bottom of a forge fire.

Part 4943

Thrymmer saw them, and Thrymmer, the giant who had been ready to laugh off any eccentricity of his bride.

Part 4944

Thrymmer, in this moment, almost saw through the disguise.

Part 4945

Loki, the poem records, was ready again.

Part 4946

The poem does not tell us what Loki was feeling in that second, but we can imagine.

Part 4947

We can imagine that Loki, who had been the architect of the whole plan, who had ridden east with Thor

Part 4948

knowing that this exact moment would come, who had been rehearsing his lines for the long ride out

Part 4949

Loki, in this second, was feeling for the first time the full cold weight of what the plan had been asking him to carry.

Part 4950

If the next sentence out of his mouth did not work, both of them would die in this hall.

Part 4951

There were a hundred giants in this room.

Part 4952

There were weapons on every wall.

Part 4953

Mjollnir was not in Thor's hand.

Part 4954

The plan, the careful, impossible plan, was in this small space between Thrymmer's leaning in face and the bride's burning eyes

Part 4955

and it lived or died on whether Loki could say one true sounding sentence in the voice of a soft

Part 4956

careful handmaiden.

Part 4957

Loki's heart, the poem implies, came up into his throat.

Part 4958

Loki's voice, the poem implies, stayed very even.

Part 4959

Loki, in his handmaiden's voice, and the poem implies that this is the moment when all of Loki's clever

Part 4960

cold thinking on the long road east was being repaid in a single critical exchange.

Part 4961

Loki leaned in toward Thrymmer.

Part 4962

Loki said, Lord of the Thursas, do not be afraid.

Part 4963

Freyja's eyes burn because for the same reason that she has eaten and drunk so much tonight

Part 4964

she has not slept for eight nights.

Part 4965

The eight nights between the demand and the wedding, she has lain awake in her hall, so eager was she for you.

Part 4966

Her eyes burn because they have not been closed.

Part 4967

They will be calm again, Lord of the Thursas, after she has rested in your bed.

Part 4968

The Thrymskvida records Thrymmer's reaction to the second explanation with the same small comic touch.

Part 4969

Thrymmer who had almost seen through the disguise.

Part 4970

Thrymmer, on hearing Loki's explanation, again chose to believe it.

Part 4971

He chose to believe it because the explanation, again, flattered him.

Part 4972

Freyja's eyes burned with the hunger of love.

Part 4973

Freyja's eyes had not slept because she could not stop thinking of him.

Part 4974

Thrymmer, in this moment, settled back onto his high seat.

Part 4975

He smiled again.

Part 4976

It was the small, dangerous smile of a giant who has chosen vanity over caution.

Part 4977

It was the smile of a giant who was, the poem implies, about to die, but Thrymmer did not yet know that.

Part 4978

Thrymmer, restored to his confidence by the explanation, Thrymmer now decided that it was time.

Part 4979

The feast had gone on long enough.

Part 4980

The mead had been drunk.

Part 4981

The food had been eaten.

Part 4982

The hour had come for the moment that, by the old laws of the Jotnar, would make the wedding final.

Part 4983

Thrymmer stood up at the high seat.

Part 4984

Thrymmer raised his voice across the hall.

Part 4985

The Thrymskvida gives us his speech in one of the great anticipated moments of the entire poem.

Part 4986

Thrymmer said, "Bring out the hammer." Chapter Eleven: The Hammer on the Knee.

Part 4987

A small silence fell across the hall.

Part 4988

The Thrymskvida gives us the silence in a single quick line.

Part 4989

The giants of Thrymmer's hall, hearing the king's command, stopped their conversations.

Part 4990

The clinking of cups stopped.

Part 4991

The laughter stopped.

Part 4992

The hall was, for one moment, completely still because the giants knew what was about to happen.

Part 4993

The bringing out of the hammer at a giant wedding was the great consecrating moment of the marriage.

Part 4994

The hammer of the bridegroom, the symbol of his power and of the protection he would now extend over his bride

Part 4995

was carried out by the bridegroom's men.

Part 4996

It was laid on the bride's knees.

Part 4997

The bride, by accepting the hammer on her knees, accepted the protection of her husband.

Part 4998

The husband, by laying the hammer on her knees, gave that protection.

Part 4999

It was the moment that, by the old laws of the Jotnar, the laws older than any of the laws of the gods

Part 5000

made the wedding final.

Part 5001

Thrymmer's giants brought out the hammer.

Part 5002

The Thrymskvidda does not give us the details of the procession, but the poem implies that the hammer was carried by several giants.

Part 5003

Mjollnir was a heavy weapon, and even in the hall of Thrymmer, the bringing out of it was a procession.

Part 5004

They carried it on a cloth.

Part 5005

They carried it slowly, with the great care that the moment required.

Part 5006

The hammer, the poem implies, was the great hammer, Mjollnir of Thor, with its short, heavy haft and its great square iron head

Part 5007

with the small marks on the head where the dwarves Eitri and Brokkr had finished it in the deep places of the worlds.

Part 5008

It was, after eight long nights, no longer eight leagues underground.

Part 5009

It was, after eight long nights, finally back in the same room as Thor.

Part 5010

The giants approached the high table.

Part 5011

They carried the hammer to where the bride was sitting beside Thrymmer.

Part 5012

They, by the old custom of the Jotnar, laid Mjollnir on the bride's knees.

Part 5013

The Thrymskvidda gives us, here, the line that the Old North preserved more carefully than almost any other line in the entire poem.

Part 5014

The line is, Hlo hlórida hugr í brjósti.

Part 5015

It means, the heart of Thor laughed in his breast.

Part 5016

Thor, who had been silent through the whole feast, who had eaten an ox and ate salmon and drunk three barrels of mead

Part 5017

who had stared out at Thrymmer through the veil with eyes that almost gave him away

Part 5018

who had been carried east in a bride's gown against every instinct of his honor.

Part 5019

Thor, in this single quiet moment, when the haft of his own hammer touched the cloth of the gown across his own knees

Part 5020

when his hand, hidden under the embroidered sleeve of the bride's gown, closed around the haft that he had not held in eight nights.

Part 5021

Thor's heart laughed in his breast.

Part 5022

It is one of the small great lines of the entire Old Norse corpus.

Part 5023

The heart of Thor laughed, not aloud, not so that any of the giants in the hall heard it.

Part 5024

The poem is careful about this.

Part 5025

The laughter was internal.

Part 5026

The laughter was the small recognition, deep in Thor's chest, that the long humiliating journey

Part 5027

the gown, the keys, the necklace, the veil, the eight salmon, the three barrels of mead, the careful explanations of Loki

Part 5028

all of it, all of it had brought him here to this moment with his hand around the haft of Mjollnir in the hall of Thrymmer with the giants of the eastern country gathered around him in their long wedding feast clothes

Part 5029

weapons at their sides, but not in their hands.

Part 5030

The slow, heavy laughter of a feast still echoing in the rafters of the hall.

Part 5031

The laughter was also, the poem implies, something else.

Part 5032

The laughter was the moment in which a being who had spent the whole day being someone he was not

Part 5033

being a bride, being a quiet woman, being a thing the gown had made him, felt himself in one small private second become himself again.

Part 5034

The hand under the embroidered sleeve was his own hand.

Part 5035

The hand was the hand that had held this hammer ten thousand times.

Part 5036

The hand knew the haft.

Part 5037

The haft knew the hand.

Part 5038

The wood of the haft had over the long years taken the shape of his grip.

Part 5039

The grip now slid back into the place the haft had been waiting for it to slide.

Part 5040

The hammer remembered him.

Part 5041

He remembered the hammer under the veil, behind the gown, with the Brisingamen at his throat and the bride's keys at his belt and the small bright rings of the bride still on his fingers.

Part 5042

Thor, for one small space of one held breath with his hand on his own hammer for the first time in eight nights

Part 5043

Thor was again Thor.

Part 5044

The bride was not the bride.

Part 5045

The bride was the god of thunder, and the god of thunder, the poem implies, was about to be the god of thunder again.

Part 5046

Thor was Thor again.

Part 5047

Mjollnir was Mjollnir again.

Part 5048

The plan, the careful impossible plan of Loki, had worked.

Part 5049

There is a verse in the Havamal that says, "Praise the day at evening.

Part 5050

Praise the woman after she is buried.

Part 5051

Praise the weapon when it has been tried." Mjolnir, that night, was about to be tried.

Part 5052

The Thrymskvidha gives us the next moment in three quick stanzas.

Part 5053

Thor seized the hammer from his own lap.

Part 5054

He stood up at the high table.

Part 5055

The veil fell back.

Part 5056

The bride's gown fell open.

Part 5057

The keys jangled at his belt.

Part 5058

The Brisingamen swung at his throat.

Part 5059

Freyja's gold and Thor's beard and the great square iron head of Mjolnir all caught the firelight at the same moment

Part 5060

and Thrymr, beside him at the high seat, finally, too late, saw who his bride was.

Part 5061

Thrymr stood up.

Part 5062

Thrymr opened his mouth to call to his giants.

Part 5063

Thor brought Mjolnir down.

Part 5064

The Thrymskvidha records the moment with the brief dignity of a poem that knows it does not need to elaborate.

Part 5065

The hammer fell.

Part 5066

Thrymr, the king of the thursas, fell.

Part 5067

The hall, for a single moment, was full of the small sound of the king of the jotnar of the eastern country striking the floor of his own hall.

Part 5068

Then the giants began to rise, and Thor, the great red bearded god, with the gown still half on

Part 5069

with the necklace still around his neck, with his hammer in his hand, Thor moved through the hall of Thrymmer the way Thor always moved through halls of giants.

Part 5070

The poem does not give us the details.

Part 5071

The poem says only that Thor, in this hall, killed every giant who stood up to come against him.

Part 5072

The hall, by the time it was over, was silent.

Part 5073

The wedding feast, by the time it was over, was no longer a wedding feast.

Part 5074

Thrymmer's hall was a hall of fallen giants and a god with a hammer.

Part 5075

The Thrymskvidha gives us one final small detail, and the detail is one of the strangest in the poem.

Part 5076

At the end of the slaughter, when the hall was silent, an old jotun woman came forward.

Part 5077

She had been Thrymmer's sister.

Part 5078

She had, the poem implies, been at the wedding for the giving of the bride gift, which in the old North was the gift of rings from the bridegroom's family to the bride.

Part 5079

She had been about to give Freyja, as she imagined Freyja, the rings that were her right by custom.

Part 5080

Now, with her brother dead and the hall full of fallen giants and the bride who was not a bride standing in the middle of it all with her hammer in her hand

Part 5081

she asked anyway.

Part 5082

She asked for the rings.

Part 5083

The Thrymskvidha records with a small dry note that Thor gave her instead what he had given her brother.

Part 5084

The hall went quiet.

Part 5085

Thor lowered the hammer.

Part 5086

He looked around the hall at the long fallen tables, at the small fire still burning in the wall sconces

Part 5087

at the great half eaten ox at the center of the high table, at the empty mead barrels on the floor

Part 5088

and he understood that the wedding was over.

Part 5089

The mission was done.

Part 5090

Mjolnir was in his hand.

Part 5091

Loki, in his handmaiden's gown, stood very still in the corner of the hall.

Part 5092

Loki, who had been the architect of the whole plan, who had been at Thor's side through the whole long impossible day

Part 5093

who had spoken for Thor at the feast and saved him from Thrymmer's eyes and explained away the burning eyes and the great appetite

Part 5094

Loki in this moment did the one thing he was always good at, which was knowing when not to draw attention to himself.

Part 5095

Loki said, "Are we going home?" Thor said, "Yes." And the two of them, the god of thunder with his hammer in his hand and his gown still half on

Part 5096

and the trickster of Asgard with his handmaiden's cap askew on his head and his small cold smile playing at the corner of his mouth

Part 5097

the two of them walked out of the hall of Thrymmer in the deep blue light of the Jotunheimer night

Part 5098

and they climbed back into the chariot of goats, and they turned the chariot west, and they went home.

Part 5099

The Thrymskvidha gives us one final stanza for the ride back.

Part 5100

The chariot, with Thor no longer in the cosmic rage of the outward journey, with Mjolnir back in his hand and the matter resolved

Part 5101

drove west across the long country between Jotunheimer and Asgard at the ordinary speed of a chariot.

Part 5102

The road behind them did not catch fire.

Part 5103

The mountains did not split.

Part 5104

The earth did not burn.

Part 5105

The two great goats pulled the chariot steadily across the cold country through the night and into the first gray light of the dawn over Asgard.

Part 5106

Thor came home.

Part 5107

Thor, still in the gown, the poem implies because the poem does not record any pause to change clothes.

Part 5108

Thor came home to the gods of Asgard with Mjolnir at his side in the first light of morning.

Part 5109

The gods of Asgard, who had waited the night, came out to meet him.

Part 5110

The Thrymskvidha ends the story here with one last small line.

Part 5111

The gods received Thor.

Part 5112

The hammer was back.

Part 5113

The matter was closed.

Part 5114

Freyja's necklace was returned to her.

Part 5115

Freyja's gown was returned to her household.

Part 5116

The bride's veil was folded carefully away.

Part 5117

Loki's handmaiden's gown was folded away too.

Part 5118

The chariot of goats was put back in its stable.

Part 5119

The poem ends, as Eddic poems often end, with a small, simple note that the story is now over.

Part 5120

Tonight, dear listener, the story will end in a slightly different way.

Part 5121

Tonight, we will sit for a moment in the closing of the story before we let you go to sleep.

Part 5122

Chapter Twelve: Goodnight and the Wolf at the Edge of Time.

Part 5123

The story we told you tonight is one of the strangest in the Old North.

Part 5124

A god lost a hammer.

Part 5125

The hammer was hidden eight leagues underground by a king of the giants.

Part 5126

The king of the giants demanded, as the price of the hammer's return, the goddess of love as his bride.

Part 5127

The goddess refused.

Part 5128

The gods of Asgard, having no other path, dressed the god of thunder in a bride's gown and a bride's veil and sent him east to the giant's hall.

Part 5129

The giant, in the small, awful pride of a being who has been waiting too long for his prize

Part 5130

failed to recognize that the bride was not the bride he had asked for.

Part 5131

The hammer was brought out.

Part 5132

The hammer was laid on the bride's knees.

Part 5133

The bride, in that small moment, became again the god whose hammer it was.

Part 5134

And the wedding ended in the way the wedding could only have ended.

Part 5135

That is all.

Part 5136

There is no great tragedy in this story.

Part 5137

There is no death of a son of the gods.

Part 5138

There is no binding of a great old enemy.

Part 5139

There is no first meeting of two beings fated to kill each other at the end of all things.

Part 5140

There is only the small precious comedy of a god in a bride's gown and the small precious moment in which his heart laughed inside his breast when his hand finally closed around the haft of his own hammer.

Part 5141

But the Old North loved this story.

Part 5142

The Old North loved this story the way the Old North loved any story in which the gods of Asgard

Part 5143

by some clever, impossible turn, recovered what they had lost.

Part 5144

The Thrymskvidha was one of the most beloved poems in the entire Eddic corpus.

Part 5145

It survived in the Codex Regius.

Part 5146

It was probably composed, the scholars believe, in the late tenth century or the early eleventh

Part 5147

when the old religion of Iceland was just beginning to give way to the new religion.

Part 5148

It was a poem from the late days of the Old North's understanding of itself.

Part 5149

And it was, in some quiet way, exactly the kind of poem the Old North's listeners needed.

Part 5150

The hammer had been lost.

Part 5151

The hammer had been recovered.

Part 5152

The world had, by a strange, impossible path, been put right again.

Part 5153

Thor was Thor again.

Part 5154

Mjolnir was Mjolnir again.

Part 5155

And the giants, the Old North believed, would not, for one more generation at least, be the masters of Asgard.

Part 5156

But the giants were still there.

Part 5157

The Thrymskvida does not say so in its closing stanza, but the Old North's listeners would have understood.

Part 5158

Thrymr was one giant.

Part 5159

Thrymr had hidden the hammer eight leagues underground.

Part 5160

Thrymr had been answered, but the giants of the eastern country were still there in their long

Part 5161

cold halls, waiting.

Part 5162

The giants would, in the next generation, try again.

Part 5163

The giants would try again and again and again through all the long stretching ages of the Old North's cosmos until at last

Part 5164

at the end of all things, they would try one final time, and that final time would be the time when the gods of Asgard would not

Part 5165

by any clever, impossible plan, be able to send them home.

Part 5166

That final time would be Ragnarok.

Part 5167

The giants would come across the long road from the east.

Part 5168

They would cross the rainbow bridge.

Part 5169

They would walk into Asgard.

Part 5170

The hammer would still be in Thor's hand.

Part 5171

The hammer would, on that day, no longer be enough to send them back.

Part 5172

The serpent we met two nights ago in the deep, cold sea would rise from the encircling water.

Part 5173

Loki, who tonight, in the small dignified comedy of the wedding feast, was Thor's clever

Part 5174

loyal companion.

Part 5175

Loki would by then have become the great betrayer.

Part 5176

Loki would lead the giants.

Part 5177

Loki would ride at the head of the army.

Part 5178

But Ragnarok is not yet.

Part 5179

Ragnarok is, the old North believed, still many generations away.

Part 5180

Tonight the giants are at home in the cold east.

Part 5181

The hammer is back at Thor's side.

Part 5182

Freyja is back in her hall with her necklace at her throat.

Part 5183

Loki is back in his small cold cunning, smiling his small smile with no sign yet that the smile would in some far future turn into something terrible.

Part 5184

Tonight is the small precious time before the ending.

Part 5185

This is, in some quiet way, what the Thrymskvidha was telling itself in the long winter halls of the late tenth century.

Part 5186

The hammer is gone.

Part 5187

The hammer is recovered.

Part 5188

The world goes on.

Part 5189

The giants are out there.

Part 5190

The giants will try again.

Part 5191

But for tonight, the giants are at home.

Part 5192

For tonight, the hammer is here.

Part 5193

For tonight, the gods of Asgard sit in Idavollr in the morning light, and Thor is taking off the bride's gown at last

Part 5194

and Loki is taking off the handmaiden's cap, and Freyja is fastening the Brisingamen back around her own throat

Part 5195

and the long quiet day after the strange impossible night is beginning.

Part 5196

That is what tonight's story is, a small, precious recovery, a hammer back in its place

Part 5197

a few thousand more years of the world.

Part 5198

We will tell you next time of a god who went into the country of the giants for a different reason

Part 5199

not to recover something stolen, but to seek something he wanted, of a hall of riddles

Part 5200

of a contest of strength, of a great horn that no being could drain, of a cat that no being could lift

Part 5201

of an old crone called Elli, whose name in the old language meant simply old age, and against whom even Thor could not stand.

Part 5202

We will tell you of the visit to Utgardaloki on Wednesday.

Part 5203

But for now, for now, the bride is no longer the bride.

Part 5204

The hammer is back in its place beside Thor's bed.

Part 5205

The chariot of goats is stabled.

Part 5206

The Brisingamen catches the morning light at Freyja's throat.

Part 5207

Loki is sitting again at his own table with his warm cup in his hands, watching the dawn come on

Part 5208

the small cold smile playing at the corner of his mouth.

Part 5209

Sif is in the kitchen of her hall with her gold hair shining in the morning light

Part 5210

making breakfast for her husband who has come home Thor is sitting on the edge of his bed

Part 5211

taking off the last of the bride's gown and reaching down to the place beside the bed where Mjolnir now is again.

Part 5212

The world has another few thousand years.

Part 5213

The wolf at the edge of time waits.

Part 5214

The great ship Naglfar is still being built.

Part 5215

Ragnarok is still far away.

Part 5216

Tonight there is only the cold morning of Asgard and a hammer back in its place and a god in his own bed and a small smile somewhere across town that has not yet turned into the smile that ends everything.

Part 5217

Good night, dear listener.

Part 5218

Wherever you are tonight, whatever bed you are in, whatever quiet room, whatever soft pillow you have laid your head on

Part 5219

let the picture of the god and the hammer be the last picture you carry into sleep.

Part 5220

Not the slaughter at the end of the wedding feast.

Part 5221

Not the falling of Thrimur.

Part 5222

The hand.

Part 5223

The hand of the god, hidden under the embroidered sleeve of the bride's gown, closing around the haft of his own hammer for the first time in eight long nights.

Part 5224

The small private laughter of his heart inside his breast.

Part 5225

The recognition.

Part 5226

The recovery.

Part 5227

Let the wolf at the edge of time wait.

Part 5228

Let Ragnarok wait.

Part 5229

Tonight there is only the morning and the hammer and the good night.

Part 5230

And tonight there is only your bed and your breath and the room around you growing dark.

Part 5231

Sleep.

Part 5232

The Sleeping Almanac will be here on Wednesday with another story from the Old North.

Part 5233

New episodes every Wednesday and Sunday at eight o'clock in the evening.

Part 5234

If the story carried you down into sleep, if the picture of the god and the hammer was the last thing you saw before the dark came

Part 5235

leave a quiet small note in the comments.

Part 5236

We read every one.

Part 5237

We tell each other in the morning who slept.

Part 5238

Sleep deeply.

Part 5239

Sleep without dreams.

Part 5240

And wake into a quieter world.

Part 5241

Good night, dear listener.

Part 5242

From the long Old North.

Part 5243

From the bride who was not a bride.

Part 5244

From the hammer back in its place.

Part 5245

From the almanac that is keeping the slow count.

Part 5246

Good night.

The Mead of Poetry

Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac.

The Mead of Poetry

Tonight: the night Óðinn, the all father, the king of Asgard, the wisdom seeker,

Part 5249

became a snake and slid through a crack in a mountain to steal the poetry of the worlds.

Part 5250

A drill in the stone.

Part 5251

A snake on its belly.

Part 5252

A giant's daughter on a golden throne.

Part 5253

Three sips of a precious mead.

Part 5254

And a god flying home, in the shape of a great eagle, with all of poetry held inside his throat.

Part 5255

We will tell the story tonight from the Hávamál, the wisdom poem of the old north,

Part 5256

and from Snorri Sturluson's Skáldskaparmál, the second part of the Prose Edda.

Part 5257

The Hávamál preserves the heist in Óðinn's own voice.

Part 5258

Six brief stanzas.

Part 5259

The only moment in the entire Norse corpus where the All Father speaks first person about something he stole.

Part 5260

The Hávamál says: I sought the old giant.

Part 5261

Now I am back.

Part 5262

Talking got me very little there.

Part 5263

With many words I won my wishes in the hall of Suttungr.

Part 5264

Rati's mouth made me an opening, gnawed through the stone.

Part 5265

The paths of the giants ran over and under.

Part 5266

I risked my head on it.

Part 5267

Gunnlǫð gave me, from her golden throne, a drink of the precious mead.

Part 5268

Tonight, by the time the story is done, we will be in the hall of Suttungr.

Part 5269

Settle in.

Part 5270

Let your shoulders drop.

Part 5271

We begin on the day a god of wisdom was born from a jar of spit.

Part 5272

Chapter One.

Part 5273

The Spit in the Jar.

Part 5274

There was, in the old north, a war.

Part 5275

The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us when, exactly.

Part 5276

The Vǫluspá tells us only that it was the first war in the worlds,

Part 5277

the war that came before the world we know.

Part 5278

We can imagine, from the small details the poem gives us, that it was very long ago,

Part 5279

in the days when the gods were still figuring out what kind of beings they were going to be.

Part 5280

There were, the old north remembered, two tribes of gods.

Part 5281

The Æsir, the gods of the sky and the storm and the spear and the gallows, lived in Asgard.

Part 5282

Their father was Óðinn.

Part 5283

Their lord of thunder was Þórr.

Part 5284

Their watcher at the rainbow bridge was Heimdallr.

Part 5285

The Æsir were the gods we have been telling stories about all season.

Part 5286

The Vanir, the gods of the field and the sea and the long slow growing of things, lived in Vanaheimr.

Part 5287

Their father was Njǫrðr.

Part 5288

Their lord of harvest was Freyr.

Part 5289

Their lady of love was Freyja.

Part 5290

The Vanir were the older gods, the quieter gods, the gods who remembered the world before the world.

Part 5291

The two tribes, in the long old days, did not get along.

Part 5292

The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us, in detail, why the war began.

Part 5293

The poem implies, and the Vǫluspá implies, that it had something to do with a woman.

Part 5294

A Vanir witch named Gullveig.

Part 5295

The Æsir tried to burn her.

Part 5296

She would not burn.

Part 5297

They burned her three times, the poem says, and three times she rose from the fire whole.

Part 5298

After the third burning, the Æsir gave up on burning her, and the Vanir came to her defence,

Part 5299

and the war began.

Part 5300

It was, the old north remembered, a long war.

Part 5301

It went on for years.

Part 5302

Maybe for ages.

Part 5303

The Æsir threw their spears across the field.

Part 5304

The Vanir threw down the walls of Asgard.

Part 5305

Both sides used every weapon they had.

Part 5306

Both sides tried every trick.

Part 5307

And by the end of it, neither side could win.

Part 5308

So the war ended the way the old north's worst wars always ended.

Part 5309

It ended with talk.

Part 5310

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the two tribes came together in the centre of the worlds,

Part 5311

in a place where they could meet without either side having the advantage, and they sat down across from each other,

Part 5312

and they made peace.

Part 5313

But the peace, the old north understood, had to be sealed.

Part 5314

In the old laws of the north, when two parties made peace after a long war,

Part 5315

they had to mark the moment in some way that could not be taken back.

Part 5316

They had to do a thing that no one in either tribe could later undo.

Part 5317

They had to bind themselves to the truce.

Part 5318

And the way they did it, in this case, the Skáldskaparmál tells us with the small dry tone of a man writing down something very strange, was this.

Part 5319

They spat.

Part 5320

All of the gods, the Skáldskaparmál says, came forward, one by one, Óðinn first,

Part 5321

then Freyr, then Njǫrðr, then Freyja, then Heimdallr, then every one of the Æsir and every one of the Vanir,

Part 5322

all the gods who had been at the war and were now at the peace,

Part 5323

and each of them, in turn, leaned forward over a great jar that had been set on a stone in the centre of the council,

Part 5324

and each of them spat into it.

Part 5325

The Skáldskaparmál tells us this with the smallest possible explanation.

Part 5326

Snorri Sturluson, writing in Iceland two hundred years after the old poems were first preserved,

Part 5327

does not pause to tell us why.

Part 5328

He simply says: they spat into a jar, and that is how the peace was sealed.

Part 5329

We can imagine, from what the old north understood about marks of binding, that the spit of every god in the worlds,

Part 5330

mixed together in one vessel, was a thing that no one in either tribe could ever later separate.

Part 5331

The peace, by the time the last god had spat into the jar, was inside the jar.

Part 5332

The peace, in some old north sense, had become a physical thing.

Part 5333

A thing that the gods, between them, had made together.

Part 5334

The jar was full.

Part 5335

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the gods looked at the jar after the spitting was done,

Part 5336

and they understood that what was inside it was too important to be poured out.

Part 5337

The spit of all the gods in the worlds, mixed together, the marker of the first peace,

Part 5338

was a substance, the gods understood, that had to be kept.

Part 5339

But they did not, the poem implies, quite know what to do with it.

Part 5340

And then, the Skáldskaparmál says, with the small tone of a poet preparing us for a wonder,

Part 5341

one of the gods had an idea.

Part 5342

We do not know which one.

Part 5343

The poem does not name the god.

Part 5344

We can imagine, the way the old north often imagined Óðinn at the moment of any clever idea,

Part 5345

that it was Óðinn.

Part 5346

We can imagine the All Father looking at the jar of mixed spit, and tilting his one good eye,

Part 5347

and saying, with the slow careful voice of a god who has just thought of something he has never thought of before: we could make it into a being.

Part 5348

A being made of the wisdom of all the gods.

Part 5349

A being who could carry, inside his body, the peace itself.

Part 5350

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that this is what the gods did.

Part 5351

They took the spit from the jar.

Part 5352

They shaped it, the way a potter shapes clay.

Part 5353

They breathed life into it.

Part 5354

And the being who stood up, when the spit had become flesh and the flesh had taken its first breath, was a man.

Part 5355

His name was Kvasir.

Part 5356

The Skáldskaparmál tells us his name with a small reverence.

Part 5357

Kvasir, the wisest being in the worlds.

Part 5358

Kvasir, born of the spit of every god in every tribe.

Part 5359

Kvasir, the living embodiment of the peace between the Æsir and the Vanir.

Part 5360

Kvasir, the poem implies, was so wise that no question, asked of him by any being in any of the worlds,

Part 5361

could ever stump him.

Part 5362

He stood up.

Part 5363

He looked at the gods around him.

Part 5364

He understood, the poem implies, in the first moment of his existence, what he was,

Part 5365

and why he had been made, and what he was for.

Part 5366

And he opened his mouth, and he spoke for the first time, and the first thing he ever said,

Part 5367

the poem implies, was a thing of such wisdom that the gods themselves,

Part 5368

even Óðinn, even the All Father, were quiet for a long moment afterward.

Part 5369

Kvasir, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, then asked permission to leave.

Part 5370

He did not, the poem implies, want to live in Asgard.

Part 5371

He did not want to live in Vanaheimr.

Part 5372

He wanted, instead, to walk through the worlds, through the lands of men and the lands of dwarves and the lands of giants and the lands of small beings the old north did not have names for, and to teach.

Part 5373

To answer questions.

Part 5374

To bring the wisdom of the gods to the beings who had never had a god to ask.

Part 5375

The gods, the poem implies, agreed.

Part 5376

And Kvasir walked out of the council of the gods, and he walked away from Asgard,

Part 5377

and he walked into the world.

Part 5378

Chapter Two.

Part 5379

The Wisest Being in the Worlds.

Part 5380

Kvasir walked.

Part 5381

The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us how long.

Part 5382

The poem moves quickly through this part of the story, the way poems do when they are setting up something terrible by establishing first something good.

Part 5383

Kvasir walked through the worlds.

Part 5384

He stopped wherever beings stopped him.

Part 5385

He answered any question that any being asked.

Part 5386

He never, the poem tells us, did not have an answer.

Part 5387

We can imagine, and the old north, telling this story around their winter fires,

Part 5388

would have imagined, what it was like to meet Kvasir on the road.

Part 5389

You would have been, perhaps, a farmer.

Part 5390

Or a fisherman.

Part 5391

Or a small craftsman in a village in the long northern country.

Part 5392

You would have been going about your work in the way you always did,

Part 5393

and you would have looked up from your field or your nets or your bench,

Part 5394

and you would have seen a quiet stranger walking down the road.

Part 5395

He would not have looked, the old north imagined, like anything special.

Part 5396

Kvasir, the poem implies, did not glow.

Part 5397

He did not radiate.

Part 5398

He did not announce himself.

Part 5399

He was simply a quiet man in a traveller's cloak, walking with the slow steady pace of a being who had nowhere in particular to be by any particular time,

Part 5400

and who was happy, while he walked, to stop and talk.

Part 5401

You might have called out to him.

Part 5402

You might have asked him, the way the old north's farmers asked travelling strangers,

Part 5403

whether the weather to the east was good.

Part 5404

Or whether there were giants on the road north.

Part 5405

Or whether he had seen any news of the king's army.

Part 5406

And Kvasir, the Skáldskaparmál implies, would have answered.

Part 5407

And his answer would have been, you would have understood, with a small slow chill of recognition,

Part 5408

the truest answer to that question that anyone had ever given you.

Part 5409

Not just true.

Part 5410

True in a way you had not known was possible.

Part 5411

As if the question itself had been, before he spoke, much smaller than you had realised,

Part 5412

and his answer had revealed how large it really was.

Part 5413

You might, then, have asked him a second question.

Part 5414

You might have asked him, the old north imagined, the kind of question you had been carrying around in the back of your chest for years.

Part 5415

The question about whether your wife still loved you.

Part 5416

Or whether your son was lost.

Part 5417

Or whether the small dark feeling you had been having, in the mornings, was a sickness or an omen.

Part 5418

And Kvasir, the poem implies, would have answered that question too.

Part 5419

And his answer to that one would have changed your life.

Part 5420

Because that, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was what Kvasir did.

Part 5421

He walked through the worlds, and he stopped wherever beings stopped him, and he answered.

Part 5422

He answered the small questions and he answered the large questions and he answered the questions no one had quite known how to ask.

Part 5423

And when he had answered, he walked on.

Part 5424

He did not stay.

Part 5425

He did not collect a following.

Part 5426

He did not build a hall and gather students around him.

Part 5427

He simply walked, and answered, and walked on.

Part 5428

He was, the old north remembered, the wisest being who had ever lived.

Part 5429

And the wisest being who had ever lived, the old north also remembered, with the small dry note of a tradition that knew exactly how the world worked,

Part 5430

did not survive very long.

Part 5431

Because, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small heaviness of a poet who knows what is coming,

Part 5432

Kvasir's walking eventually took him to a particular hall, on a particular evening, in a particular country at the edge of the worlds.

Part 5433

And the beings who opened the door of that hall, when Kvasir knocked, were not beings who were going to ask him questions.

Part 5434

They were beings who were going to kill him.

Part 5435

Chapter Three.

Part 5436

The Dwarves at the Door.

Part 5437

Their names were Fjalar and Galar.

Part 5438

The Skáldskaparmál tells us their names without ceremony.

Part 5439

Two dwarves.

Part 5440

Brothers.

Part 5441

The kind of dwarves the old north remembered with the small uneasy tone of a tradition that knew dwarves were not,

Part 5442

despite their small size, safe.

Part 5443

Dwarves, in the old north, were craftsmen.

Part 5444

They forged the great hammer of Þórr.

Part 5445

They forged the spear of Óðinn.

Part 5446

They forged the ring of Andvari that would bring down kingdoms.

Part 5447

But dwarves, the old north also remembered, kept their own counsel.

Part 5448

Dwarves had reasons no one else understood.

Part 5449

Dwarves, when they wanted something, would do things to get it that no other being in the worlds would have done.

Part 5450

Fjalar and Galar, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, lived in a small dark hall in a dark country far from the gods.

Part 5451

They had heard, the poem implies, of the wisest being in the worlds.

Part 5452

They had heard, perhaps, the stories of farmers and fishermen and small craftsmen who had been changed by a meeting with the quiet stranger on the road.

Part 5453

They had heard, perhaps, that the stranger never refused a guest.

Part 5454

They had heard, perhaps, that the stranger would come to any hall to which he was invited,

Part 5455

and that he would stay for one evening, and that he would answer any question put to him,

Part 5456

and that he would then walk on.

Part 5457

And they decided, the Skáldskaparmál implies with the small dry tone of a poet who knows exactly what kind of beings these were, to invite him.

Part 5458

They sent a message.

Part 5459

We can imagine, from how such things were done in the old north, that they sent a small runner,

Part 5460

or a passing trader, or a bird trained for such errands.

Part 5461

The message went out into the world.

Part 5462

It said: Fjalar and Galar, the dwarf brothers of the deep country, invite the wise Kvasir to their hall.

Part 5463

They have heard of his answers.

Part 5464

They would like, very much, to hear one for themselves.

Part 5465

Will he come?

Part 5466

Kvasir, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, came.

Part 5467

He did not, the poem implies, suspect anything.

Part 5468

Kvasir had been invited to many halls.

Part 5469

Kings had invited him.

Part 5470

Witches had invited him.

Part 5471

Hermits in mountain caves had invited him.

Part 5472

Kvasir had gone to all of them, and he had answered their questions, and he had walked on.

Part 5473

He had no reason, when the message from Fjalar and Galar reached him, to think this invitation was different.

Part 5474

He walked, the poem implies, for many days.

Part 5475

The country where Fjalar and Galar lived was a long way from the road where the message had reached him.

Part 5476

The journey took Kvasir through forests that grew thicker as he walked east.

Part 5477

The trees, the old north imagined, grew older.

Part 5478

The light, between the trees, grew dimmer.

Part 5479

The roads, the old north imagined, grew less travelled.

Part 5480

And by the time Kvasir arrived at the hall of Fjalar and Galar, he had been walking,

Part 5481

alone, through deep country for a very long time, and he was, for the first time in his existence as a wise being in the world, tired.

Part 5482

He knocked on the door.

Part 5483

The door, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was opened by Fjalar.

Part 5484

We can imagine, from how the old north imagined dwarves, what Fjalar looked like.

Part 5485

Short.

Part 5486

Bearded.

Part 5487

Eyes the colour of cold metal.

Part 5488

A small smile that did not, quite, reach the rest of his face.

Part 5489

He stood in the doorway, and he looked up at the tall wise stranger,

Part 5490

and he said the words the old north remembered the dwarves saying: welcome, friend.

Part 5491

Come in.

Part 5492

We have been waiting.

Part 5493

Kvasir came in.

Part 5494

The hall, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was warm.

Part 5495

There was a fire in the hearth.

Part 5496

There was food on the table.

Part 5497

There was, near the fire, a second dwarf, Galar, the brother, already seated at one of the benches,

Part 5498

with a cup in his hand.

Part 5499

Galar looked up when Kvasir came in.

Part 5500

Galar smiled the same small smile his brother had smiled at the door.

Part 5501

Galar gestured, with the cup, to a seat at the table.

Part 5502

Kvasir sat.

Part 5503

And the Skáldskaparmál tells us what happened then with the smallest possible number of words.

Part 5504

The two dwarves, the poem says, killed him.

Part 5505

That is the line the poem gives us.

Part 5506

They killed him.

Part 5507

The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us how.

Part 5508

The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us what was said.

Part 5509

The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us what Kvasir, in his last moments, understood about what was happening to him.

Part 5510

The poem moves through this moment with the dry brevity of a tradition that knew there was no way to make the killing of the wisest being in the worlds bearable to tell at any length,

Part 5511

and so chose to tell it as quickly as possible.

Part 5512

They killed him.

Part 5513

And then, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, they did something stranger.

Part 5514

They drained his blood.

Part 5515

They took, the poem implies, two great vessels, vessels they had prepared, in advance, for exactly this purpose.

Part 5516

They drained Kvasir's blood into the vessels.

Part 5517

They drained, the poem implies, every drop.

Part 5518

The wisdom of all the gods, in the form of the blood of the being the gods had made of their spit,

Part 5519

ran out of Kvasir and into the dwarves' vessels, and Fjalar and Galar collected it carefully,

Part 5520

and they set the vessels aside.

Part 5521

Then, the Skáldskaparmál says, they brought out a third vessel.

Part 5522

A vessel of honey.

Part 5523

They mixed Kvasir's blood with the honey.

Part 5524

They stirred the mixture, the way a brewer stirs the first stages of mead.

Part 5525

They poured the mixture, when it had settled, into three smaller vessels, one large vessel called Óðrœrir,

Part 5526

and two smaller vessels called Boðn and Són.

Part 5527

And what they had made, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was the most precious substance that had ever existed in any of the worlds.

Part 5528

It was a mead.

Part 5529

A mead, the poem says, of such a kind that any being who drank even a single sip of it would,

Part 5530

from that moment forward, be a poet and a scholar.

Part 5531

The wisdom of Kvasir, the wisdom of every god in every tribe, distilled through Kvasir's body,

Part 5532

mixed now with honey and stored in three small vessels in a dwarf's hall in the deep country, could be drunk.

Part 5533

It could be carried in a cup.

Part 5534

It could be tasted on a tongue.

Part 5535

And anyone who tasted it would never, after that, be the same.

Part 5536

The dwarves, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, drank none of it themselves.

Part 5537

They were dwarves.

Part 5538

The mead, the old north understood, was not made for dwarves.

Part 5539

The mead, the dwarves understood, was a thing to be kept.

Part 5540

A thing to be hidden.

Part 5541

A thing, perhaps, to be sold, one day, at the highest possible price to the highest possible buyer.

Part 5542

They set the three vessels on a high shelf in the back of their hall.

Part 5543

And the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry note of a poet who knows exactly what kind of beings these dwarves were,

Part 5544

that they began, almost immediately, to look for the next being they could kill.

Part 5545

Chapter Four.

Part 5546

The Drowning of Gilling.

Part 5547

Some time later, the Skáldskaparmál does not tell us how long, a giant came to the dwarves' hall.

Part 5548

His name was Gilling.

Part 5549

The Skáldskaparmál tells us his name without much ceremony.

Part 5550

Gilling, a giant of the eastern country, a being of the jǫtnar tribe,

Part 5551

the kind of being who, in the long old north, lived in the cold mountains and the deep forests where the gods rarely went.

Part 5552

Gilling had a wife.

Part 5553

The Skáldskaparmál does not give us her name.

Part 5554

Gilling and his wife, the poem implies, had come to the dwarves' country on some business of their own.

Part 5555

Perhaps trade.

Part 5556

Perhaps a journey.

Part 5557

The poem does not tell us.

Part 5558

The poem tells us only that they came to the dwarves' hall, and that they accepted the dwarves' hospitality,

Part 5559

and that they sat down at the dwarves' table to eat.

Part 5560

Fjalar and Galar, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not like having giants in their hall.

Part 5561

We can imagine, from how the old north remembered dwarves, that they were uneasy.

Part 5562

Giants were larger than dwarves.

Part 5563

Giants were stronger than dwarves.

Part 5564

A giant in a small dwarf hall was, in the long view, a being who could break the hall if he wanted to.

Part 5565

The dwarves, the poem implies, watched their guest carefully.

Part 5566

They smiled the small smiles they were good at.

Part 5567

They served the food.

Part 5568

They poured the drink.

Part 5569

And they thought, the poem implies, about what they were going to do about Gilling before he could do anything about them.

Part 5570

After the meal, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Fjalar invited Gilling to go out in a small boat.

Part 5571

The country around the dwarves' hall, the poem implies, was a country of lakes.

Part 5572

There were small boats at the shore.

Part 5573

Fjalar suggested, with the small careful courtesy of a host showing his guest the local sights,

Part 5574

that they could row out on the lake and see the country from the water.

Part 5575

Gilling, who did not know what kind of host he had, agreed.

Part 5576

They took a small boat out onto the lake.

Part 5577

Gilling, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was at the prow.

Part 5578

Fjalar was at the oars.

Part 5579

They rowed out, the poem implies, into the deeper water in the middle of the lake.

Part 5580

And then Fjalar, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with no particular ceremony, drove the boat against a hidden rock.

Part 5581

The boat, the poem tells us, capsized.

Part 5582

Gilling, who was a giant of the mountains and not of the sea, could not swim.

Part 5583

He drowned.

Part 5584

The Skáldskaparmál tells us this with the dry brevity it has used for everything else in this story.

Part 5585

Gilling drowned.

Part 5586

Fjalar swam to shore.

Part 5587

Fjalar walked back to the hall, where his brother Galar was waiting, and where Gilling's wife,

Part 5588

who did not yet know what had happened, was also waiting.

Part 5589

When Gilling's wife saw Fjalar come back alone, she understood, the Skáldskaparmál implies, immediately what had happened.

Part 5590

She began to wail.

Part 5591

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that she wailed, in the door of the dwarves' hall,

Part 5592

in a voice so loud and so full of grief that the dwarves could not bear to hear it.

Part 5593

The dwarves, the poem tells us, conferred.

Part 5594

The dwarves, the poem tells us, agreed that something would have to be done about the wailing.

Part 5595

Galar went to the door.

Part 5596

He called Gilling's wife outside.

Part 5597

He said, the poem implies, with the small false soothing voice of a being lying to ease another being's grief,

Part 5598

that he could take her to see the place on the lake where Gilling had drowned.

Part 5599

He would help her, he said, find her husband's body.

Part 5600

She came outside.

Part 5601

Galar, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was waiting for her with a heavy millstone in his hands.

Part 5602

As she stepped through the door, Galar dropped the millstone from above.

Part 5603

It struck her on the head.

Part 5604

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the brevity it has used for every killing in this story,

Part 5605

that she fell to the ground, and that she was dead.

Part 5606

And the two dwarves, the poem implies, dragged her body away from their hall,

Part 5607

and they went back inside, and they returned to the slow careful work of guarding the three vessels of mead.

Part 5608

They had killed, by this point, three beings.

Part 5609

Kvasir.

Part 5610

Gilling.

Part 5611

Gilling's wife.

Part 5612

And they thought, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that the killings were over.

Part 5613

They were wrong.

Part 5614

Because Gilling, it turned out, had a son.

Part 5615

His name was Suttungr.

Part 5616

Chapter Five.

Part 5617

The Brother's Revenge.

Part 5618

Some time later, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Suttungr came looking for his parents.

Part 5619

We can imagine, from how the old north's giants kept track of each other across the great cold country,

Part 5620

that he did not find them quickly.

Part 5621

Giants travelled slowly.

Part 5622

Giants kept long counsel.

Part 5623

Suttungr would have waited, perhaps for a long time, for word of his father and mother to come back from their journey.

Part 5624

He would have waited at his own hall, the Skáldskaparmál implies, in the deep eastern mountains,

Part 5625

and he would have grown, with each passing month, more and more uneasy.

Part 5626

When the word finally came, the old north imagined, it came from a passing trader.

Part 5627

The trader, perhaps, had stopped at the dwarves' hall on his way through the lake country.

Part 5628

The dwarves had been hospitable.

Part 5629

The dwarves had fed him.

Part 5630

The dwarves, in the small careless way of beings who had committed a murder and were now quite confident they had got away with it,

Part 5631

had said something, a wrong word, perhaps, or a small slip, about the strange visitors they had recently entertained.

Part 5632

The trader, the old north imagined, had been clever enough to notice.

Part 5633

The trader had said nothing in the hall.

Part 5634

The trader had ridden on.

Part 5635

And when the trader, in his next country, met one of Suttungr's kin, he told them what he had heard.

Part 5636

Suttungr came at once.

Part 5637

The Skáldskaparmál tells us his arrival at the dwarves' hall with the small heavy economy it has used for everything in this story.

Part 5638

Suttungr came.

Part 5639

He stood in the door of the dwarves' hall.

Part 5640

He was, the poem implies, a giant of great size, taller than the door of the hall,

Part 5641

taller perhaps than the hall itself, and the dwarves, the moment they saw him in their doorway,

Part 5642

understood that everything they had thought they had got away with was, in this single moment,

Part 5643

no longer something they had got away with.

Part 5644

Suttungr asked them where his father was.

Part 5645

The Skáldskaparmál does not give us the dwarves' answer in detail.

Part 5646

The poem implies that they tried, at first, to lie.

Part 5647

They tried, perhaps, to say that Gilling had come, and that Gilling had left,

Part 5648

and that they did not know where Gilling had gone.

Part 5649

We can imagine, from how dwarves lied in the old north, that they were good at it.

Part 5650

They had small smiles.

Part 5651

They had careful voices.

Part 5652

They had practised, in their long lives of dealings with beings stronger than they were,

Part 5653

the art of saying nothing while seeming to say everything.

Part 5654

Suttungr, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not believe them.

Part 5655

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, then, what Suttungr did.

Part 5656

He took both dwarves by the shoulders.

Part 5657

He carried them, one in each great hand, out of their hall and away from their country,

Part 5658

and he carried them, the poem implies, for some distance, across forests and across rivers and out to the western edge of the cold country where the cold sea met the cold rocks.

Part 5659

And he set them down, the poem says, on a single small rock that stood out from the shore.

Part 5660

A rock that was, when the tide was low, dry.

Part 5661

A rock that was, when the tide came in, completely underwater.

Part 5662

He set them on the rock.

Part 5663

He stepped back, the Skáldskaparmál implies, to the dry shore.

Part 5664

And the dwarves, standing on their small rock with the tide coming in around their ankles,

Part 5665

understood, very quickly, what the giant intended to do to them.

Part 5666

Suttungr was going to wait.

Part 5667

Suttungr was going to stand on the shore, and watch, while the tide came in around the rock,

Part 5668

and the rock disappeared under the water, and the dwarves drowned the way Gilling had drowned,

Part 5669

on a small piece of stone in cold water, with no one to help them.

Part 5670

The dwarves, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, began to bargain.

Part 5671

We can imagine, from how dwarves bargained in the old north when their lives were on the line,

Part 5672

what it was like.

Part 5673

They were quick.

Part 5674

They were inventive.

Part 5675

They were, even with the cold sea water rising around their feet, calm in the small careful way of beings who had spent their whole lives weighing offers and counter offers.

Part 5676

They called out to Suttungr.

Part 5677

They told him they had something.

Part 5678

They told him they had something the giant would want.

Part 5679

They told him, the poem implies, with the quick desperate brightness of beings who had only one card to play, about the mead.

Part 5680

The mead, they said, was theirs to give.

Part 5681

The mead, they said, was the most precious substance that had ever existed in any of the worlds.

Part 5682

The mead had been made, they did not, perhaps, explain how, from the blood of the wisest being that had ever lived.

Part 5683

The mead, they said, could turn any drinker, in a single sip, into a poet and a scholar.

Part 5684

The mead, they said, was on a high shelf in their hall.

Part 5685

The mead was in three vessels.

Part 5686

The mead, they said, would be Suttungr's, in compensation for his father's death, if he would let them off the rock.

Part 5687

Suttungr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, considered.

Part 5688

He was a giant.

Part 5689

He was, the old north remembered, calculating in the slow heavy way of giants.

Part 5690

He looked down at the two small beings on the small rock with the cold water rising.

Part 5691

He listened to their offer.

Part 5692

He understood that they had killed his father.

Part 5693

He understood that they would deserve, by every old north measure of justice, to drown.

Part 5694

And he understood, with the slow practical sense of a being who had thought a great deal about what was and was not worth doing,

Part 5695

that the mead they were describing might, in fact, be a thing more valuable than the small revenge of watching two murderers drown.

Part 5696

He agreed.

Part 5697

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry note of a poet who has watched many such bargains,

Part 5698

that Suttungr waded out to the rock, and he picked up both dwarves, and he carried them back to the dry shore.

Part 5699

He set them down.

Part 5700

He looked at them.

Part 5701

He said, the poem implies, that if they did not now produce the mead they had promised,

Part 5702

he would carry them back to the rock and stand on the shore and watch until they were dead.

Part 5703

The dwarves, the poem implies, understood.

Part 5704

The dwarves agreed.

Part 5705

The dwarves led Suttungr back across the forests and across the rivers and back to their hall.

Part 5706

The mead, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was on the high shelf where they had left it.

Part 5707

Suttungr took down the three vessels.

Part 5708

He took them, the poem implies, very carefully.

Part 5709

The vessels were not large.

Part 5710

He could carry all three of them, one cradled in the crook of his arm and the others held between his fingers.

Part 5711

He looked at the dwarves.

Part 5712

He told them, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that if he ever saw either of them again,

Part 5713

he would remember what they owed him.

Part 5714

And then he turned, the poem says, and he carried the three vessels out of the dwarves' hall,

Part 5715

and he walked east, with the mead.

Part 5716

Chapter Six.

Part 5717

The Mead in the Mountain.

Part 5718

Suttungr's hall, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was in a mountain.

Part 5719

The mountain was called Hnitbjǫrg.

Part 5720

The name, in the old language, meant the clashing rocks, or the heavy rocks, depending on which scholar you ask.

Part 5721

Hnitbjǫrg was a great peak in the deep eastern country of the jǫtnar,

Part 5722

a mountain so large that whole communities of giants lived inside it, in halls cut into the rock,

Part 5723

in chambers carved out of the deep stone, in corridors that ran for miles inside the mountain's body.

Part 5724

Suttungr's hall, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was the largest of these chambers.

Part 5725

It was at the heart of the mountain.

Part 5726

It was the place Suttungr, when he was not travelling, considered his home.

Part 5727

He brought the mead there.

Part 5728

The journey home, the Skáldskaparmál implies, took some time.

Part 5729

Suttungr walked east.

Part 5730

He walked through the long countries between the lake country of the dwarves and the deep mountains of his own people.

Part 5731

He walked carefully, the poem implies, with the slow steady pace of a being who was carrying something he did not want to drop.

Part 5732

The three small vessels, in his great hands, were the most precious substance in any of the worlds.

Part 5733

He did not, the poem implies, set them down.

Part 5734

He did not even, when he stopped to sleep on his journey, let them out of his sight.

Part 5735

When he reached Hnitbjǫrg, he carried the mead deep inside.

Part 5736

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that he chose, for the hiding place, a chamber far from the main hall.

Part 5737

We can imagine, from how the old north imagined the inside of mountains, what the chamber was like.

Part 5738

Cold.

Part 5739

Dark.

Part 5740

A small space cut from the rock, far enough from the surface that the warmth of the giants' cooking fires did not reach it.

Part 5741

A space with one entrance, and the entrance closed by a heavy stone door.

Part 5742

A space, the old north imagined, that no being in the worlds could find unless they had been told exactly where to look.

Part 5743

Suttungr set the three vessels on a stone shelf in the chamber.

Part 5744

He stepped back.

Part 5745

He looked at them.

Part 5746

He understood, the Skáldskaparmál implies, what he now had.

Part 5747

He had the wisdom of all the gods, distilled through Kvasir's body, brewed by the dwarves into a drinkable form,

Part 5748

and stored in three small vessels on a shelf in a chamber in the deep heart of his mountain.

Part 5749

He had, the old north would have said, the most valuable thing any being in the worlds had ever owned.

Part 5750

And he understood, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that he could not, by himself, guard it forever.

Part 5751

He had to sleep.

Part 5752

He had to leave, sometimes, on the business of giants.

Part 5753

He had to be, at certain hours, somewhere other than the chamber where the mead was.

Part 5754

And in those hours, the poem implies, the mead would be unguarded.

Part 5755

He needed a guardian.

Part 5756

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, then, the small detail of this story that makes the whole story possible.

Part 5757

Suttungr, the poem says, had a daughter.

Part 5758

Her name was Gunnlǫð.

Part 5759

She was, the poem does not give us many details, and we will be careful not to invent too many,

Part 5760

a young giantess, the only child of Suttungr, and she lived with her father inside Hnitbjǫrg.

Part 5761

Suttungr called her.

Part 5762

We can imagine the moment.

Part 5763

Suttungr standing in the small dark chamber with the three vessels of mead on the shelf behind him.

Part 5764

Gunnlǫð arriving at the door, the poem implies, with the small quiet care of a young being summoned by her large dangerous father.

Part 5765

She would have looked at him.

Part 5766

She would have waited to be told what he wanted.

Part 5767

Suttungr told her.

Part 5768

He told her, the Skáldskaparmál implies, what was in the chamber.

Part 5769

He told her, perhaps in some detail, perhaps not, what the mead was,

Part 5770

and how it had come to him, and what it could do for any being who drank it.

Part 5771

He told her, the poem implies, what he wanted her to do.

Part 5772

He wanted her, he said, to sit in the chamber.

Part 5773

To live in the chamber.

Part 5774

To keep watch in the chamber, day and night, for as long as the mead was there.

Part 5775

To let no being into the chamber except him, and to let no drop of the mead leave the chamber until he,

Part 5776

Suttungr, came back and asked for it.

Part 5777

She was, the Skáldskaparmál implies, his only daughter, and he was, the poem implies,

Part 5778

her only living parent, and she had nowhere else, in the long old north, to be.

Part 5779

She agreed.

Part 5780

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Suttungr installed her in the chamber.

Part 5781

He brought, the poem implies, the few things she would need, a bed,

Part 5782

a chest of clothes, a small lamp, perhaps a few books or a small loom for the long quiet hours of the watch.

Part 5783

He sat her on a low stone seat near the shelf where the vessels stood,

Part 5784

and the seat, the poem tells us, was covered in gold cloth, so that she would have,

Part 5785

in the long cold hours of guarding the mead, at least one small piece of brightness near her.

Part 5786

The seat, the Skáldskaparmál implies, became her throne.

Part 5787

And Gunnlǫð, the daughter of Suttungr, took up her watch.

Part 5788

She would sit on the gold covered seat in the small dark chamber in the deep heart of Hnitbjǫrg,

Part 5789

the Skáldskaparmál implies, for what was, by the time the story arrives at her,

Part 5790

a very long time.

Part 5791

She would watch the three vessels on the shelf.

Part 5792

She would tend the small lamp.

Part 5793

She would, perhaps, sing to herself, or weave at a small loom, or read by the lamp's light.

Part 5794

She would wait.

Part 5795

She would not, the poem implies, see any being other than her father for what we can imagine was months at a stretch, perhaps years.

Part 5796

She would be, by the time another being finally came through the chamber's door,

Part 5797

the loneliest young being in any of the worlds.

Part 5798

That, the Skáldskaparmál implies, is what was waiting in the deep heart of Hnitbjǫrg.

Part 5799

A young giantess on a gold covered seat.

Part 5800

A small lamp.

Part 5801

Three vessels of the most precious mead in any of the worlds.

Part 5802

And, somewhere far away, in Asgard, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, a god who had heard,

Part 5803

by now, what Suttungr had done.

Part 5804

A god who was, by the time we leave Hnitbjǫrg and turn west, already preparing to come for it.

Part 5805

Chapter Seven.

Part 5806

Bǫlverkr at the Farm.

Part 5807

Óðinn, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, decided to steal the mead.

Part 5808

The poem does not tell us, in detail, why.

Part 5809

We can imagine the reasons.

Part 5810

The mead was the wisdom of the gods, distilled through Kvasir.

Part 5811

The mead, the poem implies, was a thing that belonged, in some old north sense, to the gods themselves.

Part 5812

Óðinn was the god of wisdom.

Part 5813

Óðinn had, years before this story, given his right eye to drink from the well of Mímir.

Part 5814

Óðinn had, years before, hung himself on the world tree for nine nights to win the runes.

Part 5815

Óðinn, of every being in the worlds, was the being who understood, most clearly,

Part 5816

what the mead was, and what it could do, and what it would mean if it stayed forever in a giant's mountain in the eastern country,

Part 5817

where no being who could properly use it would ever drink it.

Part 5818

He decided to go and get it.

Part 5819

He did not, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, go as Óðinn.

Part 5820

We have told this story before, in earlier episodes of The Sleeping Almanac.

Part 5821

Óðinn, when he travelled in the worlds outside Asgard, did not travel as the king of the gods.

Part 5822

He travelled, the Hávamál tells us, in disguise.

Part 5823

He wore the long grey cloak of a wanderer.

Part 5824

He pulled the wide brimmed hat down low over his face.

Part 5825

He hid the eye patch that would have given him away.

Part 5826

He gave himself a different name, often, in the lands he passed through.

Part 5827

He became, for the journey, somebody else.

Part 5828

For this journey, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, he became Bǫlverkr.

Part 5829

The name, in the old language, meant the evil doer.

Part 5830

Or, more precisely: the doer of bad work.

Part 5831

We can imagine, from how the old north chose its names, what Óðinn was telling himself with this choice.

Part 5832

He was going to a giant's farm.

Part 5833

He was going to play a part.

Part 5834

He was going to do, in the playing of that part, things that no good being would do.

Part 5835

He gave himself, before he went, the name that owned the thing he was about to be.

Part 5836

He walked east.

Part 5837

The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us how long.

Part 5838

The poem moves quickly.

Part 5839

Bǫlverkr walked east, away from Asgard, into the long cold country between the gods' country and the giants'.

Part 5840

He walked for what we can imagine was many days.

Part 5841

And eventually, the poem implies, he came to a farm on the edge of the giants' country,

Part 5842

in a long valley with fields of summer hay.

Part 5843

The farm, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, belonged to a giant called Baugi.

Part 5844

And Baugi, the poem tells us, was the brother of Suttungr.

Part 5845

Bǫlverkr arrived at the edge of the hayfield.

Part 5846

It was, the Skáldskaparmál implies, late in the summer.

Part 5847

The hay was tall.

Part 5848

The hay needed cutting.

Part 5849

In Baugi's hayfield, the poem tells us, nine slaves were at work.

Part 5850

They moved across the field in a long slow line, the poem implies, each with a scythe in his hands,

Part 5851

swinging in the slow steady rhythm of beings who had been at the same work all summer and would be at it for several more days.

Part 5852

The scythes flashed in the sunlight.

Part 5853

The hay fell in long rows behind them.

Part 5854

The slaves, the poem implies, did not look up when Bǫlverkr came to the edge of the field.

Part 5855

Bǫlverkr watched them for a moment.

Part 5856

He saw, the Skáldskaparmál implies, with the quick wise eye of the All Father in disguise, what he was looking at.

Part 5857

He saw that the slaves were tired.

Part 5858

He saw that the scythes were dull.

Part 5859

He saw that the work, in the long heat of the late summer, was going slowly,

Part 5860

and that the slaves had become careless, and that the field would not be finished before the weather turned.

Part 5861

He saw, the poem implies, what he could do with this.

Part 5862

He walked into the field.

Part 5863

He greeted the slaves, the Skáldskaparmál implies, in the calm courteous way of a stranger introducing himself to working men.

Part 5864

He told them he was a traveller.

Part 5865

He told them he had been watching their work.

Part 5866

He told them, the poem implies, that he was sorry to interrupt, but that he had noticed something he could perhaps help with.

Part 5867

He showed them his whetstone.

Part 5868

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Bǫlverkr carried, in a small pouch at his belt, a whetstone of unusual quality.

Part 5869

We can imagine, the poem does not specify, but we can imagine, from how the old north thought about such objects,

Part 5870

that the whetstone was something Óðinn had made, or won, or been given long ago,

Part 5871

and that it was a whetstone that could put an edge on any blade more sharply than any whetstone ever made.

Part 5872

Bǫlverkr offered, in the calm courteous voice of a stranger doing a kindness, to sharpen the slaves' scythes.

Part 5873

The slaves agreed.

Part 5874

They came forward, one at a time, the Skáldskaparmál implies, with their dulled scythes in their hands.

Part 5875

Bǫlverkr took each scythe.

Part 5876

He drew the whetstone, with slow careful strokes, along the curved iron blade.

Part 5877

And the blade, when he was done with it, was, the poem implies, sharper than it had ever been in its life.

Part 5878

The slaves, when they took their scythes back, looked at the new edges with the small slow wonder of working men suddenly given a tool they had not known was possible.

Part 5879

They went back to the work.

Part 5880

And the work, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, suddenly went very quickly.

Part 5881

The new edges cut the hay in clean fast strokes.

Part 5882

The slaves moved through the field with a new lightness, the poem implies, the way working men move when their tools are finally right.

Part 5883

The long rows of hay fell behind them.

Part 5884

The field, which had been many days from finished, became, in a single afternoon's work, almost done.

Part 5885

The slaves stopped, at the end of the afternoon, to rest.

Part 5886

They sat in the shade at the edge of the field.

Part 5887

They looked at the whetstone in Bǫlverkr's hand.

Part 5888

They began, the Skáldskaparmál implies, to talk.

Part 5889

They asked Bǫlverkr, perhaps politely at first, where he had got the whetstone.

Part 5890

They asked, perhaps less politely as the afternoon went on, whether the whetstone was for sale.

Part 5891

They asked, the poem implies, whether the whetstone could be borrowed.

Part 5892

They asked, the poem implies, whether each of them, in turn, might have the use of the whetstone,

Part 5893

just for a few moments, just for the small private purpose of sharpening his own tools at home in the evenings.

Part 5894

Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, smiled.

Part 5895

He said, in the calm courteous voice he had been using all afternoon, that the whetstone was not for sale.

Part 5896

He said that the whetstone was not for loan.

Part 5897

He said, the poem implies, with the small slow note of a god who was setting a trap,

Part 5898

that he would tell them what he was willing to do.

Part 5899

He would, he said, throw the whetstone up in the air.

Part 5900

Whichever of the nine of them caught it, the poem implies he said, could have it.

Part 5901

As a gift.

Part 5902

The slaves, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, jumped up.

Part 5903

We can imagine the moment with the dry quiet exactness of the old north.

Part 5904

Nine men in a hayfield at the end of a long afternoon.

Part 5905

Tired.

Part 5906

Hopeful.

Part 5907

Each one wanting, very much, the whetstone that would make his work easy for the rest of his life.

Part 5908

Each one looking at the other eight and understanding, in the same small slow second,

Part 5909

that only one of them was going to catch it.

Part 5910

Bǫlverkr threw the whetstone up in the air.

Part 5911

The Skáldskaparmál tells us what happened then with the dry brevity it has used for everything in this story.

Part 5912

The slaves, the poem says, reached up.

Part 5913

They reached at the same moment.

Part 5914

They reached with their scythes still in their hands.

Part 5915

And in the small space of a single moment, with nine men reaching up at the same moment with nine very sharp blades in their hands,

Part 5916

all nine of them, the poem says, cut each other's throats.

Part 5917

They fell, the Skáldskaparmál implies, where they stood.

Part 5918

The whetstone, the poem does not bother to tell us, was caught by nobody.

Part 5919

It fell to the ground somewhere among them.

Part 5920

Bǫlverkr, the poem implies, did not even bother to pick it up.

Part 5921

He stood, in the shade at the edge of the field, and he looked at the nine bodies of the slaves of Baugi the giant,

Part 5922

and he did not say anything.

Part 5923

Then he went, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, to the door of Baugi's hall.

Part 5924

Chapter Eight.

Part 5925

The Summer of Nine Men's Work.

Part 5926

Baugi was at home.

Part 5927

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that he opened the door himself, in the small quiet way of a giant who had not been expecting visitors.

Part 5928

He looked down at the stranger on his step.

Part 5929

He asked the stranger, perhaps with some impatience, what he wanted.

Part 5930

Bǫlverkr told him, the poem implies, that he had bad news.

Part 5931

He told Baugi, in the calm careful voice of a stranger being honest, that he had been passing the giant's hayfield earlier in the afternoon.

Part 5932

He told Baugi that he had seen, with great regret, an accident.

Part 5933

He told Baugi, the poem implies, that the nine slaves who had been mowing Baugi's hay had got into a small disagreement over a tool,

Part 5934

and that they had, in the heat of the disagreement, cut each other's throats with their own scythes,

Part 5935

and that all nine of them were now lying in the field, dead.

Part 5936

Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was furious.

Part 5937

He was a giant.

Part 5938

He had, the poem implies, owned those nine slaves for many years.

Part 5939

They had been, in his calculation, valuable.

Part 5940

And they were now, the poem implies, lying in his hayfield with their work half finished,

Part 5941

and the harvest was coming, and he had no other slaves, and the whole of his summer's labour was,

Part 5942

by the end of this single afternoon, on the edge of being lost.

Part 5943

He told Bǫlverkr, the poem implies, exactly what he thought.

Part 5944

Bǫlverkr listened, the Skáldskaparmál implies, with the small patient courtesy of a stranger who had nowhere in particular to be.

Part 5945

He let the giant finish.

Part 5946

And then, when the giant had run out of words, Bǫlverkr told him, in the calm voice he had been using all day,

Part 5947

that he had a proposal.

Part 5948

He told Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that he was a strong worker.

Part 5949

He told Baugi that he was, in fact, as strong as nine ordinary men.

Part 5950

He told Baugi that he was willing, if Baugi wanted him to, to do the work of all nine slaves for the rest of the summer.

Part 5951

He would mow the hay.

Part 5952

He would bring in the harvest.

Part 5953

He would, by the end of the season, leave Baugi's farm in better shape than it had been in before the accident.

Part 5954

And in exchange, Bǫlverkr said, with the small slow voice of a being naming his price,

Part 5955

he wanted only one thing.

Part 5956

He wanted, he said, a single sip of his brother Suttungr's mead.

Part 5957

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Baugi was startled.

Part 5958

He had not, the poem implies, expected this stranger to know about the mead.

Part 5959

Few beings in the worlds, by this point in the story, knew about the mead.

Part 5960

Suttungr had been careful.

Part 5961

The mead was deep in Hnitbjǫrg.

Part 5962

The mead was guarded by Gunnlǫð.

Part 5963

The mead, in the long view of the giants, was supposed to be a thing that nobody outside Suttungr's hall even knew existed.

Part 5964

Baugi looked at the stranger.

Part 5965

He saw, the Skáldskaparmál implies, what we have been told all along he saw.

Part 5966

He saw a tall man in a long grey traveller's cloak.

Part 5967

He saw a wide brimmed hat pulled low.

Part 5968

He saw the small careful smile of a being who had said exactly what he meant to say.

Part 5969

He did not, the poem implies, see Óðinn.

Part 5970

He saw only Bǫlverkr.

Part 5971

Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, agreed.

Part 5972

He agreed with a reservation.

Part 5973

He said, in the slow careful voice of a giant being honest about what he could and could not promise,

Part 5974

that he could not, by himself, give Bǫlverkr a sip of the mead.

Part 5975

The mead, he said, belonged to his brother.

Part 5976

The mead was in his brother's mountain.

Part 5977

The mead was guarded by his brother's daughter.

Part 5978

He, Baugi, had no control over the mead.

Part 5979

But if Bǫlverkr did the work, Baugi said, Baugi would go with him to Suttungr at the end of the summer,

Part 5980

and Baugi would speak on Bǫlverkr's behalf, and Baugi would do everything he could to persuade his brother to grant Bǫlverkr the sip.

Part 5981

Bǫlverkr, the poem implies, agreed.

Part 5982

He moved, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, into Baugi's farm.

Part 5983

He worked, the poem tells us, all summer.

Part 5984

We can imagine the work, the way the old north imagined the long hot work of a Norse summer.

Part 5985

The hay.

Part 5986

The cutting.

Part 5987

The hauling.

Part 5988

The stacking.

Part 5989

The repair of fences.

Part 5990

The cleaning of tools.

Part 5991

The feeding of cattle.

Part 5992

The herding of sheep.

Part 5993

The thousand small tasks that a giant's farm required, on every day of every week of the long northern summer,

Part 5994

and that had been done, until this summer, by nine men.

Part 5995

Now they were done by one.

Part 5996

Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did the work of nine men.

Part 5997

He did it well.

Part 5998

He did it quickly.

Part 5999

He did it, the poem implies, with the small steady patience of a god who knew he was paying a very long down payment on a single sip of a mead worth more than every hayfield in the worlds.

Part 6000

Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, watched him.

Part 6001

Baugi began, as the summer went on, to understand that he had got a very strange bargain.

Part 6002

The stranger he had taken on for the cost of one sip of his brother's mead was,

Part 6003

by the end of the season, going to leave Baugi's farm richer than Baugi could remember it ever being.

Part 6004

Baugi, the poem implies, began to feel, with the small uneasy sense of a being who had paid less than the true price for a thing,

Part 6005

that he owed Bǫlverkr something more than he had bargained for.

Part 6006

By the end of the summer, the work was done.

Part 6007

The harvest was in.

Part 6008

The fields were cleared.

Part 6009

The fences were repaired.

Part 6010

The tools were stored.

Part 6011

The animals were settled.

Part 6012

Baugi's farm, the Skáldskaparmál implies, had not been in this kind of shape in many years.

Part 6013

Bǫlverkr came to Baugi at the end of the season.

Part 6014

He reminded him, the Skáldskaparmál implies, of their bargain.

Part 6015

He said, in the calm voice he had been using all summer, that the time had come to go and ask Suttungr for the sip of mead.

Part 6016

Baugi, the poem tells us, agreed.

Part 6017

The two of them, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, walked east.

Part 6018

They walked, the poem implies, for several days.

Part 6019

They came to the foot of Hnitbjǫrg.

Part 6020

They climbed the long slow road that ran up the side of the mountain.

Part 6021

They came to the entrance of Suttungr's hall.

Part 6022

They were greeted, the poem implies, by Suttungr's servants, and they were brought into the hall,

Part 6023

and they were given seats at the long table, and they were given food and drink and the small careful hospitality that even a giant's hall offered to a guest who had been brought in by the master's brother.

Part 6024

Suttungr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, came to meet them.

Part 6025

He sat down at the head of the table.

Part 6026

He listened, the poem implies, while his brother Baugi explained why they had come.

Part 6027

Baugi told the story, the poem implies, carefully.

Part 6028

He told Suttungr about the accident in the hayfield.

Part 6029

He told Suttungr about the stranger who had arrived just after.

Part 6030

He told Suttungr about the bargain.

Part 6031

He told Suttungr about the summer's work.

Part 6032

He told Suttungr that the stranger had earned, by every measure of the old north's justice of work and pay,

Part 6033

a single sip of the mead.

Part 6034

Suttungr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, refused.

Part 6035

He refused, the poem implies, immediately.

Part 6036

He refused without much explanation.

Part 6037

He said that the mead was his.

Part 6038

He said that the mead had been bought at the price of his father's life.

Part 6039

He said that he had no intention, no matter what bargain his brother had made on a farm at the edge of the country,

Part 6040

of giving any drop of it to any being who was not himself.

Part 6041

He said, the poem implies, that the conversation was over.

Part 6042

Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, looked at Baugi.

Part 6043

Baugi, the poem implies, looked away.

Part 6044

And the two of them, the poem says, left Suttungr's hall, and they walked back down the long slow road that ran down the side of Hnitbjǫrg,

Part 6045

and they came to the foot of the mountain in the long blue evening of the late summer, and they stopped.

Part 6046

Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, turned to Baugi.

Part 6047

He said, in the calm voice he had been using all season, that there was another way.

Part 6048

Chapter Nine.

Part 6049

The Drill in the Stone.

Part 6050

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, then, the strangest small moment in this story.

Part 6051

Bǫlverkr proposed, in the long blue evening at the foot of Hnitbjǫrg, that they drill into the mountain.

Part 6052

He proposed it, the poem implies, with the calm matter of fact voice of a being suggesting a small technical solution to a small technical problem.

Part 6053

He said that he knew of a drill, a drill called Rati,

Part 6054

that could bore through any rock, however hard, however thick.

Part 6055

He said, the poem implies, that he had brought the drill with him, in case it was needed.

Part 6056

He said that the way into Suttungr's chamber, if the front door was closed to them,

Part 6057

was through the rock itself.

Part 6058

Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was reluctant.

Part 6059

We can imagine, from how the poem moves through this moment, that he understood what he was being asked.

Part 6060

He was being asked to help a stranger break into his brother's mountain.

Part 6061

He was being asked to take part, however small the part, in a theft of his brother's most precious property.

Part 6062

Baugi was a giant.

Part 6063

Giants did not, in the long old north, betray each other lightly.

Part 6064

But Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, had made a bargain.

Part 6065

He had taken from Bǫlverkr a summer's work.

Part 6066

He had eaten the bread his brother had refused to share.

Part 6067

He felt, the poem implies, that he owed something.

Part 6068

And the something he owed, he understood, was at least the small help of holding the drill while Bǫlverkr did the work.

Part 6069

He agreed.

Part 6070

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Bǫlverkr produced the drill.

Part 6071

He drew it, the poem implies, from somewhere inside his long grey cloak.

Part 6072

The drill was called Rati.

Part 6073

The name, in the old language, meant the borer, or the gnawer.

Part 6074

The drill was small, and it was sharp, and it was, the poem implies,

Part 6075

of a kind no being in the worlds had seen before or has seen since.

Part 6076

It was a drill that could go through stone the way a tooth goes through soft wood.

Part 6077

Baugi took the drill.

Part 6078

The two of them, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, climbed the lower slope of Hnitbjǫrg to a place where the rock face was clean and steady.

Part 6079

Bǫlverkr placed his hand against the rock.

Part 6080

He listened.

Part 6081

He felt, the poem implies, for the direction of the hollow chamber inside.

Part 6082

And he showed Baugi, with a small careful gesture, where to start.

Part 6083

Baugi began to drill.

Part 6084

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the drill went into the stone the way a knife goes into hard cheese.

Part 6085

Slowly, but steadily.

Part 6086

The rock dust fell from the hole in a small fine stream.

Part 6087

The hole, the poem implies, grew deeper.

Part 6088

Baugi worked, the poem tells us, for some time.

Part 6089

The evening grew dark around them.

Part 6090

The lower slope of Hnitbjǫrg cooled.

Part 6091

The hole grew deeper still.

Part 6092

After some time, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Baugi stopped.

Part 6093

He turned to Bǫlverkr.

Part 6094

He said, in the small careful voice of a being making a report, that the drill had gone through.

Part 6095

He said that the rock, at the bottom of the hole, was now open into the chamber on the other side.

Part 6096

He said that the way was clear.

Part 6097

Bǫlverkr looked at him.

Part 6098

He took, the Skáldskaparmál implies, the small slow measure of the giant in the dark beside him.

Part 6099

And then he did, the poem says, what the Hávamál preserves in stanza one hundred and six.

Part 6100

He put his mouth to the hole.

Part 6101

He blew, the poem says, into it.

Part 6102

A small stream of rock chips, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, blew back out of the hole into Bǫlverkr's face.

Part 6103

The drill, Bǫlverkr understood, had not gone through.

Part 6104

The drill had gone almost through.

Part 6105

The drill had stopped, perhaps an inch or two before the breakthrough, in the small careful way of a tool held by a being who did not,

Part 6106

in his heart, quite want to finish the job.

Part 6107

The rock chips, when Bǫlverkr blew into the hole, were chips that should have fallen into the chamber on the other side and been gone forever.

Part 6108

They had come back out the way they came in.

Part 6109

Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, said nothing about this.

Part 6110

He simply, the poem implies, told Baugi to keep drilling.

Part 6111

Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, understood that he had been caught.

Part 6112

He took the drill back up.

Part 6113

He set it to the hole.

Part 6114

He turned, the poem says, for some more time.

Part 6115

And eventually, when the breakthrough finally came, Bǫlverkr blew into the hole a second time,

Part 6116

and this time, the poem says, no chips came back.

Part 6117

The hole, this time, was clear.

Part 6118

The chamber on the other side, Bǫlverkr knew, was now open to him.

Part 6119

Chapter Ten.

Part 6120

The Snake in the Mountain.

Part 6121

What happened next, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, took a single quick moment.

Part 6122

Bǫlverkr stepped back from the hole.

Part 6123

He said nothing, the poem implies, to Baugi.

Part 6124

He simply, the Skáldskaparmál says, transformed.

Part 6125

We have been telling this story all season, and we have, by now, heard about the transformations of Loki,

Part 6126

the falcon cloak, the salmon, the horse who became the mother of Sleipnir.

Part 6127

Óðinn, the Hávamál implies, could do the same.

Part 6128

Óðinn, the wisdom seeker, the rune winner, the wanderer of the worlds, Óðinn, in this single moment,

Part 6129

on the dark slope of Hnitbjǫrg at the end of the summer, with a small hole in the rock at his side and a giant standing uneasily beside him in the dark, became a snake.

Part 6130

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the transformation was quick.

Part 6131

Bǫlverkr's tall form, the poem implies, shrank.

Part 6132

His long grey cloak fell to the ground.

Part 6133

His wide brimmed hat fell with it.

Part 6134

And on the rock at Baugi's feet, the poem says, there was now a long thin grey snake.

Part 6135

The snake, the Skáldskaparmál implies, slid forward.

Part 6136

Baugi, the poem says, understood, in the same small slow second, what was happening.

Part 6137

Baugi understood that Bǫlverkr, in the form of the snake, was about to slide into the hole and disappear into the chamber on the other side and steal his brother's mead.

Part 6138

Baugi understood, the poem implies, that this was the moment when, if he wanted to be loyal to his brother,

Part 6139

he could end the theft before it began.

Part 6140

Baugi raised the drill.

Part 6141

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small quick economy it has used for everything in this story, what happened then.

Part 6142

Baugi drove the drill down at the snake, the poem says, with the intent of pinning it to the rock.

Part 6143

The drill came down.

Part 6144

The snake, by the time the drill struck the rock, was already in the hole.

Part 6145

The drill came down on empty stone.

Part 6146

The snake's tail, the poem implies, was just disappearing into the hole at the moment the drill struck.

Part 6147

Baugi missed by a hand's breadth.

Part 6148

The snake was gone.

Part 6149

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Baugi stood, for a long moment, on the dark slope of Hnitbjǫrg,

Part 6150

with the drill in his hand and an empty hole in front of him and nothing more he could do.

Part 6151

The poem does not tell us what Baugi did next.

Part 6152

The poem implies that he turned, in the dark, and walked away.

Part 6153

Inside the mountain, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, the snake came out the other end of the hole.

Part 6154

It came out, the poem implies, in a small dark passage.

Part 6155

The passage led, in the deep heart of Hnitbjǫrg, toward the chamber where Suttungr had hidden the mead.

Part 6156

The snake, the poem implies, slid along the passage with the slow careful certainty of a being who knew exactly where it was going.

Part 6157

It moved, the poem implies, for some distance.

Part 6158

And eventually, when it came to the heavy stone door at the end of the passage,

Part 6159

it slid underneath the door and into the chamber.

Part 6160

In the chamber, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, the snake stopped.

Part 6161

It looked, the poem implies, at the small dark space.

Part 6162

It saw the three vessels on the shelf.

Part 6163

It saw the low stone seat covered in gold cloth.

Part 6164

It saw, on the seat, the young giantess who had been watching the mead for what we can imagine was,

Part 6165

by this point, a very long time.

Part 6166

It saw Gunnlǫð.

Part 6167

And the snake, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, transformed.

Part 6168

Bǫlverkr stood up, in the small dark chamber, in the same long grey traveller's cloak he had been wearing all summer at Baugi's farm.

Part 6169

He looked, the poem implies, at the young giantess on the gold covered seat.

Part 6170

He took off his wide brimmed hat.

Part 6171

And he greeted her, the poem implies, in the calm careful voice he had been using all season,

Part 6172

the voice of a stranger who had come a long way and had no particular hurry,

Part 6173

and who was, very much, looking forward to having a conversation.

Part 6174

Chapter Eleven.

Part 6175

The Three Nights.

Part 6176

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Bǫlverkr stayed with Gunnlǫð for three nights.

Part 6177

The poem does not give us, in detail, what was said in those three nights.

Part 6178

The poem implies, and the Hávamál, in the small first person stanzas Óðinn preserved of this story,

Part 6179

also implies, that he spoke to her.

Part 6180

He spoke, the poem implies, in the careful voice of a being who had come a long way for one purpose,

Part 6181

and who knew exactly what he had to do to accomplish it, and who was doing it with the slow steady patience of a god who had practised,

Part 6182

in his long life of wandering and disguise, the art of being whatever a being in front of him needed him to be.

Part 6183

He told her, the Hávamál implies, that he was in love with her.

Part 6184

He told her, perhaps, that he had heard of her in the world outside the mountain.

Part 6185

He told her, perhaps, that he had come to find her.

Part 6186

He told her that he understood, with the small slow tone of a being who saw what no one else had seen,

Part 6187

what it had been like for her, in the deep dark chamber, alone, for what we can imagine was years on end,

Part 6188

with no being for company but her dangerous father, and no work to do but to watch three vessels on a shelf.

Part 6189

He told her, perhaps, that he wanted to take her away from the mountain.

Part 6190

That he wanted, perhaps, to make her his wife.

Part 6191

That he wanted, the Hávamál's first person admission preserves, things he was not, in his heart, ever going to give her.

Part 6192

She believed him.

Part 6193

The Skáldskaparmál implies, and the Hávamál, in stanza one hundred and ten, comes back to admit,

Part 6194

that Gunnlǫð gave Bǫlverkr what he asked for with her whole heart.

Part 6195

The Hávamál's own line, in the wisdom poem the All Father himself was said to have spoken, calls her wholehearted.

Part 6196

The Hávamál says: she gave me, on her golden throne, a drink of the precious mead.

Part 6197

A poor reward I gave her back, for her true heart, for her wholehearted love.

Part 6198

That is the line the Hávamál preserves.

Part 6199

That is the small honest moment, in the entire Norse corpus, where Óðinn admits what he did.

Part 6200

On the third night, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Gunnlǫð got up from her gold covered seat.

Part 6201

She went to the shelf where the three vessels stood.

Part 6202

She brought them down, one at a time.

Part 6203

She set them on a small table beside the seat.

Part 6204

And she told Bǫlverkr, the poem implies, that he could have one drink from each.

Part 6205

Bǫlverkr drank from the first vessel.

Part 6206

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry economy it has used for everything in this story,

Part 6207

that the first sip emptied the vessel.

Part 6208

The whole vessel, the poem says, went down in one swallow.

Part 6209

Bǫlverkr set the vessel down.

Part 6210

He took up the second.

Part 6211

He drank from it.

Part 6212

The second vessel, the poem says, also went down in one swallow.

Part 6213

He took up the third.

Part 6214

He drank from it.

Part 6215

The third vessel, the poem says, was likewise drained, in a single sip, to the bottom.

Part 6216

Three sips.

Part 6217

Three vessels.

Part 6218

All of the mead.

Part 6219

Gunnlǫð, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not, at first, understand what had happened.

Part 6220

She had agreed to give him a drink from each vessel.

Part 6221

She had not understood that a drink, to a god of his thirst, meant the whole thing.

Part 6222

Bǫlverkr stood up.

Part 6223

He looked at her, the Skáldskaparmál implies, for one long moment.

Part 6224

The poem does not tell us what he said.

Part 6225

The Hávamál's later admission implies that he said, perhaps, less than he should have.

Part 6226

He said goodbye, perhaps.

Part 6227

He said, perhaps, nothing at all.

Part 6228

He simply stood up, with the three vessels' worth of the mead of poetry held now in his mouth and his throat and his chest,

Part 6229

and he walked, the poem implies, toward the door of the chamber.

Part 6230

And then, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, he transformed.

Part 6231

The grey cloak fell.

Part 6232

The wide brimmed hat fell.

Part 6233

The tall form of the traveller, the poem implies, contracted and shifted and changed shape.

Part 6234

And what stood in the chamber, in the small dark space where Bǫlverkr had been standing a moment before,

Part 6235

was not a man.

Part 6236

It was a great eagle.

Part 6237

The eagle, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was large.

Part 6238

Its wings, the poem implies, almost touched the walls of the chamber.

Part 6239

Its eyes were the colour of the cold winter sky.

Part 6240

Its beak was open, and inside the open beak, the poem implies, the mead of poetry was held,

Part 6241

all of it, in three swallows, in the throat of the eagle.

Part 6242

The eagle, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, beat its wings once.

Part 6243

It went, the poem says, up.

Part 6244

It rose through the small passage that the snake had come down.

Part 6245

It came out of the hole at the side of Hnitbjǫrg in the long dark hour just before dawn.

Part 6246

It rose into the cold sky over the eastern country.

Part 6247

It turned west.

Part 6248

And it flew, the poem says, for Asgard.

Part 6249

In the chamber, Gunnlǫð, the Skáldskaparmál implies, sat alone on her gold covered seat with three empty vessels on the table beside her and the long slow understanding,

Part 6250

the poem implies, of what had just happened beginning to come over her.

Part 6251

And in another part of the mountain, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Suttungr heard.

Part 6252

He heard, the poem implies, his daughter's voice.

Part 6253

He came to the chamber.

Part 6254

He saw the three empty vessels.

Part 6255

He saw his daughter's face.

Part 6256

He understood, the poem implies, in the same single second that Gunnlǫð did, what had been done to her,

Part 6257

and to him, and to the mead.

Part 6258

Suttungr ran.

Part 6259

He ran, the Skáldskaparmál implies, out of the mountain.

Part 6260

He came to the open air.

Part 6261

And he, like Bǫlverkr a moment before him, transformed.

Part 6262

Suttungr, the giant who had killed two dwarves on a sea rock for his father's revenge,

Part 6263

the giant who had carried the mead deep into the mountain, the giant who had set his daughter to guard it,

Part 6264

Suttungr, the poem says, became an eagle.

Part 6265

A second eagle, of a different colour, of perhaps a greater size, of a fury the first eagle did not have.

Part 6266

He went, the poem says, up.

Part 6267

He turned west.

Part 6268

And the chase, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, began.

Part 6269

The two eagles, the poem implies, were not far apart.

Part 6270

Bǫlverkr had a small head start.

Part 6271

But Suttungr was, the poem implies, faster.

Part 6272

Suttungr was on his own ground.

Part 6273

Suttungr knew the wind.

Part 6274

Suttungr was furious.

Part 6275

The distance between them, as they flew west, began, the poem implies, to close.

Part 6276

In Asgard, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, the gods saw them coming.

Part 6277

They had been waiting, the poem implies, for this.

Part 6278

Óðinn had told them, before he left, what he was going to try to do,

Part 6279

and what they should watch for, and what they should do when he came back.

Part 6280

The gods saw the first eagle.

Part 6281

They saw the second.

Part 6282

They understood, the poem implies, immediately what was happening.

Part 6283

They set out, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, the great vessels in the centre of Iðavǫllr.

Part 6284

They set out three great vats, the poem implies, large enough to hold all the mead Óðinn had drunk into himself.

Part 6285

They stood, the gods, in a long careful line around the vats.

Part 6286

They waited.

Part 6287

The first eagle, the Skáldskaparmál says, came over the walls of Asgard.

Part 6288

It came, the poem implies, just ahead of the second.

Part 6289

It came at full speed.

Part 6290

It came, the poem implies, with the mead still in its throat and the breath of the second eagle,

Part 6291

by this point, close on its tail feathers.

Part 6292

It crossed the wall.

Part 6293

It crossed the long open ground of Iðavǫllr.

Part 6294

And as it came down toward the vats, the Skáldskaparmál says, it opened its beak.

Part 6295

The mead, the poem says, came out.

Part 6296

It came out in three long careful streams.

Part 6297

The first stream went into the first vat.

Part 6298

The second stream went into the second vat.

Part 6299

The third stream went into the third vat.

Part 6300

The vats, the poem implies, filled.

Part 6301

The mead, all the mead, all of Kvasir's blood, all of the wisdom of every god in every tribe,

Part 6302

the substance the dwarves had brewed and Suttungr had hidden, was, in that single moment,

Part 6303

back in the hands of the gods.

Part 6304

But, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry tone of the poet who knows the world is not perfect,

Part 6305

not all of the mead went into the vats.

Part 6306

A small portion, a small careless flick of the mead, fell, the poem implies,

Part 6307

behind the eagle as it landed.

Part 6308

The Skáldskaparmál tells this part briefly, in a single sentence with the small dry note of comedy the old north loved.

Part 6309

Some of the mead, the poem says, fell where it was not supposed to fall.

Part 6310

Some of the mead fell behind the god.

Part 6311

That small portion, the Skáldskaparmál says, became the share of the bad poets.

Part 6312

The old north had a name for it.

Part 6313

The skáldfífla hlutr.

Part 6314

The bad poets' portion.

Part 6315

It was the explanation, the old north told itself, with the small dry humour the old north was good at,

Part 6316

for why most of the poetry made by most of the poets in most of the worlds was,

Part 6317

well, not very good.

Part 6318

Some poets, the old north said, drank from the vats.

Part 6319

Most poets, the old north said with a small wink, drank only from the small careless puddle the god had let fall behind himself.

Part 6320

The second eagle, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, came over the wall of Asgard a moment too late.

Part 6321

Suttungr, the poem implies, was met by the gods.

Part 6322

The Skáldskaparmál does not give us the killing in detail.

Part 6323

The poem says only that when the second eagle came down at the wall of Asgard,

Part 6324

the gods met him there, and that Suttungr did not, when the morning came, fly back east.

Part 6325

Suttungr was dead.

Part 6326

The mead was in Asgard.

Part 6327

And Óðinn, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small slow note of a poet ending a story he has been telling for a long time,

Part 6328

took the mead, and he gave it to the gods.

Part 6329

He gave it to those who needed it most.

Part 6330

He gave it, the old north said, to skalds.

Part 6331

He gave it to poets.

Part 6332

He gave it, in small careful portions over the long years of the worlds,

Part 6333

to any being who asked for it the right way.

Part 6334

And the mead, the poem implies, became the wisdom of poetry itself, the small inexplicable thing that allowed certain beings,

Part 6335

when they put words together, to put them together in a way that made other beings stop and listen,

Part 6336

and remember, and understand things they had not understood before.

Part 6337

That, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, is the story of where poetry comes from.

Part 6338

But the Hávamál, the wisdom poem of the old north, preserves one more line that the Skáldskaparmál does not.

Part 6339

The Hávamál preserves a line about Gunnlǫð.

Part 6340

The Hávamál, in stanza one hundred and ten, says, in Óðinn's own voice,

Part 6341

that the oath ring that Óðinn had taken at the door of Suttungr's hall,

Part 6342

the oath ring he had sworn upon when he had told Gunnlǫð he loved her, was broken.

Part 6343

The Hávamál says: how can his truth be trusted?

Part 6344

He left Suttungr cheated of his draught, and he left Gunnlǫð weeping.

Part 6345

That is the line, the small honest line, the wisdom poem itself preserves.

Part 6346

The mead of poetry, the old north understood, was not won cleanly.

Part 6347

It was won by a god who took a name that meant the evil doer,

Part 6348

who killed nine men with a thrown whetstone, who lied to a young giantess in a dark chamber,

Part 6349

who broke his oath, and who left, behind him in the mountain, a being whose true heart he had used and discarded.

Part 6350

The wisdom of the worlds, the Hávamál implies, comes to us through a story we do not,

Part 6351

when we look at it carefully, very much like.

Part 6352

The poetry we are using, even now, in this story we are telling, is poetry that has Gunnlǫð weeping somewhere behind it.

Part 6353

That, the old north remembered, was the price.

Part 6354

That, the old north remembered, was what wisdom cost, even for the All Father.

Part 6355

Chapter Twelve.

Part 6356

Goodnight.

Part 6357

And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.

Part 6358

The story we told you tonight, dear listener, is one of the strangest in the old north.

Part 6359

It is a heist story.

Part 6360

It is a love story, of a particular dark kind.

Part 6361

It is a creation story for the thing called poetry, which is the thing we have been using,

Part 6362

all season, to tell you these stories at all.

Part 6363

And it is, the old north understood, a story with a small heavy moral weight at its centre.

Part 6364

The wisdom of the gods, the story tells us, did not come to the worlds by clean means.

Part 6365

It came by theft.

Part 6366

It came by lies.

Part 6367

It came by the broken oath of the wisest god, made to a young giantess who had spent her life alone in a mountain,

Part 6368

and who had, on the third night, finally let someone in.

Part 6369

The Hávamál, the wisdom poem the All Father himself was said to have spoken, does not, in its later stanzas, pretend otherwise.

Part 6370

The Hávamál admits, in the small honest voice the old north loved, that the All Father had done a thing that even the All Father,

Part 6371

looking back, was not proud of.

Part 6372

The Hávamál preserves Gunnlǫð weeping.

Part 6373

The Hávamál preserves the broken oath ring.

Part 6374

The Hávamál preserves the small line about a poor reward for a true heart,

Part 6375

and it does not, in any of the long stanzas around that line, try to make the line into something better than it is.

Part 6376

That is, perhaps, what makes the Hávamál the wisdom poem.

Part 6377

A wisdom poem, the old north understood, is not a poem that tells you the world is good.

Part 6378

A wisdom poem is a poem that tells you the world is what it is,

Part 6379

and that the beings who have wisdom in it are the beings who have looked clearly at what it is,

Part 6380

and who have not, even when they could have, looked away.

Part 6381

Óðinn, the old north understood, was the god who had looked clearly.

Part 6382

He had looked at the well of Mímir, and he had given his eye to drink from it.

Part 6383

He had looked at the world tree, and he had hung himself on it for nine nights to win the runes.

Part 6384

He had looked at the mountain of Suttungr, and he had become a snake and a lover and a thief and an eagle to bring the mead back to the gods.

Part 6385

And he had looked, in the long quiet years afterward, at what he had done to a young giantess in a dark chamber,

Part 6386

and he had not, when he composed the Hávamál, looked away from that either.

Part 6387

That is, perhaps, why poetry exists.

Part 6388

The old north understood, in the small careful way it understood things, that poetry is the thing that makes it possible to say the hard truths about what a being has done,

Part 6389

and what a being has been, and what the cost of any good thing in any world has always been.

Part 6390

Poetry is the form, the old north understood, that the wisdom of looking clearly takes when it has to be spoken aloud.

Part 6391

Poetry is what allows even a god, even the All Father, even the king of the gods,

Part 6392

to say the line about Gunnlǫð weeping and to keep it in the wisdom poem for the next thousand years.

Part 6393

That is the story we have been telling you tonight.

Part 6394

The mead of poetry is in Asgard.

Part 6395

The vats are full.

Part 6396

The skalds, in the long years of the old north, came one by one to Óðinn,

Part 6397

and they asked for the mead the right way, and they were given it,

Part 6398

and they went out into the worlds and made the small inexplicable thing that allowed other beings to stop and listen.

Part 6399

The bad poets' portion, the small careless flick of mead that fell behind the eagle in Iðavǫllr,

Part 6400

is still, the old north said with a small dry smile, available to anyone who wants it.

Part 6401

The old north pointed out, in the long evenings around the winter fires, that most of the poetry in most of the worlds tasted a little bit of the puddle.

Part 6402

That is, the old north said, why most of the poetry is not very good.

Part 6403

But the mead in the vats, the old north said, was something else.

Part 6404

The mead in the vats, the old north said, was what made it possible for any of us to tell a story about what was done to Gunnlǫð in a dark chamber,

Part 6405

and to say it clearly, and to mean it.

Part 6406

Goodnight, dear listener, wherever you are tonight.

Part 6407

Whatever bed you are in.

Part 6408

Whatever quiet room.

Part 6409

Whatever soft pillow you have laid your head against to hear this story.

Part 6410

Let the snake slide back into its hole.

Part 6411

Let the eagle land in the vats.

Part 6412

Let Suttungr fall by the wall of Asgard.

Part 6413

Let Gunnlǫð, in the chamber of Hnitbjǫrg, finally lay down her head on the gold covered seat and sleep the long sleep that the gods,

Part 6414

in the end, did not deny her either.

Part 6415

Let the wolf at the edge of time wait.

Part 6416

Let the great ship Naglfar wait in the cold east.

Part 6417

Let Ragnarǫk wait.

Part 6418

Tonight there is only the long calm of the worlds at peace, and the mead of poetry in the vats of Asgard,

Part 6419

and the small quiet truth that even the wisest god in any of the worlds had to do a thing he was not proud of,

Part 6420

in order to bring the wisdom home.

Part 6421

Goodnight.

Part 6422

And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.

Part 6423

The Sleeping Almanac will be here on Sunday with another story from the old north.

Part 6424

New episodes every Wednesday and Sunday at eight in the evening, Eastern time.

Part 6425

If the story tonight carried you down into sleep, dear listener, a like is a small kindness to a small channel.

Part 6426

I read every comment in the morning.

Part 6427

Goodnight.

Skadi, the Cold Mountain Bride

Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac.

Skadi, the Cold Mountain Bride

Tonight: the story of a marriage that was paid for in blood and laughter, and ended in eighteen nights of trying to sleep in the wrong house.

Part 6430

A young giantess in winter snow. A row of feet behind a curtain. A pair of clean white feet that she thought belonged to one god and that turned out to belong to another. And then, after the wedding, the slow careful months of trying to make a life with a husband whose country was the salt sea and whose ears could not, in any version of the nights they tried, hear the cold mountain wolves the way that hers could.

Part 6431

We will tell the story tonight from Snorri Sturluson's Skáldskaparmál, the second part of the Prose Edda, and from the Poetic Edda's Lokasenna, the flyting at Ægir's hall where Skaði comes back, years later, to speak of her father's death and to do, in the deep cave under the earth, the small careful steady thing the gods needed her to do.

Part 6432

The Hávamál, the wisdom poem of the old north, has a verse for this kind of story. It says: it is better to have a home, even if it is small. In your own house you can be your own master. It hurts the heart to have to ask for every meal at others' tables.

Part 6433

Tonight, by the time the story is done, Skaði will be back in her own house.

Part 6434

Settle in. Let your shoulders drop. We begin in the cold hall of a dead father, in the high mountain country, on the morning a daughter learned that her father was not coming home.

Part 6435

Chapter One. The Hall of Þjazi.

Part 6436

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Þjazi had a daughter.

Part 6437

We have told the story of Þjazi himself in an earlier episode of The Sleeping Almanac. He was the giant who, with Loki's help, stole the goddess Iðunn and her apples of youth out of Asgard. The gods came to take her back. Þjazi flew after them in the shape of a great eagle. The gods of Asgard built a wall of fire on the inner side of their gate, and Þjazi flew into the fire, and his wings caught, and he fell. That is, for the long story tonight, the only thing about him that matters.

Part 6438

He had, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, a daughter.

Part 6439

Her name was Skaði. She lived with her father in his great hall at a place called Þrymheimr, the Thunderhome, in the deep eastern country of the jǫtnar. Þrymheimr, the old north remembered, was built into the side of a great peak, with the wind always coming down off the high slopes above and the small cold cries of mountain birds always echoing in its rafters. It was one of the coldest halls in any of the worlds. And Skaði loved it.

Part 6440

She was, the Skáldskaparmál implies, a hunter. Her father had raised her with a bow in her hands. She knew, by the time she was a young woman, every track and every trail of the high cold country. She knew the small careful ways of the mountain hare and the slow steady walks of the high reindeer. She had learned to ski, the old north imagined, before she had learned to walk.

Part 6441

She would, in later days, be called by many names. The bow goddess. The ski goer. The lady of Þrymheimr. But on the morning this story begins, she was a young woman in a cold mountain hall, waiting for her father to come home, and she had not yet learned that he was not going to.

Part 6442

The news came by a small careful messenger.

Part 6443

A small dark figure on a small dark horse, the old north imagined, coming up the long winding road that led to Þrymheimr. A knock at the door of the cold hall. A servant going to the door. A few quick low words exchanged. The servant turning with a face that already had the news written on it, and coming through the cold corridors of Þrymheimr to find his lady.

Part 6444

Skaði was at her bow.

Part 6445

She was, perhaps, in the small armoury at the back of her father's hall. She was tending to a string. She was checking the flights on her arrows. She was doing the small careful work that a hunter does in the early hours of any winter day.

Part 6446

The servant came to her.

Part 6447

The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us what was said. The poem moves through this moment with the dry brevity it uses for the worst moments in any of these stories. We can imagine the servant standing in the doorway, with his head bowed, and the small careful words coming out of him in the broken pieces of a being who did not, in any version of his life, want to be the one to say what he was about to say. Your father, my lady. The gods of Asgard.

The eagle. The wall of fire.

Part 6448

Skaði did not, at first, say anything.

Part 6449

She stood in the small armoury, with the bow she had been working on still in her hands, and she looked at the servant in the doorway, and she said nothing. She did not cry. She did not sit down. She listened. She listened to the small details, the names of the gods who had been there, the description of the wall of fire, the place on the inner side of Asgard's wall where her father's body had finally come to rest.

She listened with the small careful attention of a being who had already, in the first moment of hearing the news, begun to think about what she was going to do about it.

Part 6450

When the servant was finished, she put the bow down on the bench.

Part 6451

She walked out of the armoury. She walked through the cold corridors of Þrymheimr. She walked to her own room. She sat down on the edge of her own bed. And she sat there, the poem implies, for what we can imagine was a long quiet hour, with the small careful clarity of a being who had just lost the only living being she loved, and who was now slowly, in the cold of her father's hall, beginning to understand what she was going to have to do next.

Part 6452

She would go to Asgard.

Part 6453

She would go armed.

Part 6454

She would go, in the old north's careful language of justice, to demand the compensation that the killing of a father required, by the long laws of the cold country, the killers to pay.

Part 6455

She got up from the bed.

Part 6456

She walked back to the armoury, and she began to prepare.

Part 6457

Chapter Two. The Winter March.

Part 6458

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Skaði took up her arms.

Part 6459

She took up her great bow, the long curved bow of horn and yew that her father had given her on her tenth winter, and that she had drawn ten thousand times in the long quiet hours of her hunting on the high slopes. She took up her quiver, filled with the long careful arrows she had fletched herself in the small dark evenings of the late autumn. She took up the long spear of ash wood that hung on the wall of her father's hall. She took up the sword at her father's belt, which now, with her father gone, was hers.

Part 6460

She put on her winter armour.

Part 6461

Long leggings of grey wool over felt boots. A long tunic of heavy wool dyed the colour of cold winter sky. A heavy cloak of dark fur over her shoulders, the fur of a great northern bear. A small belt of carved bone around her waist with the small everyday tools of a winter hunter. A wide felt cap pulled down over her dark hair.

Mittens of soft sealskin on her hands.

Part 6462

She took her skis.

Part 6463

The skis were long. They were of pine. They had been oiled and waxed and cared for through the long years of her hunting on the high slopes, and they were, in the practical careful way of the cold country, the most important thing she would carry. The skis were how, in the long winter march that lay ahead of her, she was going to cross the cold country at the speed of a goddess of winter rather than at the slow ordinary pace of a being who had to walk.

Part 6464

She left at first light the next morning.

Part 6465

She did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, say goodbye to anyone in particular. The servants of Þrymheimr were her father's servants. They had been good to her all her life. She nodded to them as she went. She did not stop.

She did not look back at the hall. The hall had been her father's. Without her father, it was a quiet stone building full of his absence, and she did not, on the morning of her march, want to look at it.

Part 6466

She skied west.

Part 6467

We can imagine the long days of her travel. The high cold mountain passes. The deep blue valleys. The small careful fires she built in the deep snow at evening, the small careful meals of dried meat and dried apple she ate beside them. The long quiet nights wrapped in her bear fur cloak in shelters of pine boughs she made herself.

The cold breath on her own face in the dark. The two stars that, weeks later, would belong to her father, but that on the night of her march had not yet been lifted up into the sky.

Part 6468

She crossed the long brown lands of Mithgarthr in seven days.

Part 6469

She came to the gates of Asgard on the eighth.

Part 6470

The watchman saw her coming.

Part 6471

Chapter Three. The Goddess at the Gate.

Part 6472

The watchman, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was Heimdallr.

Part 6473

He stood, as he always stood, on the high wall of the gate of Asgard, and he watched the long road that came up from the south. He had keen sight. He could see, the old stories said, the small grass growing on the long fields of the south country. He could see the small dust kicked up by the small foot of a small bird walking on a far hill. And on the morning Skaði came up the road, he saw her from a long way off, a small dark figure on long pine skis, moving steadily across the snowfields, alone, armed, dressed for the long winter and the long march.

Part 6474

He sent word ahead.

Part 6475

The gods of Asgard, the Skáldskaparmál implies, came out to the gate to meet her. They came in some number, Óðinn, in his long grey cloak, his one good eye watching the road. Frigg, in her long blue dress, standing slightly behind him. Bragi, the god of speech, who would do most of the careful talking. And, at the back, the others, Týr, Heimdallr, Freyr, Njǫrðr.

They stood in the bright morning sun on the inner side of the gate, and they watched the tall woman in the bear fur cloak come up the road.

Part 6476

Skaði stopped at a respectful distance.

Part 6477

She did not bow. She did not speak first. She slid her skis off. She set them, carefully, in the snow at her feet. She set her bow down.

She set her quiver down. She set the spear of ash wood down. She did not take off the sword at her belt. She stood, with her hands open, in the small steady stillness of a being who had come a long way and had no intention of leaving without what she had come for.

Part 6478

Óðinn spoke first.

Part 6479

He said: Welcome, daughter of Þjazi. We have heard of you. We are sorry for your father's death. Speak. What do you wish.

Part 6480

Skaði said: Vengeance. Or weregild. I will not leave without one of the two. If you do not give me one, I will come back at the head of an army of the high mountains. I will tell every frost giant and stone giant and mountain troll in the north of the world that the Æsir have killed my father, and I will lead them down upon your gates.

Part 6481

The gods, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not laugh at her. They took her seriously. She was a giantess. She was the daughter of a great giant. The threat of an army of frost giants and mountain trolls was the kind of threat that the Æsir, in their long history, had learned not to dismiss.

Part 6482

They considered.

Part 6483

Óðinn, the Skáldskaparmál implies, asked her to speak her terms.

Part 6484

Chapter Four. The Three Demands.

Part 6485

Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, had thought about it on the long road south.

Part 6486

She had eight nights in the high mountain passes to think. She had eight nights of small careful fires and small careful meals and the long quiet wrapped in her bear fur cloak. She had thought, in those eight nights, about what she actually wanted from the gods who had killed her father.

Part 6487

Vengeance, she knew, the Æsir would not grant. They would not put one of their own to death over the death of a giant. That was not, by the long careful laws of the worlds, going to happen.

Part 6488

Gold, she did not want.

Part 6489

She had gold of her own. Her father had been a great giant. His hall at Þrymheimr was full of the small heavy treasures of a long old life. She did not need, in the quiet hours of her hunting, any gold from the Æsir.

Part 6490

What she wanted, she had thought, on the eight long nights of her march, was something more difficult. She wanted, in the deep practical careful way of a being who had lost a father, something that would change her life and give her something instead of him. She wanted, the Skáldskaparmál implies, three things.

Part 6491

She told the gods.

Part 6492

The first thing, she said, was a husband. Not in the form of a gift. In the form of a fair choice. She would pick a husband from among the Æsir, but she would pick him only by the sight of his feet. The gods would stand in a row behind a long cloth curtain, with only their feet visible.

She would walk along the row. She would choose. Whoever she chose, she would marry, and that god would come with her, into the high cold country, and live as her husband.

Part 6493

The gods, the Skáldskaparmál implies, looked at one another.

Part 6494

It was not, in the strict legal sense, a punishment. It was a marriage. The Æsir were not, by the long laws of the cold country, in a position to refuse it. They considered. They thought, the surviving sources imply, that she would look for the most beautiful feet, and that she would choose Baldr, the most beautiful of all the Æsir, who was young and unmarried, and who could endure, for a time, the cold of the mountains.

Part 6495

They agreed.

Part 6496

The second thing, she said, was harder.

Part 6497

She said: One of you must make me laugh. I have not laughed since my father died. I have not, in the long days of the march and the long days of the preparation, even smiled. I do not believe, in the deepest part of myself, that I will laugh again. But the killing of a father deserves more than gold, and more than a husband.

The killing of a father deserves, the laws of the old north imply, a small careful undoing of the cold the killing put into the daughter's chest. If one of you can make me laugh, here, in front of the council of Asgard, I will count that as the third weregild paid.

Part 6498

The gods looked at one another.

Part 6499

None of them, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was famous for making giantesses laugh.

Part 6500

The third thing, she said, was the smallest of the three, and the one that the Æsir, the poem implies, did not see coming. She said: My father's eyes were taken when he died. They are, I have been told by the messenger, kept somewhere in Asgard. I do not want them back. I want them lifted.

Part 6501

She said: Lift them up. Put them where they cannot be taken away again. Put them where I, and every being who lives under the cold sky of the worlds, can see them.

Part 6502

The gods, the Skáldskaparmál implies, were quiet for a long moment.

Part 6503

Then Óðinn nodded.

Part 6504

He said: All three things will be done. We will stand for the choosing. We will try to make you laugh. And the eyes of your father will be lifted.

Part 6505

He turned, and he called for the long curtains to be brought.

Part 6506

Chapter Five. The Row of Feet.

Part 6507

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the curtains were set up in the courtyard of Asgard.

Part 6508

We can imagine the scene, the way the old north imagined the council scenes of the gods. The long flat courtyard. The high stone walls. The clear cold winter sky above. The gods of Asgard standing in a row, the way they had agreed to, behind a long heavy cloth curtain that hung from a wooden frame.

The curtain hung down to a foot above the ground. Only the feet of each god were visible. The rest of each god was hidden.

Part 6509

The Æsir, the Skáldskaparmál implies, were thinking of Baldr.

Part 6510

Baldr was the most beautiful god in the worlds. His feet, like the rest of him, were beautiful, clean, well made, fair skinned. The Æsir were sure, the surviving sources imply, that Skaði would look at the row of feet, would pick out the most beautiful pair, and would point to Baldr.

Part 6511

Skaði walked along the row.

Part 6512

She walked slowly. She looked at each pair of feet with the small careful attention of a being who had hunted on long mountain slopes and who knew how to read the small careful signs of a body she could not see. She was, in some quiet way, the Skáldskaparmál implies, doing the same thing she would have done in her own country if she had been tracking a stag, looking for the small careful clues that would tell her which body she was looking at without seeing the whole.

Part 6513

She stopped at one pair of feet.

Part 6514

They were smoother than the others. They were whiter. They looked as if they had been washed every evening of a long careful life in cold clear water. They looked, the Skáldskaparmál implies, like the feet of a being who lived close to water, who walked every day on wet sand, whose toes had been worn smooth by years of small careful tides. She thought, certainly, these are the feet of the most beautiful god.

Part 6515

She pointed.

Part 6516

She said: This one. I take this one.

Part 6517

The curtains, the Skáldskaparmál implies, were drawn back.

Part 6518

The feet did not belong to Baldr.

Part 6519

The feet belonged to Njǫrðr, the father of Freyr and Freyja, the god of the calm sea and the harbours, who had spent his whole long life walking on wet sand and standing in salt water, and whose feet were, accordingly, the smoothest and whitest of any feet in Asgard. He was not, in the way Baldr was beautiful, the most beautiful of the gods. He was older. He was quieter. He was a god of small waves and of ships and of fishing nets and of the small steady weather of the long coast.

Part 6520

Skaði stood, the Skáldskaparmál implies, for a long moment, and looked at him.

Part 6521

She had been tricked, in a sense. She had done what she said she would do. The gods had done what they said they would do. But she had not gotten the husband she had hoped for. She had gotten this older quieter god of the sea, who was now her husband by her own oath, and who would have to come with her into the mountains.

Part 6522

She did not break her word.

Part 6523

She nodded.

Part 6524

But she said, with the small careful firmness of a being who had not lost the thread of what she had come for: Now. The second thing.

Part 6525

Chapter Six. Loki and the Sky.

Part 6526

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the gods of Asgard looked at one another.

Part 6527

The second debt was harder than the first. The first had been arrangeable. A wedding could be planned. A husband could be brought. But laughter, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was not, in the strict legal sense, something that could be commanded.

It would have to be earned. And none of the gods of Asgard, in the small careful silence that followed Skaði's demand, looked particularly confident that they could earn it.

Part 6528

Then Loki stepped forward.

Part 6529

Loki, of course. Loki, who had brought all of this on in the first place. Loki, who was responsible, in the truest and deepest sense, for the death of Skaði's father, because it had been Loki who had handed Iðunn over to Þjazi to begin with, and Loki who had then gone to take her back, and Loki who had led Þjazi, in his great eagle shape, into the wall of fire above Asgard.

Part 6530

Loki had not been forgiven for any of it.

Part 6531

He stepped forward into the council circle. He looked, the Skáldskaparmál implies, at Skaði with the small clever inviting expression he used when he was about to do something absurd. He said: I will make her laugh.

Part 6532

What Loki did next, the Skáldskaparmál tells us in some detail, and we will tell lightly. Loki got hold of a goat, a billy goat, with horns, the kind that lived in the high places. He tied one end of a rope to the goat and the other end of the rope to himself, in a place that, if the goat pulled, would be very painful for Loki. The goat pulled. Loki pulled.

The goat did not understand and bleated. Loki cried out and grimaced. The two of them did an absurd tugging dance, the goat at one end, Loki at the other, both of them shouting, until at last the rope gave way and Loki fell forward into Skaði's lap.

Part 6533

He landed there, at her feet. He looked up at her, helpless and grinning.

Part 6534

Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál implies, watched the whole absurd performance, watched the great Loki, the foster brother of Óðinn, who had stood at the high councils, who had taken treasures from dwarves, who had bound great wolves, reduced to a man tied to a goat by his most private parts, Skaði laughed.

Part 6535

She laughed out loud.

Part 6536

She could not stop herself. It was the first time she had laughed since her father's death. The laugh filled the courtyard of Asgard. It was, in some sense, the strangest sound the gods had heard in many days, the sound of a giantess of the high mountains laughing, surprised by her own laughter, at a fool of a god lying tied to a goat at her feet.

Part 6537

When she stopped laughing, she nodded.

Part 6538

She said: That counts.

Part 6539

The second debt was paid.

Part 6540

But the third, the Skáldskaparmál implies, still remained.

Part 6541

Óðinn, in his long grey cloak, walked to a small heavy chest that had been brought, at his quiet earlier order, into the courtyard. He opened it. He lifted out, the Skáldskaparmál implies, the two great pale yellow eyes of Þjazi, eyes that had been the eyes of the eagle, eyes that were larger than any eyes in any of the gods of Asgard, eyes that had been kept, since the killing, in the small careful dark of Óðinn's own storeroom.

Part 6542

He carried them out into the centre of the courtyard.

Part 6543

He lifted them, one in each hand, up to the cold winter sky.

Part 6544

He said, to Skaði: Daughter of Þjazi. Look up.

Part 6545

She looked up.

Part 6546

He threw them.

Part 6547

The eyes rose. They rose higher than the towers of Asgard. They rose past the walls. They rose into the air, faster and faster, and they did not stop. They went up into the sky and they kept going up, and they passed through the lower clouds, and then the higher clouds, and then up into the deep cold air above the clouds.

They became smaller, and brighter, and at last they became two small steady points of light that hung above the world, and they did not move.

Part 6548

The two stars are still there. They have been there since that night. They are the eyes of Þjazi, the giant who carried the goddess of apples away in his wings, and who flew through fire above the walls of Asgard, and who was killed in a courtyard between high walls on a bright autumn day. They look down on the cold winter world from a long way up. They are pale.

They are steady. They do not flicker.

Part 6549

Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not say anything.

Part 6550

She looked up at the two new stars for a long quiet moment. She looked at her father, lifted at last into the sky.

Part 6551

Then she lowered her head, and she looked at the gods of Asgard, and she said: Now we are done. Now the marriage.

Part 6552

Chapter Seven. The Nine Nights at Þrymheimr.

Part 6553

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the marriage was held the next morning.

Part 6554

We can imagine, from how the old north imagined weddings between gods, what the ceremony was like. The gods of Asgard, all in their dignified council dress. The bride, in the same winter blue tunic she had come south in, with a small wreath of mountain heather in her dark hair. The groom, the sea god Njǫrðr, in the long dark blue cloak of his coastal country, with the small careful expression of a being marrying a giantess he had met the night before. The wedding feast in the great hall.

The cups of mead. The small careful speeches. The small careful old north tradition of every important moment.

Part 6555

After the feast, the question came up.

Part 6556

The question was: where would they live?

Part 6557

Njǫrðr had his hall on the coast, at Nóatún, the Ship yard, where the long beaches met the long sea and the small careful sounds of his country were the sound of the wind on the water and the calling of gulls.

Part 6558

Skaði had her hall in the mountains, at Þrymheimr, the Thunderhome, where the high slopes met the high sky and the small careful sounds of her country were the sound of the wind on the cold rocks and the calling of wolves.

Part 6559

Neither of them wanted to give up their country.

Part 6560

We can imagine the small careful discussion that followed in the council hall of Asgard, where the gods were still gathered, where Óðinn and Frigg and Bragi and the others were watching this new marriage take its first careful difficult steps. Neither was willing to live, for the rest of their life together, in the other's hall. But neither was willing, either, to call off the marriage that had only just begun.

Part 6561

So they reached, with the small careful compromising habit of beings who were trying to do their best with a difficult situation, an agreement.

Part 6562

They would alternate. Nine nights together in Þrymheimr. Nine nights together in Nóatún. And so on, for the rest of their marriage.

Part 6563

They left Asgard, the Skáldskaparmál implies, the morning after the wedding.

Part 6564

They went, by Skaði's choice, to Þrymheimr first.

Part 6565

Skaði was glad. She put on her skis, and she came down through the long winter passes with the small steady gladness of a being going back to the country she belonged to. Njǫrðr walked behind her. He had no skis. He walked, the Skáldskaparmál implies, in heavy winter boots through deep snow, the way a sea god of the coastal country who had spent his whole life on soft sand walked through deep mountain snow, slowly, awkwardly, with the small uneasy attention of a being who was already, on the first morning of his new marriage, a long way from home.

Part 6566

They arrived at Þrymheimr in the deep blue evening of the day after the wedding.

Part 6567

We can imagine the hall, the way the old north imagined the cold mountain halls of the eastern country. A great stone hall built into the side of the peak. Heavy timber doors. Cold stone floors. Deep fur rugs over the floors.

A great hearth fire in the centre, burning all night to keep the cold out. Carved beams. The small careful old details of a hall that had been kept, for many generations, by the same family of mountain giants.

Part 6568

The wind, the old north imagined, always outside the hall. The wind always calling. The wind always reminding the beings inside that they were a long way from anywhere warm.

Part 6569

Skaði slept well that first night.

Part 6570

She slept the way she had slept her whole life. In a small heavy fur lined bed in the small heavy stone chamber of her father's hall. With the wind outside and the small steady distant calling of the wolves in the deep high valleys around the hall. With the small careful certainty, in the deepest part of herself, that she was home, that the country around her was the country she belonged to, that the sounds in the dark were the sounds she had grown up with, that the walls around her were the walls of a place that had been hers since she had been a small child in her father's arms.

Part 6571

She slept the deep clean sleep of a being entirely at peace.

Part 6572

Njǫrðr did not.

Part 6573

He lay, the Skáldskaparmál implies, in the same fur lined bed beside his new wife, and he listened, all night, to the wind on the cold rocks and to the small steady distant calling of the wolves. He lay with the small uneasy attention of a being who had spent his whole life going to sleep to the sound of the sea, and who could not, in the cold high country, find the sound he needed to sleep at all.

Part 6574

The wind, to Njǫrðr, did not sound like wind on water. The wind, in the high mountains, sounded like a being. It sounded like a great cold being moving past the hall, looking for the small careful warm things inside. It sounded, to a god of the sea who had never heard the wind move that way before, like a thing that wanted in.

Part 6575

The wolves, to Njǫrðr, did not sound like wolves either. The wolves, in the deep high valleys, sounded like the long careful voices of beings who were calling to each other in a language Njǫrðr did not know, in the small steady careful way of beings who were not, in any version of the world Njǫrðr understood, going to be his friends.

Part 6576

He lay there, all night, listening.

Part 6577

He thought, the Skáldskaparmál implies, of the sea. He thought of the small steady careful rolling in of the waves on the long beach at Nóatún. He thought of the small careful calling of the gulls in the morning. He thought of the sound of the wind moving across the long open water, which was, he understood with the small slow certainty of a god who knew his own country, not the same wind at all as the wind he was listening to now. The wind on the water was a wind that moved.

The wind in the mountains was a wind that came at you. He could not, in the small uneasy attention of his first night at Þrymheimr, sleep beside the second one.

Part 6578

He lay there the second night. He did not sleep. The third night. He did not sleep. The fourth.

Part 6579

By the seventh night, he had begun to count the nights.

Part 6580

He told no one. He did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, want to be the kind of husband who complained, in the first week of his marriage, about his wife's country. He understood that this was, in the small careful balance of the agreement they had reached, fair. He had agreed to nine nights at Þrymheimr. He would honour the nine nights.

But he counted them, in the small slow way of a being who was waiting for a difficult thing to end.

Part 6581

Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál implies, watched him.

Part 6582

She had not, the poem implies, expected him to like Þrymheimr. She had hoped, the small honest expectation of a young wife in a new marriage, that he might, with time, grow used to it. She watched him through the first nine days. She watched his face in the morning. She watched his hands at the small hall table when they ate together.

She watched the way he held himself, the small careful way of a being who was holding a great quiet fear at the edge of himself and not letting it come fully in.

Part 6583

By the ninth night, she understood.

Part 6584

He had not slept properly even once. She had seen, in the long careful nights of their first nine days together, that he was not, in any version of the next nine nights they would spend at Þrymheimr many months hence, going to learn to sleep here.

Part 6585

On the morning of the tenth day, the Skáldskaparmál implies, Njǫrðr sat up in the small heavy bed in the small heavy chamber of Þrymheimr, with the wind still outside and the wolves still calling, and he looked at the small dawn light just beginning to come in through the high window.

Part 6586

He understood that the nine nights at Þrymheimr were over.

Part 6587

He understood that the nine nights at Nóatún were about to begin.

Part 6588

He understood, with the small slow certainty of a being who had been counting the nights for a week, that he was, in this strange and difficult marriage, going home.

Part 6589

He told Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that he was looking forward to seeing his own coast again.

Part 6590

Chapter Eight. The Nine Nights at Nóatún.

Part 6591

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry note of a poet who has watched too many marriages, that the second nine nights were, in their own way, just as difficult.

Part 6592

They went, the poem implies, west.

Part 6593

Njǫrðr was leading, this time. He walked with the small steady ease of a being going back to country he knew. He had, by the second day of the walk, begun to look like himself again, the slow careful shoulders unbent, the small slow smile beginning to come back to the corners of his eyes, the small steady humour of a god of the sea returning to him with each step away from the cold mountains.

Part 6594

Skaði walked behind him.

Part 6595

She watched him grow easier with the small careful attention of a wife who saw, more clearly with each mile, that her husband had not, in any deep way, been at ease in her own country. She did not, the poem implies, hold this against him. She had not, in any version of the eight nights of her march south, expected him to. She had only hoped, in the small honest way of a young wife, that the country she loved might be loveable, in time, by him also.

Part 6596

They came to Nóatún in the long blue evening of the day after they had left Þrymheimr.

Part 6597

We can imagine the hall, the way the old north imagined the coastal halls of the western country. A great long timbered hall built on a low sandy rise above a long curved beach. Long open windows looking out over the sea. A roof of weathered driftwood. The smell, the old north imagined, of salt and seaweed and the slow steady smoke of cooking fires fed by driftwood.

The walls were lined with the small careful pale shells of the long coastal seasons. The floor was clean dry sand pressed down hard with the small careful tread of a hundred coastal years.

Part 6598

The sound, always, was the sea.

Part 6599

The long slow rolling in of the waves on the beach. The small careful calling of the gulls. The small steady wind that came in off the long open water and moved through the long open windows of the hall and carried with it the small soft salt smell of a being's whole life.

Part 6600

Njǫrðr slept beautifully at Nóatún.

Part 6601

He slept the way he had slept his whole life, to the sound of the sea coming in. He slept the small careful sleep of a being who was home, who was in the country he belonged to, who was at peace. His face, in the long blue evenings of the hall, was the easy face of a husband who had been quietly miserable for nine nights and was now, on his own coast, quietly happy again.

Part 6602

Skaði did not.

Part 6603

She lay, the poem implies, in the long bed in the long open chamber of Nóatún, and she listened, all night, to the small careful calling of the gulls and to the long slow rolling in of the waves on the beach.

Part 6604

The gulls, to Skaði, did not sound like wolves. They sounded like beings of no consequence, small light beings who had nothing important to say and who said it constantly. She lay in the dark and she listened to the small careful calling and she did not know how, in the deep practical part of herself, to find rest in it.

Part 6605

The sea, to Skaði, did not sound like wind in cold stone. The sea sounded like a great slow breathing thing that never stopped. The sea did not call. The sea did not pause. The sea simply came in, came in, came in, in the long slow steady rolling of a being who had been coming in since the first morning of the worlds and would, in the small careful steady understanding of any sea god, keep coming in until the worlds were over.

Part 6606

She lay there the first night. She did not sleep. The second night. The third. The fourth.

Part 6607

The smell of the hall did not help.

Part 6608

The salt smell, to Skaði, was the smell of a wet country. She had grown up in a country where the small careful smell of cold pine and cold stone and small careful winter fires was the smell of every safe place she had ever been. The salt smell of Nóatún, in the small careful first nights of her marriage, did not feel safe. It felt, the poem implies, like a smell that belonged to someone else's life.

Part 6609

The bed, too, was different.

Part 6610

The bed at Nóatún was a long low bed, raised slightly off the sand floor on a frame of pale driftwood, with linen sheets that had been bleached white by long coastal summers. The bed at Þrymheimr had been a small heavy bed in a small heavy stone chamber, with thick fur rugs and a wooden frame carved with the small careful patterns of her mother's family. She lay in the long low bed at Nóatún, in the long open chamber, and she could not, the poem implies, find in any of the small careful details of her husband's hall the small careful familiarity she needed in order to close her eyes.

Part 6611

She lay there the fifth night.

Part 6612

She watched, in the small careful dawn that came through the long open window, the small steady arrival of another day she had not slept through. She heard, the poem implies, the small careful calling of the gulls beginning to start up again. She heard the long slow rolling in of the waves. She heard, the poem implies, the small steady careful breathing of her husband in the bed beside her, the long peaceful sleep of a being entirely at home.

Part 6613

She lay there the sixth night.

Part 6614

She lay there the seventh.

Part 6615

Somewhere in the seventh night, the Hávamál verse arrived in her, the way old true verses sometimes arrive in beings who are slowly understanding a thing.

Part 6616

The verse, the Hávamál implies the old north knew, says: only the heart knows what lies close to itself. A wise being can bear many things. But to crave what they cannot have, the verse says, is the worst sickness a wise being can carry.

Part 6617

Skaði, the poem implies, was a wise being.

Part 6618

She lay in the long bed in the long open chamber of Nóatún, and she listened to the gulls she could not learn to sleep beside, and she understood, in the small slow clear way of a being who had been understanding it for several nights already, what the verse meant.

Part 6619

She had been wise enough, on the morning her father died, to put down her bow and walk south.

Part 6620

She had been wise enough, in the council hall of Asgard, to lay down her arms and bargain instead of demanding blood.

Part 6621

She had been wise enough, when the curtain had been drawn back and the wrong god had been revealed, to honour her own word and accept the marriage that her own word had bound her to.

Part 6622

She had been wise enough, in the long quiet days that followed the wedding, to give the marriage a fair chance, to come down out of the mountains, to try the agreed alternation, to lie in her husband's bed in her husband's country and try, with the small careful honesty of a being who wanted to be fair to her own oath, to sleep there.

Part 6623

She had also become, the poem implies, in the slow steady weeks since the wedding, wise enough to understand that the marriage was not, in any version of the days she could imagine ahead of her, going to be a marriage either of them could live in.

Part 6624

She lay back down in the bed.

Part 6625

She lay there, the Skáldskaparmál implies, beside Njǫrðr, who was still sleeping peacefully, with the small careful steady breathing of a being entirely at home. She looked at the dawn light coming in through the long open window. She made, the poem implies, the decision.

Part 6626

She would go home.

Part 6627

She would not refuse to honour the bargain. The bargain had been kept. The compensation had been paid. The marriage had been performed. But the marriage, the poem implies, had been tested.

The marriage had been answered.

Part 6628

It was not a marriage that either of them was going to be able to keep.

Part 6629

Chapter Nine. The Slow Parting.

Part 6630

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Skaði did not, the next morning, simply leave.

Part 6631

She lay in the bed for the rest of the seventh night.

Part 6632

She lay in the bed through the eighth night.

Part 6633

She lay in the bed through the ninth.

Part 6634

She wanted, the poem implies, to be sure. She had been a wise being all her life. She had not made the decisions she had made, to come south alone, to choose by feet, to honour the choosing, by acting quickly. She had made them by sitting with the question, in the small careful steady way of a hunter who could wait, patient as a stone, for the small certain moment when the question answered itself.

Part 6635

So she sat with this question.

Part 6636

She sat with it through the ninth long sleepless night at Nóatún. She listened to the gulls. She listened to the sea. She listened, in the small careful dark of the long open chamber, to her husband's deep peaceful breathing. She thought, the poem implies, about the alternative.

Part 6637

The alternative was to stay.

Part 6638

She could, the small honest part of her admitted, learn to sleep here in time. She could, with enough months and enough seasons, train her ears to the small careful calling of the gulls. She could learn, perhaps, to find some small careful version of rest in the long slow rolling in of the waves. She could spend, in this country, the long slow careful years of a wife. She could become, with time, a being of the coast.

Part 6639

She could.

Part 6640

But she would not, the poem implies, become herself, in doing it.

Part 6641

She would become, in the slow careful arrival at sleep on her husband's bed at Nóatún, a smaller version of the being she had been at Þrymheimr. The bow would not, in the soft sandy country of the coast, be needed. The skis would not, on the long wet beaches, be useful. The small careful long quiet stride of a hunter walking the high slopes at dawn would not, in any version of the days she could imagine ahead of her, be hers any longer in the way it had been.

Part 6642

She would be Njǫrðr's wife.

Part 6643

She would not, the small honest careful part of her said in the deep dark of the ninth night, be Skaði any longer.

Part 6644

That was the question. That was what she sat with, in the long careful dark, with the gulls calling and the sea coming in. That was what she answered, in the small slow clear way of a being who had been answering hard questions all her life.

Part 6645

She would not, the poem implies, become smaller.

Part 6646

When the dawn came on the tenth morning, she got out of the bed.

Part 6647

She put on her winter cloak. She walked quietly to the long open window of the chamber, and she looked out at the small careful pale beach and at the long open water beyond it. She looked at her husband's country, the country she had not been able to sleep in, the country she did not, in any deep version of the days she could imagine, want to live in.

Part 6648

She turned back to the bed.

Part 6649

She woke him.

Part 6650

She did it gently, the poem implies. She had not, in any of the eighteen nights of their marriage, been unkind to him. He was, in his own way, a good being. He was an older god of the calm sea, who had not asked to be married to a giantess of the cold mountains, who had agreed to come north with her because his oath had required it, and who had tried, in the small careful careful way of a being doing his honest best, to make the marriage work. She did not, the poem implies, blame him for any of it.

Part 6651

She sat on the edge of the bed.

Part 6652

She told him.

Part 6653

The Skáldskaparmál does not give us the words. The poem moves through this moment with the dry careful brevity it uses for the moments in any of these stories that are too tender for the long telling. But we can imagine the small careful steady honest words. Husband. I have tried.

You have tried. We have done, between us, what the oath required. But the country I belong to is the country of cold stone and the high wolves. The country you belong to is the country of warm sand and the slow gulls. Neither of us, in the slow careful steady test of the eighteen nights, has been able to sleep in the other's country.

And I would rather, in the small careful long honest practice of a being who knew herself, sleep in my own.

Part 6654

He listened.

Part 6655

He did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, argue. He had, in his own way, in the long sleepless nights at Þrymheimr, come to the same understanding. He had been waiting, perhaps, for her to be the one to say it, because she had been the one who came south to begin with, because she had been the one whose father had been killed, because the marriage had been hers to demand and hers, in the slow careful steady way of these things, to release.

Part 6656

He nodded.

Part 6657

He said, the poem implies, that he had thought, also, that the marriage was not going to work.

Part 6658

They sat for a long moment.

Part 6659

The Skáldskaparmál implies, in the small careful brevity of its description, that they did not, in the small careful moment of the parting, hate each other. They had, in the long quiet eighteen nights, tried something difficult and discovered it could not be done. The discovery was not, in the small old slow careful way of the old north, anyone's fault. It was simply the small slow clear answer that the eighteen nights had given them.

Part 6660

They would remain married, by name.

Part 6661

The bargain had been kept. The oath had been sworn. There was no need, by the long laws of the cold country, to undo the oath. They would live, the Skáldskaparmál implies, separately, each in the country that they belonged to, each in the hall they could sleep in, and they would, in the long slow steady weeks and months and years that followed, see each other rarely.

Part 6662

That was the agreement.

Part 6663

That was what the long quiet conversation at the dawn of the tenth morning at Nóatún came to.

Part 6664

She stood up from the bed.

Part 6665

She gathered her small careful belongings, her bow, her quiver, her small belt of carved bone, the long winter cloak of dark bear fur. She did not take much. She had come south with little. She would go north with the same.

Part 6666

He walked her, the Skáldskaparmál implies, to the door of the hall.

Part 6667

He stood there with her, the small careful steady older god of the calm sea, in the small careful clear morning light, and he said the small careful steady goodbye of a being who had tried to do an honest thing and who knew that the honest thing had not, in the end, worked.

Part 6668

She said, the Skáldskaparmál implies, the small careful steady goodbye in return.

Part 6669

She put on her skis.

Part 6670

She turned away from the long open hall and from the long curved beach and from the long open water and from the husband she had chosen by his feet alone, and she began, with the small steady stride of a being going home, the long winter walk back north.

Part 6671

Chapter Ten. The Long Walk Back.

Part 6672

The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the walk back to Þrymheimr was slower than the walk south.

Part 6673

She was, the poem implies, not in any particular hurry. The work that had brought her south had been done. The compensation had been paid. The stars of her father had been lifted. The marriage had been tested and answered.

There was nothing waiting for her, in the long high cold country, except her own house. And her own house was, by the small careful long laws of the Hávamál, the kind of place that did not need to be hurried back to. It would be there. It had always been there. It would still be there in a week, or in two weeks, or in any of the small careful quiet days she chose to take in the long slow walk home.

Part 6674

She took her time.

Part 6675

She crossed the long brown coastal country in three days. She crossed the long flat lands beyond the coast in another three. She came, on the seventh day, to the small first hills of the deep eastern country, where the long brown plains began to lift up into the small careful low rises of the mountains.

Part 6676

She slept, the Skáldskaparmál implies, well on the long walk.

Part 6677

She slept the way she had slept on the way south. In the small careful pine bough shelters she built for herself in the deep snow at evening, with her small careful fire of pine and birch crackling at the door of the shelter, with the small careful smell of cold pine and cold stone and the small careful absence of any gull in any direction. She slept the small careful long quiet sleep of a being who was, with every mile, walking back into the country her body knew.

Part 6678

The small careful old wisdom of the Hávamál, the poem implies, kept her company on the long walk.

Part 6679

The verse the welcome of this story remembered, the verse about a small home being better than a great hall at another being's table, kept turning in her, in the small slow clear way of an old true verse turning in a wise being who was, in the small careful steady weeks of her long return, understanding the verse more deeply than she had ever understood it before.

Part 6680

She thought, the Skáldskaparmál implies, on the long walk, about her father.

Part 6681

She thought about him on the eighth night of the walk, in a small pine bough shelter on the rim of the first deep high valley of the eastern country, when she looked up at the cold winter sky above her camp and she saw, for the first time on the walk north, the two new stars.

Part 6682

The two stars, the poem implies, were just visible above the high rim of the valley.

Part 6683

They were small. They were pale. They were steady. They did not flicker. They were the eyes, she remembered, that Óðinn had thrown up into the cold sky on the bright cold morning in the courtyard of Asgard, in the small careful steady gift that the killer of her father had owed her father's daughter.

They had been there now for many nights. They would be there, the poem implies, for many more.

Part 6684

She looked at them for a long time.

Part 6685

She did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, say anything. There was nothing to say. Her father was dead. Her father was also, in the small careful slow way of the long memory of the old north, lifted. The two things were both, in the long quiet practical understanding of a hunter who knew what kind of world she lived in, true.

Part 6686

She watched the two stars for a long quiet hour.

Part 6687

She got up, the poem implies, when the small careful first cold of the dawn began to come into the high valley. She rolled up her sleeping fur. She put on her bear fur cloak. She put on her skis. She began the long quiet stride of the next day's walk.

Part 6688

She came, the Skáldskaparmál implies, to Þrymheimr on the fourteenth day after she had left Nóatún.

Part 6689

The hall was, in the small careful steady way of all halls that had been waiting a long time for their lady to come back, exactly as she had left it. The hearth fires were low. The fur rugs were clean. The small careful steady servants, her father's old servants, who were now hers, came out to meet her at the door of the cold stone hall, and they bowed, the small careful steady bow of old retainers welcoming a young lady home from a long careful difficult journey.

Part 6690

She did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, say much.

Part 6691

She nodded to them. She handed her bow to the servant who had always taken her bow. She handed her cloak to the servant who had always taken her cloak. She walked, in the small steady stride of a being going back to the small careful daily life of her own house, through the cold corridors of Þrymheimr to her own chamber.

Part 6692

She sat down on the edge of her own bed.

Part 6693

She sat there, the small careful long steady moment of a being who had been gone a long time, who had been south to Asgard and west to Nóatún and back through long winter country, and who was, at last, in the small careful clear way of an old true Hávamál verse, home.

Part 6694

She lay down.

Part 6695

She slept, the Skáldskaparmál implies, deeply.

Part 6696

She slept the long clean deep sleep of a being who had been a long time away from the sound her ears knew, the smell her nose knew, the feel of the small heavy fur lined bed her body knew. She slept through the long quiet rest of the day, and through the long quiet night, and into the long quiet careful early morning of the day after.

Part 6697

When she woke, she was, in the deepest small careful steady way of the verse the Hávamál had given her, herself again.

Part 6698

Chapter Eleven. The Goddess in the Mountains.

Part 6699

The Skáldskaparmál tells us, briefly, the small careful long years that followed.

Part 6700

It tells us that Skaði went back to her bow. It tells us that she went back to her skis. It tells us that she went back to the long high slopes of the eastern country, to the small careful tracks of the mountain hare and to the slow steady walks of the high reindeer. It tells us that she became, in the long memory of the old north, the goddess of winter.

Part 6701

The lady of Þrymheimr.

Part 6702

The bow goddess.

Part 6703

The ski goer.

Part 6704

The hunter of the high cold country.

Part 6705

She was, the old north remembered, alone in her hall.

Part 6706

But alone, the Hávamál preserved this understanding in the small careful verse the welcome of this story remembered, was not, in every case, a worse thing than not alone.

Part 6707

The verse said: it is better to have a home, even if it is small. In your own house you can be your own master. It hurts the heart, the verse said, to have to ask for every meal at others' tables.

Part 6708

Skaði, the old north imagined, was her own master at Þrymheimr.

Part 6709

She did not, the poem implies, ask any other being in any of the worlds, in the long careful steady years that followed, for permission to do any of the small things she did. She did not ask for permission to ski the long high passes of her country. She did not ask for permission to hunt the high reindeer. She did not ask for permission to sit, in the long winter evenings, by the great hearth fire of her father's hall, with her father's spear leaning against the wall beside her seat, and to look up, through the small high window of the hall, at the two new stars that her father's eyes had become.

Part 6710

She was alone.

Part 6711

She was also, in the slow careful steady deep way of the verse, free.

Part 6712

The long careful steady seasons passed.

Part 6713

She watched, the old north imagined, many long winters at Þrymheimr. She watched the small careful steady arrival of the first snow each autumn, the long slow careful deepening of the drifts through the cold deep months, the small careful first soft melt of the late spring. She skied, the old north imagined, every long high pass of her country. She hunted, the old north imagined, every long high slope. She knew, by the long careful steady end of her first solitary winter, every small careful track of every small careful living thing in the high cold country, the way her father had known them before her, the way her father had taught her to know them.

Part 6714

She became, the old north imagined, the small steady careful steady presence at the high edge of the worlds.

Part 6715

The skalds, the small careful steady poets of the long winter halls, sang of her.

Part 6716

They sang of her in their kennings. They called the snow on the high passes Skaði's pale road. They called the wind on the high slopes Skaði's breath. They called the small careful sharp arrows that came down out of the long cold sky in deep midwinter Skaði's gift. They sang of her, in the small careful long quiet way of the small careful skalds, with the small careful steady respect of beings who knew exactly what kind of being she was.

Part 6717

She was, the small careful steady old north remembered, a being who had not, in any of the careful steady years that followed her marriage, ever once asked for her marriage back.

Part 6718

She had been wise enough, the old north remembered, to let the marriage end. She had been wise enough to come home. She had been wise enough, the small careful steady old north imagined, to be exactly what she was.

Part 6719

The Lokasenna, the Skáldskaparmál implies, gives us one small later glimpse of her.

Part 6720

The Lokasenna is the great flyting at the feast of Ægir, the night, much later in the long story of the gods, when Loki came uninvited to the hall by the sea and accused, one by one, every god in Asgard of every small private thing they had done wrong. We have told that story in an earlier episode of The Sleeping Almanac.

Part 6721

In that story, Skaði was at the feast.

Part 6722

She did not, the poem implies, say much. She had not, in the small careful long years between the eighteen nights and the night of the flyting, become a god of long speeches. She sat in her seat at the long table, with the small careful steady listening attention of a being who had spent a long time alone and who knew exactly when to listen.

Part 6723

But when Loki, near the end of the long evening of accusations, turned to her, the Lokasenna gives us one of the small fierce careful steady lines that Skaði ever spoke in the surviving sources.

Part 6724

She told him, the Lokasenna says, that he would not, in the end, escape the long cold consequences of his cleverness. She told him, in the small careful steady voice of a being who had not, since the night of the goat in the council hall, forgotten who he was or what he had done, that he would be bound. She told him that there would be, in the long story of the gods, a cave. She told him that there would be stones. She told him that there would be a serpent.

Part 6725

The Lokasenna tells us, then, that when the gods of Asgard finally caught Loki and bound him in the cave with the three stones, it was Skaði who placed the venomous serpent above his face. She placed it, the Lokasenna implies, with the small careful steady hands of a being who had been waiting, for a very long time, to do exactly this. She fastened it carefully. She walked away.

Part 6726

That, the old north remembered, was Skaði.

Part 6727

That was the goddess of winter who had lost a father, and who had walked south alone to demand his compensation, and who had chosen a husband by his feet alone and discovered she had chosen wrong, and who had laughed at a goat and a god in spite of herself, and who had tried for eighteen nights to live in a marriage that could not be lived in, and who had walked, finally, back up into her own country and let the marriage end.

Part 6728

That was the goddess who, when she had had the chance, had placed the serpent.

Part 6729

That was the goddess, the old north imagined with the small careful respect of a tradition that knew exactly what kind of being she was, who lived alone in the high cold country and was, in the long evenings, her own master.

Part 6730

Chapter Twelve. Goodnight. And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.

Part 6731

That is the story for tonight.

Part 6732

The story of a young giantess who lost her father, and who walked south to demand what was owed, and who walked back north with the marriage in name and her own life in hand. The story of a being who had been wise enough to know when a thing was working and when a thing was not, and who had been wise enough, when the thing was not, to let it end.

Part 6733

The Hávamál, the small careful steady wisdom poem of the old north, has one more verse for this kind of story.

Part 6734

The verse says: a small house of your own, where you can be your own master, is better than a great hall where you must ask for every meal. A small fire of your own is warmer than a great fire that someone else has built. The verse means, the small careful steady old north understood, that the country you belong to is the country you should live in, and the bed you can sleep in is the bed you should sleep in, and the small careful steady life you can be your own master in is the life worth keeping.

Part 6735

Skaði, the old north remembered, kept that life.

Part 6736

She kept it, in the small careful long steady years that followed her marriage, with the small careful steady patience of a being who had learned, in the eighteen nights of trying to live in another being's country, what kind of country she actually belonged to.

Part 6737

She kept it through the long careful steady seasons. Through the long high cold winters of her own country. Through the long quiet hours of her hunting on the high slopes. Through the long evenings at the great hearth fire of her father's hall, looking up through the small high window at the two new stars that her father's eyes had become.

Part 6738

She kept it, the small careful steady old north imagined, until the appointed twilight came.

Part 6739

The wolf in the east, the wolf that we have spoken of in earlier episodes of The Sleeping Almanac, the great wolf Fenrir who waits in the small careful steady patience of the old north's longest story for the moment when the cord that holds him will at last give way, that wolf was waiting, the old north remembered, all through Skaði's long quiet careful years in the mountains. He was waiting, the old north remembered, on the small careful long island of Lyngvi where he had been bound. He was waiting, the small careful steady old north remembered, through every long winter of Skaði's life, with the small careful steady patience of a great cold thing that knows its moment will come.

Part 6740

That moment, the old north remembered, has not come yet.

Part 6741

For tonight, that is for another evening, for the last episode of our season, when we will tell the appointed twilight and what comes after.

Part 6742

For tonight, the story closes in the small careful long quiet of Skaði's hall.

Part 6743

She is at the great hearth fire in the centre of the cold stone room. Her father's spear is leaning against the wall beside her seat. Her bow is on the carved wooden rack above the fire. Her skis are at the door, ready for the long quiet careful early morning when she will put them on and go out into the small careful steady cold of the high passes. The hall is quiet.

The wind is, as always, outside the hall. The wolves are, as always, calling in the deep high valleys. The two new stars, the small careful steady old north imagined, are just visible through the small high window of the hall, hanging in the deep cold sky above the eastern country.

Part 6744

She looks up at them for a small careful moment.

Part 6745

Then she lowers her head.

Part 6746

She watches the small careful steady old fire in the hearth.

Part 6747

She sits, the old north imagined, in the small careful long quiet of her own house.

Part 6748

You may have felt, in your own life, the small careful steady thing the Hávamál was trying to say. The small careful steady weight of a home that is yours. The small careful steady peace of a bed you can sleep in. The small careful steady freedom of a country that lets you, in the small slow careful way of the small careful steady years, be your own master in the small careful quiet ways that the country you do not belong to would not have let you.

Part 6749

Tomorrow, in another evening, we will tell of what came after.

Part 6750

We will tell of Loki, who fled from Asgard after the long story Skaði saw the end of, and who in the form of a salmon hid in a river under a waterfall, and who was caught in a net the gods themselves had taught the salmon. We will tell of the cave under the earth. We will tell of the three stones. We will tell of the serpent. We will tell of the small careful steady old north hands of a goddess who had been waiting, for a very long time, to do exactly the thing the appointed twilight required of her.

Part 6751

We will tell, in time, of the new world. We will tell, in the very last of these evenings, of what Vǫluspá tells us: that after the appointed twilight has come, after the wolf has swallowed the sun and the moon and the great burning has happened and the gods have fallen and the world has sunk back into the sea, after all of that, the sources say, the sea will rise again. Green earth will come up out of the water. A small clear morning will come. The gods who survive, and there are, in the prophecy, a few, will walk out into the new grass.

They will find the small game pieces of the old gods, the small carved wooden tokens the old gods used to play with on the long evenings, half buried in the new earth where the old halls had been. They will pick them up. They will sit on the new grass in the new morning, and they will look at the game pieces in their hands, and they will, in the slow way of survivors, begin to remember.

Part 6752

In that new world, Vǫluspá tells us, Skaði is not, in the surviving prophecies, named among the survivors.

Part 6753

But the country she loved is.

Part 6754

The cold high mountains. The long high passes. The deep winter snows. The small careful steady wind on the cold rocks. The small careful steady calling of the wolves in the deep high valleys.

The two stars above the eastern country, looking down on the cold winter world from a long way up. The small careful steady cold of the country that, the old north imagined, was Skaði herself, in the small careful long way the country and the goddess become, in the long memory of the old north, the same thing.

Part 6755

Skaði is the country. The country is Skaði.

Part 6756

In the new world after the burning, the country will be there.

Part 6757

That is the story for tonight.

Part 6758

The Almanac will return.

Part 6759

Goodnight, dear listener.

Ambience, the long night

Goodnight.

More sleep stories

All episodes  ·  Gildenmyth home